advertisement
User Guide
026v003
System Release 3.3
Product Description
System Planning
Configuration
Operation and
Troubleshooting
Legal and Reference
Information
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Accuracy
While reasonable efforts have been made to assure the accuracy of this document, Cambium
Networks assumes no liability resulting from any inaccuracies or omissions in this document, or from use of the information obtained herein. Cambium reserves the right to make changes to any products described herein to improve reliability, function, or design, and reserves the right to revise this document and to make changes from time to time in content hereof with no obligation to notify any person of revisions or changes. Cambium does not assume any liability arising out of the application or use of any product, software, or circuit described herein; neither does it convey license under its patent rights or the rights of others. It is possible that this publication may contain references to, or information about Cambium products (machines and programs), programming, or services that are not announced in your country. Such references or information must not be construed to mean that Cambium intends to announce such
Cambium products, programming or services in your country.
Copyrights
This document, Cambium products, and 3 rd Party software products described in this document may include or describe copyrighted Cambium and other 3 rd Party supplied computer programs stored in semiconductor memories or other media. Laws in the United States and other countries preserve for Cambium, its licensors, and other 3 rd Party supplied software certain exclusive rights for copyrighted material, including the exclusive right to copy, reproduce in any form, distribute and make derivative works of the copyrighted material. Accordingly, any copyrighted material of Cambium, its licensors, or the 3 rd Party software supplied material contained in the Cambium products described in this document may not be copied, reproduced, reverse engineered, distributed, merged or modified in any manner without the express written permission of Cambium. Furthermore, the purchase of Cambium products shall not be deemed to grant either directly or by implication, estoppel, or otherwise, any license under the copyrights, patents or patent applications of Cambium or other 3rd Party supplied software, except for the normal non-exclusive, royalty free license to use that arises by operation of law in the sale of a product.
Restrictions
Software and documentation are copyrighted materials. Making unauthorized copies is prohibited by law. No part of the software or documentation may be reproduced, transmitted, transcribed, stored in a retrieval system, or translated into any language or computer language, in any form or by any means, without prior written permission of Cambium.
License Agreements
The software described in this document is the property of Cambium and its licensors. It is furnished by express license agreement only and may be used only in accordance with the terms of such an agreement.
High Risk Materials
Cambium and its supplier(s) specifically disclaim any express or implied warranty of fitness for any high risk activities or uses of its products including, but not limited to, the operation of nuclear facilities, aircraft navigation or aircraft communication systems, air traffic control, life support, or weapons systems (“High Risk Use”). Any High Risk is unauthorized, is made at your own risk and you shall be responsible for any and all losses, damage or claims arising out of any
High Risk Use.
© 2017 Cambium Networks Limited. All Rights Reserved.
2
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Safety and regulatory information
This section describes important safety and regulatory guidelines that must be observed by personnel installing or operating ePMP equipment.
IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION
Warning
To prevent loss of life or physical injury, observe the safety guidelines in this section.
Power lines
Exercise extreme care when working near power lines.
Working at heights
Exercise extreme care when working at heights.
Grounding and protective earth
Connectorized ePMP devices must be properly grounded to protect against lightning. It is the user’s responsibility to install the equipment in accordance with national regulations. In the USA, follow Section 810 of the National Electric Code, ANSI/NFPA No.70-1984 (USA). In Canada, follow
Section 54 of the Canadian Electrical Code. These codes describe correct installation procedures for grounding the outdoor unit, mast, lead-in wire and discharge unit, size of grounding conductors and connection requirements for grounding electrodes. Other regulations may apply in different countries and therefore it is recommended that installation be contracted to a professional installer.
Powering down before servicing
Always power down and unplug the equipment before servicing.
Primary disconnect device
The ePMP power supply is the primary disconnect device.
External cables
Safety may be compromised if outdoor rated cables are not used for connections that will be exposed to the outdoor environment.
RF exposure near the antenna
Strong radio frequency (RF) fields will be present close to the antenna when the transmitter is on.
Always turn off the power to the ePMP device before undertaking maintenance activities in front of the antenna.
Minimum separation distances
Install the ePMP device so as to provide and maintain the minimum separation distances from all persons.
026v003
3
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
IMPORTANT REGULATORY INFORMATION
The ePMP product is certified as an unlicensed device in frequency bands where it is not allowed to cause interference to licensed services (called primary users of the bands).
Radar avoidance
In countries where radar systems are the primary band users, the regulators have mandated special requirements to protect these systems from interference caused by unlicensed devices.
Unlicensed devices must detect and avoid co-channel operation with radar systems.
The ePMP provides detect and avoid functionality for countries and frequency bands requiring protection for radar systems.
Installers and users must meet all local regulatory requirements for radar detection. To meet these requirements, users must set the correct country code during commissioning of the ePMP equipment. If this is not done, installers and users may be liable to civil and criminal penalties.
Contact the Cambium helpdesk if more guidance is required.
USA and Canada specific information
The USA Federal Communications Commission (FCC) has asked manufacturers to implement special features to prevent interference to weather radar systems that operate in the band 5600
MHz to 5650 MHz. These features must be implemented in all products able to operate outdoors in the band 5470 MHz to 5725 MHz.
Manufacturers must ensure that such radio products cannot be configured to operate outside of
FCC rules; specifically it must not be possible to disable or modify the radar protection functions that have been demonstrated to the FCC.
In order to comply with these FCC requirements, Cambium supplies variants of the ePMP for operation in the USA or Canada. These variants are only allowed to operate with license keys and country codes that comply with FCC/IC rules. In particular, operation of radio channels overlapping the band 5600-5650 MHz is not allowed and these channels are permanently barred.
In addition, other channels may also need to be barred when operating close to weather radar installations.
Note
To ensure compliance with FCC rules (KDB 443999: Interim Plans to Approve UNII Devices
Operating in the 5470 - 5725 MHz Band with Radar Detection and DFS Capabilities), follow
Avoidance of weather radars on page 94 .
Other variants of the ePMP are available for use in the rest of the world, but these variants are not supplied to the USA or Canada except under strict controls, when they are needed for export and deployment outside the USA or Canada.
026v003
4
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Specific expertise and training required for professional installers
To ensure that the ePMP is installed and configured in compliance with the requirements of
Industry Canada and the FCC, installers must have the radio engineering skills and training described in this section. This is particularly important when installing and configuring an ePMP system for operation in the 5 GHz band (5150 – 5250 MHz – FCC only, 5250 – 5350 MHz, 5470 – 5725
MHz and 5725 – 5850 MHz).
Avoidance of weather radars
The installer must be familiar with the requirements in FCC KDB 443999. Essentially, the installer must be able to:
Access the FCC database of weather radar location and channel frequencies.
Use this information to correctly configure the product (using the GUI) to avoid operation on channels that must be avoided according to the guidelines that are contained in the KDB and explained in detail in this user guide.
In ETSI regions, the band 5600 MHz to 5650 MHz is reserved for the use of weather radars.
External antennas
When using a connectorized version of the product (as compared to the version with an integrated antenna), the conducted transmit power must be reduced to ensure the regulatory limit on transmitter EIRP is not exceeded. The installer must have an understanding of how to compute the effective antenna gain from the actual antenna gain and the antenna cable losses.
The product GUI automatically applies the correct conducted power limit to ensure that it is not possible for the installation to exceed the EIRP limit, when the appropriate values for antenna gain are entered into the GUI.
Ethernet networking skills
The installer must have the ability to configure IP addressing on a PC and to set up and control products using a web browser interface.
Lightning protection
To protect outdoor radio installations from the impact of lightning strikes, the installer must be familiar with the normal procedures for site selection, bonding and grounding. Installation
guidelines for the ePMP can be found in section System planning on page 90 .
Training
The installer needs to have basic competence in radio and IP network installation. The specific requirements applicable to the ePMP must be gained by reading this user guide and by performing sample setups at base workshop before live deployments.
026v003
5
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Contents
026v003
6
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
ePMP 2000 Access Point with Intelligent Filtering and Sync part numbers .................37
ePMP 2000 Access Point with Intelligent Filtering and Sync mounting bracket ..........38
ePMP 2000 Access Point with Intelligent Filtering and Sync interfaces .......................39
ePMP 2000 Access Point with Intelligent Filtering and Sync wind loading .................43
ePMP 1000 Connectorized Radio with Sync specifications ...........................................50
026v003
7
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
ePMP 1000 Series Power Supply (includes Force 180 and Force 200) ........................... 84
026v003
8
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Calculating maximum power level for connectorized units ..........................................96
Configuring connectorized radios using the Quick Start menu ................................... 116
026v003
9
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Module Has Lost or Does Not Gain GPS Synchronization .......................................... 299
TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION ... 325
026v003
10
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
026v003
11
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
About This User Guide
This guide describes the planning, installation, configuration and operation of the Cambium ePMP
Series of point-to-multipoint wireless Ethernet systems. It is intended for use by the system designer, system installer and system administrator.
For radio network design, see:
Legal and reference information
For system configuration, monitoring and fault finding, see:
For radio equipment installation, refer to the following guides:
The ePMP Quick Start Guide
The ePMP Installation Guide
026v003
12
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
General information
VERSION INFORMATION
The following shows the issue status of this document:
Issue
001v000
002v000
003v000
004v000
005v000
006v000
007v000
008v000
010v000
011v000
012v000
013v000
014v000
015v000
Date of issue
October 2013
December 2013
January 2014
March 2014
March 2014
April 2014
June 2014
July 2014
September 2014
October 2014
November 2014
December 2014
December 2014
March 2015
Remarks
System Release 1.0 (Software Release 1.1.6)
System Release 1.0 (Software Release 1.2.3)
System Release 1.0 (Software Release 1.3.4)
System Release 1.0 (Software Release 1.4.1)
System Release 1.0 (Software Release 1.4.3)
System Release 1.0 (Software Release 1.4.4)
System Release 2.0 (Software Release 2.0)
System Release 2.1 (Software Release 2.1)
System Release 2.2 (Software Release 2.2)
System Release 2.3 (Software Release 2.3)
System Release 2.3.1 (Software Release 2.3.1)
System Release 2.3.3 (Software Release 2.3.3)
System Release 2.3.4 (Software Release 2.3.4)
System Release 2.4 (Software Release 2.4)
026v003
13
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
016v000
017v000
018v000
019v000
020v000
021v000
022v000
023v000
024v000
025v000
025v007
April 2015
June 2015
August 2015
October 2015
November 2015
December 2015
February 2016
June 2016
June 2016
September 2016
November 2016
System Release 2.4.1 (Software Release 2.4.1)
System Release 2.4.2 (Software Release 2.4.2)
System Release 2.4.3 (Software Release 2.4.3)
System Release 2.5 (Software Release 2.5)
System Release 2.5.1 (Software Release 2.5.1)
System Release 2.5.2 (Software Release 2.5.2)
System Release 2.6 (Software Release 2.6)
System Release 2.6.1 (Software Release 2.6.1)
System Release 2.6.2 (Software Release 2.6.2)
System Release 3.0 (Software Release 3.0)
System Release 3.0.1 (Software Release 3.0.1)
System Release 3.1 (Software Release 3.1)
System Release 3.2 (Software Release 3.2)
System Release 3.2.1 (Software Release 3.2.1) 025v008
025v009
025v010
025v011
026v001
026v002
026v003
December 2016
January 2017
January 2017
March 2017
April 2017
System Release 3.2.2 (Software Release 3.2.2)
System Release 3.3 (Software Release 3.3)
CONTACTING CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Support website:
Main website:
Sales enquiries:
Support enquiries:
Telephone number list:
Address: http://www.cambiumnetworks.com/support http://www.cambiumnetworks.com [email protected] [email protected] http://www.cambiumnetworks.com/support/contact-support/
Cambium Networks Limited,
3800 Golf Road, Suite 360
Rolling Meadows, IL 60008
026v003
14
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Purpose
Cambium Networks ePMP documents are intended to instruct and assist personnel in the operation, installation and maintenance of the Cambium ePMP equipment and ancillary devices. It is recommended that all personnel engaged in such activities be properly trained.
Cambium disclaims all liability whatsoever, implied or expressed, for any risk of damage, loss or reduction in system performance arising directly or indirectly out of the failure of the customer, or anyone acting on the customer's behalf, to abide by the instructions, system parameters, or recommendations made in this document.
Cross references
References to external publications are shown in italics. Other cross references, emphasized in green text in electronic versions, are active links to the references.
Feedback
We appreciate feedback from the users of our documents. This includes feedback on the structure, content, accuracy, or completeness of our documents.
For feedback, e-mail to [email protected]
.
026v003
15
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Problems and warranty
Reporting problems
If any problems are encountered when installing or operating this equipment, follow this procedure to investigate and report:
1 Search this document and the software release notes of supported releases.
2 Visit the support website: http://www.cambiumnetworks.com/support/
3 Ask for assistance from the Cambium product supplier.
4 Gather information from affected units, such as any available diagnostic downloads.
5 Escalate the problem by emailing or telephoning support: http://www.cambiumnetworks.com/support/contact-support
Repair and service
If unit failure is suspected, obtain details of the Return Material Authorization (RMA) process from the support website.
Warranty
Cambium’s standard hardware warranty is for one (1) year from date of shipment from Cambium or a Cambium distributor. Cambium warrants that hardware will conform to the relevant published specifications and will be free from material defects in material and workmanship under normal use and service. Cambium shall within this time, at its own option, either repair or replace the defective product within thirty (30) days of receipt of the defective product. Repaired or replaced product will be subject to the original warranty period but not less than thirty (30) days.
To register PMP products or activate warranties, visit the support website.
For warranty assistance, contact the reseller or distributor.
Caution
Do not open the radio housing for repair or diagnostics; there are no serviceable parts within the housing.
Portions of Cambium equipment may be damaged from exposure to electrostatic discharge.
Use precautions to prevent damage.
026v003
16
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Security advice
Cambium Networks systems and equipment provide security parameters that can be configured by the operator based on their particular operating environment. Cambium recommends setting and using these parameters following industry recognized security practices. Security aspects to be considered are protecting the confidentiality, integrity, and availability of information and assets. Assets include the ability to communicate, information about the nature of the communications, and information about the parties involved.
In certain instances Cambium makes specific recommendations regarding security practices, however the implementation of these recommendations and final responsibility for the security of the system lies with the operator of the system.
Cambium Networks ePMP equipment is shipped with default web management interface login credentials. It is highly recommended that these usernames and passwords are modified prior to system deployment.
026v003
17
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Warnings, cautions, and notes
The following describes how warnings and cautions are used in this document and in all documents of the Cambium Networks document set.
Warnings
Warnings precede instructions that contain potentially hazardous situations. Warnings are used to alert the reader to possible hazards that could cause loss of life or physical injury. A warning has the following format:
Warning
Warning text and consequence for not following the instructions in the warning.
Cautions
Cautions precede instructions and are used when there is a possibility of damage to systems, software, or individual items of equipment within a system. However, this damage presents no danger to personnel. A caution has the following format:
Caution
Caution text and consequence for not following the instructions in the caution.
Notes
A note means that there is a possibility of an undesirable situation or provides additional information to help the reader understand a topic or concept. A note has the following format:
Note
Note text
026v003
18
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Caring for the environment
The following information describes national or regional requirements for the disposal of
Cambium Networks supplied equipment and for the approved disposal of surplus packaging.
In EU countries
The following information is provided to enable regulatory compliance with the European Union
(EU) directives identified and any amendments made to these directives when using Cambium equipment in EU countries.
Disposal of Cambium equipment
European Union (EU) Directive 2002/96/EC Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE)
Do not dispose of Cambium equipment in landfill sites. For disposal instructions, see http://www.cambiumnetworks.com/support
Disposal of surplus packaging
Do not dispose of surplus packaging in landfill sites. In the EU, it is the individual recipient’s responsibility to ensure that packaging materials are collected and recycled according to the requirements of EU environmental law.
In non-EU countries
In non-EU countries, dispose of Cambium equipment and all surplus packaging in accordance with national and regional regulations.
026v003
19
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Product description
This chapter provides a high level description of the ePMP product. It describes the function of the product, the main product variants and typical deployment. It also describes the main hardware components.
The following topics are described in this chapter:
The key features, typical uses, product variants and components of the ePMP are explained in
How the ePMP wireless link is operated, including modulation modes, power control and
security is described under Wireless operation on page 24 .
The ePMP management system, including the web interface, installation, configuration, alerts
and upgrades is described in System management on page 28.
026v003
20
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Overview of ePMP
This section introduces the key features, typical uses, product variants and components of the ePMP.
PURPOSE
Cambium ePMP Series products are designed for Ethernet bridging over point-to-multipoint microwave links in the unlicensed 5 GHz and 2.4 GHz bands. Users must ensure that the ePMP
Series complies with local operating regulations.
The ePMP Series acts as a transparent bridge between two segments of the operator and customers’ networks. In this sense, it can be treated as a virtual wired connection between the
Access Point and the Subscriber Module. The ePMP Series forwards 802.3 Ethernet packets destined for the other part of the network and filters packets it does not need to forward.
KEY FEATURES
The ePMP system is a high performance wireless bridge for Ethernet traffic with a maximum UDP throughput of 200+ Mbps (40 MHz Channel Bandwidth). It is capable of operating in line-of-sight
(LOS) and near-LOS conditions. Its maximum LOS range is 13 mi (20 MHz channel bandwidth) or 9 mi (40 MHz channel bandwidth).
Utilizing GPS sync, the ePMP is an ideal fit for networks that require capacity and reliability for superior QoS in remote and underserved areas. The integrated PTP and PMP solution features an efficient GPS synchronized operational mode that permits highly scalable frequency reuse. ePMP operates in the unlicensed 5 GHz and 2.4 GHz bands and supports a channel bandwidth of up to 40 MHz. It is available with an integrated antenna or in connectorized version for use with an external antenna.
The wireless link is primarily TDD based. System Release 1.2.3 added a Flexible Frame Ratio option which provides improved latency and throughput under unsynchronized operational mode.
From a network point-of-view, the ePMP wireless link is a transparent Layer 2 bridge. It offers limited switching capability in order to support a primary and a secondary (future release) Ethernet port on the Subscriber Module. ePMP supports quality of service (QoS) classification capability and supports three traffic priorities.
Management of the unit is conducted via the same interface as the bridged traffic (in-band
Management).
System Release 1.3.4 adds support for RADIUS EAP-TTLS authentication and VSA support for MIR.
When deployed with a sector antenna, the ePMP 1000 GPS Sync Radio can be configured as a GPS synchronized Access Point serving ePMP Integrated Radios configured as Subscriber Modules.
When deployed with a high gain point to point antenna, the ePMP GPS Sync Radio can be configured to be a GPS Synchronized Backhaul Master, forming a PTP link with another ePMP
Radio module.
Powered by Hypure™ technology, ePMP 2000 features Smart Beamforming. This powerful addition to your network creates narrow, targeted beams to each subscriber, rather than relying on a traditional wide beam, blocking out multiple sources of interference to keep performance high. ePMP 2000 also includes Intelligent Filtering, working automatically to clean up the signals received by the access point as well as keep its owns transmissions clean. This helps not just that single access point reach optimum performance, but the whole tower too.
026v003
21
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
A summary of the main ePMP characteristics is listed under Table 1 .
Table 1 Main characteristics of the ePMP Series
Characteristic Value
Topology PMP or PTP
Wireless link condition LOS, near LOS
Scheduler
Connectivity
Operating frequencies
TDD (Fixed or Flexible Ratios), ePTP, Standard WiFi
Ethernet ePMP 2000
Unlicensed bands, 5 GHz
Channel bandwidth
Data rate ePMP 1000
Unlicensed bands, 5 GHz and 2.4 GHz
5 MHz, 10 MHz, 20 MHz or 40 MHz
200+ Mbps
TYPICAL DEPLOYMENT EQUIPMENT
The ePMP is a solution consisting of integrated or connectorized outdoor units, indoor power supply units/LAN injectors, cabling and surge suppression equipment.
The main hardware components of an ePMP deployment are as follows:
ePMP 2000 Access Point with Intelligent Filtering and Sync or Connectorized Radio with GPS
Sync (ePMP 1000): A connectorized outdoor transceiver unit containing all the radio, networking, and surge suppression electronics.
ePMP 2000 Access Point with Intelligent Sync Power Supply or GPS Sync Connectorized Radio
(ePMP 1000) Power Supply: An indoor power supply module providing Power-over-Ethernet
(PoE) supply and 1000/100/10 Base-TX to the Access Point.
ePMP 2000 Access Point with Intelligent Sync or GPS Sync Connectorized Radio (ePMP 1000)
Radio Cabling and lightning protection: Shielded Cat5e cables, grounding cables, and connectors.
Integrated Radio: An integrated-antenna outdoor transceiver unit containing all the radio, networking, antenna, and surge suppression electronics.
Integrated or Un-sync Connectorized Radio: A connectorized outdoor transceiver unit containing all the radio, networking and surge suppression electronics.
Integrated Radio Power Supply: An indoor power supply module providing Power-over-
Ethernet (PoE) supply and 100/10 Base-TX to the Subscriber Module.
Integrated Radio Cabling and lightning protection: Shielded Cat5e cables and connectors
For more information about these components, including interfaces, specifications and Cambium
part numbers, see System hardware on page 32 .
026v003
22
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
EPMP ELEVATE
ePMP Elevate is a software solution allowing fixed wireless broadband networks to gain the powerful signature capabilities of Cambium Networks’ ePMP platform, including frequency reuse enabled by GPS Synchronization and Smart Beamforming, even on non-Cambium 802.11n-based hardware.
Network migration is taken to the next level, solving a major pain-point for all wireless network operators. At a fraction of the cost and time of a total network replacement, an operator only needs to install an ePMP Access Point and to load their deployed subscriber modules with ePMP Elevate software. The hardware investment is protected, and the existing infrastructure is given a new lease of life to support revenue-generating applications for years to come. ePMP Elevate networks can be managed by cnMaestro, the cloud-based or on-premise platform that provides end-to-end management, device onboarding, and maintenance support for wireless broadband networks from a single, easy-to-use interface.
Starting with Software Release 3.3, each ePMP AP is configured with one free ePMP Elevate license (to accept registration from one non-Cambium subscriber module).
For more information about ePMP Elevate, see the ePMP Elevate website .
Figure 1 ePMP Elevate subscriber example
026v003
23
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Wireless operation
This section describes how the ePMP wireless link is operated, including modulation modes, power control and security.
TIME DIVISION DUPLEXING
TDD cycle
ePMP links operate using Time Division Duplexing (TDD). The links employ a TDD cycle in which the APs determines which SMs may transmit and when based on the configured downlink/uplink ratio (duty cycle). Three fixed Downlink/Uplink frame ratios are available – 75/25, 50/50 and 30/70.
A flexible frame ratio is available as a fourth option where the AP dynamically determines the downlink and uplink ratio based on data demand in each direction.
OFDM AND CHANNEL BANDWIDTH
The ePMP series transmits using Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM). This wideband signal consists of many equally spaced sub-carriers. Although each sub carrier is modulated at a low rate using conventional modulation schemes, the resultant data rate from all the sub-carriers is high.
The channel bandwidth of the OFDM signal is 5 MHz, 10 MHz, 20 MHz or 40 MHz, based on operator configuration.
Each channel is offset in center frequency from its neighboring channel by 5 MHz.
ADAPTIVE MODULATION
The ePMP series can transport data over the wireless link using a number of different modulation modes ranging from 64-QAM to QPSK. For a given channel bandwidth and TDD frame structure, each modulation mode transports data at a fixed rate. Also, the receiver requires a given signal to noise ratio in order to successfully demodulate a given modulation mode. Although the more complex modulations such as 64QAM will transport data at a much higher rate than the less complex modulation modes, the receiver requires a much higher signal to noise ratio.
The ePMP series provides an adaptive modulation scheme where the receiver constantly monitors the quality of the received signal and notifies the far end of the link of the optimum modulation mode with which to transmit. In this way, optimum capacity is achieved at all times.
MIMO
Multiple-Input Multiple-Output (MIMO) technique provides protection against fading and increases the probability of a received decoded signal to be usable.
The ePMP transmits two signals on the same radio frequency, one of which is 90 degrees offset from the other.
026v003
24
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
RADAR AVOIDANCE
In regions where protection of radars is part of the local regulations, the ePMP must detect interference from radar-like systems and avoid co-channel operation with these systems.
To meet this requirement, the ePMP implements the following features:
The equipment can only transmit on available channels, of which there are none at initial power up. The radar detection algorithm will always scan a usable channel for 60 seconds for radar interference before making the channel an available channel.
This compulsory channel scan will mean that there is at least 60 seconds service outage every time radar is detected and that the installation time is extended by at least 60 seconds even if there is found to be no radar on the channel
There is a secondary requirement for bands requiring radar avoidance. Regulators have mandated that products provide a uniform loading of the spectrum across all devices. In general, this prevents operation with fixed frequency allocations. However:
ETSI regulations do allow frequency planning of networks (as that has the same effect of spreading the load across the spectrum).
The FCC does allow channels to be avoided if there is actually interference on them.
Note
When operating in a region which requires DFS, ensure that the AP is configured with alternate frequencies and that the SM is configured to scan for these frequencies to avoid long outages.
ENCRYPTION
The ePMP supports optional encryption for data transmitted over the wireless link. The encryption algorithm used is the Advanced Encryption Standard (AES) with 128-bit key size. AES is a symmetric encryption algorithm approved by U.S. Government organizations (and others) to protect sensitive information.
COUNTRY CODES
Some aspects of wireless operation are controlled, enforced or restricted according to a country code. ePMP country codes represent individual countries (for example Denmark) or regulatory regions (for example FCC or ETSI).
Country codes affect the following aspects of wireless operation:
Maximum transmit power
Radar avoidance
Frequency range
Caution
To avoid possible enforcement action by the country regulator, always operate links in accordance with local regulations
026v003
25
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
SMART BEAMFORMING (EPMP 2000 SERIES)
ePMP 2000 Smart Beamforming drastically reduces the effects of on-channel interference. The System learns the locations of each served Subscriber Module and forms a narrow beam towards the desired Subscriber Module while that radio is transmitting in the uplink. This reduces the gain on the uplink for onchannel interferers that are transmitting at an azimuth angle different than the
Subscriber Module, delivering performance gains never before seen.
Smart Antenna Key Advantages:
Eliminate Uplink Interference: Smart Beamforming delivers dramatic performance improvements when dealing with strong co-channel uplink interference, maximizing network performance.
Consistent Performance in High Interference: By mitigating significant sources of interference, packet loss and retransmissions are kept to a minimum, keeping your network applications working at their best.
Improvement in Uplink and Downlink Performance: By eliminating packet loss and retransmissions resulting from co-channel uplink interference, TCP retransmissions are greatly reduced. Other applications also show significant performance benefits.
INTELLIGENT FILTERING (EPMP 2000 SERIES)
ePMP 2000 Intelligent Filtering improves both receive and transmit performance. It protects the network from off-channel interferers with a filter that dynamically moves around the channel. On the transmit side, it protects the RF environment by reducing off-channel transmission noise.
PMP NETWORKS
Using frequency planning
Frequency planning is the exercise of assigning operating channels to PMP units so as to minimize
RF interference between links. Frequency planning must consider interference from any PMP unit to any other PMP unit in the network. Low levels of interference normally allow for stable operation and high link capacity.
The frequency planning task is made more straightforward by use of the following techniques:
Using several different channels
Separating units located on the same mast
Configuring a 5 MHz guard band between adjacent sector operating band edges.
For help with planning networks, see
System planning . You can also contact your Cambium
distributor or re-seller.
026v003
26
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
FURTHER READING ON WIRELESS OPERATION
For information on planning wireless operation, see:
The regulatory restrictions that affect radio spectrum usage, such as frequency range and
radar avoidance is described under Radio spectrum planning on page 91
The factors to be taken into account when planning links such as range, path loss and data
throughput are described under Link planning on page 95 .
on page 427 . It also describes how to keep RF exposure within safe
limits.
How ePMP complies with the radio regulations that are enforced in various countries is explained in
Compliance with radio regulations on page 444 .
Compliance with the radio regulations that are enforced in various regions is explained under
Tables and graphs to support calculation of the data rate capacity that can be provided by
ePMP configurations are available at Data throughput tables on page 474 .
For more information on configuring and operating the wireless link, see:
The configuration parameters of the ePMP devices described under Configuration on page 100.
Post-installation procedures and troubleshooting tips explained under Operation and
026v003
27
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
System management
This section introduces the ePMP management system, including the web interface, installation, alerts and upgrades, configuration and management software.
MANAGEMENT AGENT
ePMP equipment is managed through an embedded management agent. Management workstations, network management systems or PCs can be connected to this agent using the module’s Ethernet port or over the air (SM).
The management agent supports the following interfaces:
Hypertext Transfer Protocol (HTTP)
Hypertext Transfer Protocol secure (HTTPs)
Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP)
Network Time Protocol (NTP)
System logging (Syslog)
Cambium Network Services Server (CNSS) software
Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP)
WEB SERVER
The ePMP management agent contains a web server. The web server supports access via the
HTTP and HTTPs interfaces.
Web-based management offers a convenient way to manage the ePMP equipment from a locally connected computer or from a network management workstation connected through a management network, without requiring any special management software. The web-based interfaces are the only interfaces supported for installation of ePMP, and for the majority of ePMP configuration management tasks.
026v003
28
Figure 2 ePMP 1000 AP web-based management screenshot
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Figure 3 ePMP 2000 AP web-based management screenshot
026v003
29
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Web pages
The web-based management interfaces provide comprehensive web-based fault, configuration, performance and security management functions organized into the following web-pages and groups:
Access Point and Subscriber Module web-pages:
Dashboard: The Dashboard web-page reports the general device status, session status, remote subscriber status, event log information, and network interface status.
Configure: The Configuration web-page may be utilized for configuring general device parameters, as well as IP, radio, SNMP, Quality of Service (QoS), security, time, VLAN, protocol filtering, and unit settings.
Monitor: The Monitor web-page reports detailed operating statistics for the radio link and network, and reports system log information.
Tools: The tools web-page offers useful tools for device installation, configuration, and operation including software upgrade, backup/restore, spectrum analyzer, throughput test, ping test, and traceroute.
Quick Start: The Quick Start web-page provides quick access to requisite parameters for radio link establishment and network access.
Identity-based user accounts
When identity-based user accounts are configured, a security officer can define from one to four user accounts, each of which may have one of the four possible roles:
ADMINISTRATOR (default username/password “admin”), who has full read and write permission.
INSTALLER (default username/password “installer”), who has permission to read and write parameters applicable to unit installation and monitoring.
HOME (default username/password “home”), who has permission only to access pertinent information for support purposes
READONLY (default username/password “readonly”), who has permission to only view the
Monitor page.
SNMP
The management agent supports fault and performance management by means of an SNMP interface. The management agent is compatible with SNMP v2c using one Management
Information Base (MIB) file which is available for download from the Cambium Networks Support website ( https://support.cambiumnetworks.com/files/epmp ).
NETWORK TIME PROTOCOL (NTP)
The clock supplies accurate date and time information to the system. It can be set to run with or without a connection to a network time server (NTP). It can be configured to display local time by setting the time zone and daylight saving in the Time web page.
If an NTP server connection is available, the clock can be set to synchronize with the server time at regular intervals. ePMP devices may receive NTP data from a CMM3 or CMM4 module or an NTP server configured in the system’s management network.
026v003
30
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
The Time Zone option is configurable on the AP’s Configure => System page and may be used to offset the received NTP time to match the operator’s local time zone.
CAMBIUM NETWORK SERVICES SERVER
The Cambium Network Services Server (CNSS) may be used to monitor, configure, and upgrade
Cambium network equipment.
For Cambium Network Services Server download, see https://support.cambiumnetworks.com/files/cns%20server/ .
SOFTWARE UPGRADE
Software upgrades may be issued via the radio web interface (Tools => Software Upgrade) or via
CNSS (Cambium Networks Services Server). For Software upgrades, see https://support.cambiumnetworks.com/files/epmp.
FURTHER READING ON SYSTEM MANAGEMENT
For more information on system management, see:
Operation and Troubleshooting on page 291
026v003
31
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
System hardware
This chapter describes the site planning and hardware components of an ePMP link.
The following topics are described in this chapter:
The ePMP 2000 Access Point with Intelligent Filtering and Sync module hardware, part
numbers, mounting equipment, and specifications are described under ePMP 2000 Access
Point with Intelligent Filtering and Sync on page 36 .
The ePMP 1000 Connectorized with Sync module hardware, part numbers, mounting
equipment, and specifications are described under ePMP 1000 Connectorized Radio with Sync
on page
The ePMP 1000 Integrated hardware, part numbers, mounting equipment and specifications
are described under ePMP 1000 Integrated Radio
on page
(ePMP 1000).
The ePMP 1000 Connectorized hardware, part numbers, mounting equipment and
specifications are described under ePMP 1000 Connectorized Radio on page 60
(ePMP 1000).
The Force 180 hardware, part numbers, mounting equipment and specifications are described
The Force 200 hardware, part numbers, mounting equipment and specifications are described
The power supply hardware, part numbers and specifications are described under ePMP 1000
Series Power Supply on page 84 .
The AP sector antenna (including optional Smart Antenna) part numbers are described under
ePMP 2000 Access Point with Intelligent Filtering and Sync, antennas and antenna cabling on page 44
(ePMP 2000) ePMP 1000 Connectorized Radio with Sync, antennas and antenna cabling on page 53
(ePMP 1000).
Cable standards and lengths are described under Ethernet cabling on page 87.
Surge suppression requirements and recommendations are described under Surge
026v003
32
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Site planning
Conduct a site survey to ensure that the proposed AP and SM sites meet the requirements defined in this section.
SITE INSTALLATION
An ePMP site typically consists of a high supporting structure such as a mast, tower or building for the AP or SM.
There is only one Ethernet interface, a copper Cat5e connection from the AP or SM to the AP/SM power supply and network terminating equipment. If a 1000 Base-TX (Gigabit) Ethernet connection is required at the AP, ensure that power supply N000900L001A (ePMP 1000) or N000000L034A
(ePMP 2000) is utilized.
GROUNDING AND LIGHTNING PROTECTION
Structures, equipment and people must be protected against power surges (typically caused by lightning) by conducting the surge current to ground via a separate preferential solid path. The actual degree of protection required depends on local conditions and applicable local regulations.
To adequately protect an ePMP installation, both ground bonding and transient voltage surge suppression are required.
Warning
Electro-magnetic discharge (lightning) damage is not covered under warranty. The recommendations in this guide, when followed correctly, give the user the best protection from the harmful effects of EMD. However 100% protection is neither implied nor possible.
Details of lightning protection methods and requirements can be found in the international standards IEC 61024-1 and IEC 61312-1, the U.S. National Electric Code ANSI/NFPA No. 70-1984 or section 54 of the Canadian Electric Code.
026v003
33
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Note
International and national standards take precedence over the requirements in this guide.
Figure 4 AP Cabling Diagram
Figure 5 SM Cabling Diagram
LIGHTNING PROTECTION ZONES
Use the rolling sphere method ( Figure 6 ) to determine where it is safe to mount equipment. An
imaginary sphere, typically 50 meters in radius, is rolled over the structure. Where the sphere rests against the ground and a strike termination device (such as a finial or ground bar), all the space under the sphere is considered to be in the zone of protection (Zone B). Similarly, where the sphere rests on two finials, the space under the sphere is considered to be in the zone of protection.
026v003
34
Figure 6 Rolling sphere method to determine the lightning protection zones
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Assess locations on masts, towers and buildings to determine if the location is in Zone A or Zone B:
Zone A: In this zone a direct lightning strike is possible. Do not mount equipment in this zone.
Zone B: In this zone, direct EMD (lightning) effects are still possible, but mounting in this zone significantly reduces the possibility of a direct strike. Mount equipment in this zone.
Warning
Do not mount equipment in Zone A which can put the equipment, structures and life at risk.
026v003
35
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
ePMP 2000
ePMP 2000 Access Point with Intelligent Filtering and Sync
For details of the ePMP 2000 Access Point with Intelligent Filtering and Sync connectorized hardware, see:
ePMP 2000 Access Point with Intelligent Filtering and Sync description on page 36
ePMP 2000 Access Point with Intelligent Filtering and Sync part numbers on page 37
ePMP 2000 Access Point with Intelligent Filtering and Sync mounting bracket on page 38
ePMP 2000 Access Point with Intelligent Filtering and Sync interfaces
on page
ePMP 2000 Access Point with Intelligent Filtering and Sync LEDs on page 40
ePMP 2000 Access Point with Intelligent Filtering and Sync specifications on page 40
ePMP 2000 Access Point with Intelligent Filtering and Sync heater
on page
ePMP 2000 Access Point with Intelligent Filtering and Sync - external antenna location on page
ePMP 2000 Access Point with Intelligent Filtering and Sync wind loading on page 43
ePMP 2000 Access Point with Intelligent Filtering and Sync software packages on page 44
ePMP 2000 Access Point with Intelligent Filtering and Sync, antennas and antenna cabling on page 44
EPMP 2000 ACCESS POINT WITH INTELLIGENT FILTERING AND SYNC
DESCRIPTION
The ePMP 2000 Access Point with Intelligent
Filtering and Sync device is a self-contained transceiver unit that houses both radio and networking electronics. The connectorized unit is designed to work with externally mounted antennas that have high gains to cope with difficult radio conditions. The unit is designed with female RP-SMA 50Ω antenna connections located at the top of the unit and female RP-
SMA 50Ω DC-coupled for connection to the optional Smart Antenna.
Figure 7 ePMP 2000 Series Access Point with
Intelligent Filtering and Sync
Note
To select antennas, RF cables and connectors for connectorized units, see
Intelligent Filtering and Sync, antennas and antenna cabling on page
026v003
36
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
EPMP 2000 ACCESS POINT WITH INTELLIGENT FILTERING AND SYNC PART
NUMBERS
Choose the correct regional variant: one is for use in regions where FCC or IC licensing restrictions apply (FCC/IC), one is for use in ETSI countries (EU), and one is for non-FCC/IC/ETSI-restricted regions (RoW).
Each of the parts listed in Table 2 includes the following items:
One connectorized unit
One power supply 1000/100/10 Base-TX LAN injector
The GPS-capable parts listed in Table 2
also ship with a GPS antenna.
Table 2 ePMP 2000 Access Point with Intelligent Filtering and Sync part numbers
Cambium description ePMP 2000: 5 GHz AP with Intelligent Filtering and Sync (EU)
Cambium part number
C050900A033A ePMP 2000: 5 GHz AP with Intelligent Filtering and Sync (FCC) ePMP 2000: 5 GHz AP with Intelligent Filtering and Sync (ROW) (no cord) ePMP 2000: 5 GHz AP with Intelligent Filtering and Sync (ROW) (EU cord) ePMP 2000: 5 GHz AP with Intelligent Filtering and Sync (ROW) (US cord) ePMP 2000: 5 GHz AP with Intelligent Filtering and Sync (EU) (UK cord) ePMP 2000: 5 GHz AP with Intelligent Filtering and Sync (ROW) (UK cord) ePMP 2000: 5 GHz AP with Intelligent Filtering and Sync (ROW) (India cord) ePMP 2000: 5 GHz AP with Intelligent Filtering and Sync (ROW) (China cord) ePMP 2000: 5 GHz AP with Intelligent Filtering and Sync (ROW) (Brazil cord) ePMP 2000: 5 GHz AP with Intelligent Filtering and Sync
(ROW)(Argentina cord) ePMP 2000: 5 GHz AP with Intelligent Filtering and Sync (ROW)(ANZ cord) ePMP 2000: 5 GHz AP Lite with Intelligent Filtering and Sync (EU) ePMP 2000: 5 GHz AP Lite with Intelligent Filtering and Sync (FCC) ePMP 2000: 5 GHz AP Lite with Intelligent Filtering and Sync (ROW) (no cord) ePMP 2000: 5 GHz AP Lite with Intelligent Filtering and Sync (ROW)
(EU cord) ePMP 2000: 5 GHz AP Lite with Intelligent Filtering and Sync (ROW)
(US cord) ePMP 2000: 5 GHz AP Lite with Intelligent Filtering and Sync (EU) (UK cord) ePMP 2000: 5 GHz AP Lite with Intelligent Filtering and Sync (ROW)
(UK cord)
C058900A132A
C050900A031A
C050900A231A
C050900A131A
C050900A333A
C050900A331A
C050900A431A
C050900A531A
C050900A631A
C050900A731A
C050900A831A
C050900L033A
C058900L132A
C050900L031A
C050900L231A
C050900L131A
C050900L333A
C050900L331A
026v003
37
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
ePMP 2000: 5 GHz AP Lite with Intelligent Filtering and Sync (ROW)
(India cord) ePMP 2000: 5 GHz AP Lite with Intelligent Filtering and Sync (ROW)
(China cord) ePMP 2000: 5 GHz AP Lite with Intelligent Filtering and Sync (ROW)
(Brazil cord) ePMP 2000: 5 GHz AP Lite with Intelligent Filtering and Sync
(ROW)(Argentina cord) ePMP2000 AP Lite License Key – Upgrade Lite (10 SM) to Full (120 SM)
C050900L431A
C050900L531A
C050900L631A
C050900L731A
C050900S2KLA
Table 3 Access Point with Intelligent Filtering and Sync accessory part numbers
Cambium description Cambium part number
POWER SUPPLY, 30W, 56V – Gbps support N000000L034
EPMP 2000 ACCESS POINT WITH INTELLIGENT FILTERING AND SYNC
MOUNTING BRACKET
The ePMP 2000 Access Point with Intelligent Filtering and Sync is designed to be attached to the
new Cambium ePMP sector antenna (see Table 10 ). The new Cambium ePMP sector antenna
contains all of the mounting brackets, antenna cabling, and GPS antenna mounting for device deployment.
Figure 8 ePMP 2000 Access Point with Intelligent Filtering and Sync mounted to ePMP sector antenna
026v003
38
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
EPMP 2000 ACCESS POINT WITH INTELLIGENT FILTERING AND SYNC
INTERFACES
The ePMP 2000 Access Point with Intelligent Filtering and Sync interfaces are illustrated in Figure
Figure 9 Connectorized Radio with Sync interfaces
Antenna port H
Antenna port V
Smart
Antenna port
V
Smart
Ethernet
Antenna port
H
GPS
Reset Button
Table 4 ePMP 2000 Access Point with Intelligent Filtering and Sync interfaces
Description Name
Antenna port H
Antenna port V
Smart
Antenna port H
Smart
Antenna port V
Connector
RP-SMA, female
RP-SMA, female
RP-SMA, female
RP-SMA, female
Interface
Antenna,
H polarization
Antenna,
V polarization
Smart
Antenna, H polarization
Smart
Antenna, V polarization
To/from H polarized antenna port
To/from V polarized antenna port
Status LEDs
To/from H polarized Smart Antenna port
To/from V polarized Smart Antenna port
Ethernet RJ45
PoE input
802.3at-compliant
Please note: A non-802.3at-compliant power supply may also be used to power the device.
The power supply must supply at least 20 Watts.
10/100/1000
Base-TX
Ethernet
Management and data
GPS SMA, female Antenna, GPS To/from GPS antenna
026v003
39
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Reset
Button
Physical button N/A
For resetting the radio and for setting the radio back to its factory default configuration. See
Using the device external reset button on page
EPMP 2000 ACCESS POINT WITH INTELLIGENT FILTERING AND SYNC LEDS
LED Function
POWER Green: Power is applied to the device
Unlit: No power is applied to the device or improper power source
GPS
SYNC
Orange: AP has acquired a 1PPS GPS synchronization pulse either from the internal GPS module and antenna or from a connected CMM
Unlit: 1PPS GPS not acquired, or Synchronization
Source set to Internal (AP operates without sync)
ETH
No LEDs lit: Three or less satellites tracked
One LED lit: Four or five satellites tracked
Two LEDs lit: Six or seven satellites tracked
All LEDs lit: Eight or more satellites are tracked
Once lit, blinking indicates Ethernet activity
Red: 10BaseTX link
Green: 100BaseTX link
Orange: 1000BaseTX link
Unlit: No Ethernet link established
EPMP 2000 ACCESS POINT WITH INTELLIGENT FILTERING AND SYNC
SPECIFICATIONS
The ePMP 2000 Access Point with Intelligent Filtering and Sync connectorized module conforms to
the specifications listed in Table 5 and Table 6 .
026v003
40
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
The connectorized module meets the low level static discharge specifications identified in
Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) compliance on page 429
and provides internal surge suppression but does not provide lightning suppression.
For a full listing of Access Point with Intelligent Filtering and Sync specifications, see the ePMP
2000 website .
Table 5 ePMP 2000 Access Point with Intelligent Filtering and Sync physical specifications
Category Specification
Dimensions (H x W x D) Radio: 22.2 x 12.4 x 4.5 cm (8.75 x 4.9 x 1.75 in) without brackets
Weight .7 kg (1.5 lbs) without brackets
Table 6 ePMP 2000 Access Point with Intelligent Filtering and Sync environmental specifications
Category Specification
Temperature
Wind loading
Humidity
Environmental
-30°C (-22°F) to +55°C (131°F)
on
for a full description.
95% condensing
IP55
026v003
41
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
EPMP 2000 ACCESS POINT WITH INTELLIGENT FILTERING AND SYNC HEATER
At startup, if the ePMP 2000 Access Point with Intelligent Filtering and Sync module temperature is at or below 32° F (0° C), an internal heater is activated to ensure that the device is able to successfully begin operation. The unit’s heater is only activated when the unit is powered on and will not apply heat to the device once startup is complete. When the unit temperature is greater than 32° F (0° C), the heater is deactivated and the unit continues its startup sequence.
The effect on device startup time at various temperatures is defined in Table 7 .
Table 7 ePMP 2000 Access Point with Intelligent Filtering and Sync startup times based on ambient temperature
Initial Temperature Startup time (from power on to operational)
-22° F (-30° C)
-4° F (-20° C)
14° F (-10° C)
20 minutes
6 minutes
2 minutes, 30 seconds
EPMP 2000 ACCESS POINT WITH INTELLIGENT FILTERING AND SYNC -
EXTERNAL ANTENNA LOCATION
Find a location for the device and external antenna that meets the following requirements:
The equipment is high enough to achieve the best radio path.
People can be kept a safe distance away from the equipment when it is radiating. The safe separation distances are defined in
Calculated distances and power compliance margins on page 431 .
The equipment is lower than the top of the supporting structure (tower, mast or building) or its lightning air terminal.
The location is not subject to excessive wind loading. For more information, see
Access Point with Intelligent Filtering and Sync wind loading
on
026v003
42
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
EPMP 2000 ACCESS POINT WITH INTELLIGENT FILTERING AND SYNC WIND
LOADING
Ensure that the device and the structure on which it is mounted are capable of withstanding the prevalent wind speeds at a proposed ePMP site. Wind speed statistics are available from national meteorological offices.
The device and its mounting bracket are capable of withstanding wind speeds of up to 190 kph
(118 mph).
Wind blowing on the device will subject the mounting structure to significant lateral force. The magnitude of the force depends on both wind strength and surface area of the device. Wind loading is estimated using the following formulae:
Force (in kilograms) = 0.1045aV
2
Where: a
V
Force (in pounds) = 0.0042Av
2
Where:
A v
Is: surface area in square meters wind speed in meters per second
Is: surface area in square feet wind speed in miles per hour
026v003
43
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Applying these formulae to the ePMP device at different wind speeds, the resulting wind loadings
are shown in Table 17 and Table 18 .
Table 8 ePMP 2000 Access Point with Intelligent Filtering and Sync wind loading (Kg)
Type of ePMP device
Largest surface area
(square meters)
Wind speed (meters per second)
30 40 50 60 70
Connectorized with Sector
Antenna
0.09 8.5 Kg 15 Kg 23.5
Kg
33.9 Kg 46.1 Kg
Table 9 ePMP 2000 Access Point with Intelligent Filtering and Sync wind loading (lb)
Type of ePMP device Largest surface area
(square feet)
Wind speed (miles per hour)
80 100 120 140 150
Connectorized with
Sector Antenna
1 26.9 lb 42 lb 60.1 lb 82.32 lb 107.5 lb
EPMP 2000 ACCESS POINT WITH INTELLIGENT FILTERING AND SYNC
SOFTWARE PACKAGES
ePMP 2000 Access Point with Intelligent Filtering and Sync devices may be upgraded by downloading new software packages from the Cambium Networks website or by using the
Cambium Network Services Server. The software packages applicable to ePMP connectorized radios are named:
ePMP-GPS_Synced-v3.3.tar.gz (or higher version number)
EPMP 2000 ACCESS POINT WITH INTELLIGENT FILTERING AND SYNC,
ANTENNAS AND ANTENNA CABLING
ePMP 2000 Access Point with Intelligent Filtering and Sync devices require external antennas connected using RF cables (included with Cambium ePMP sector antennas). For details of the antennas and accessories required for a connectorized ePMP installation, see:
Antenna requirements on page 44
FCC and IC approved antennas on page 45
ANTENNA REQUIREMENTS
For ePMP 2000 Access Point with Intelligent Filtering and Sync units operating in the USA or
026v003
44
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
FCC AND IC APPROVED ANTENNAS
For ePMP 2000 Access Point with Intelligent Filtering and Sync units operating in the USA or
Canada, choose external antennas from Table 10.
These are approved by the FCC for use with the product and are constrained by the following limits:
5 GHz – 18 dBi gain
Caution
Using other than approved antennas may cause measurements higher than reported for certification.
T his radio transmitter (IC certification number 109W-0005) has been approved by Industry Canada to operate with the antenna types listed below with the maximum permissible gain and required antenna impedance for each antenna type indicated. Antenna types not included in this list, having a gain greater than the maximum gain indicated for that type, are strictly prohibited for use with this device.
Le présent émetteur radio (Numéro de certification IC 109W-0005) a été approuvé par Industrie
Canada pour fonctionner avec les types d'antenne énumérés ci-dessous et ayant un gain admissible maximal et l'impédance requise pour chaque type d'antenne. Les types d'antenne non inclus dans cette liste, ou dont le gain est supérieur au gain maximal indiqué, sont strictement interdits pour l'exploitation de l'émetteur.
Table 10 ePMP 2000 Allowed antennas for deployment in USA/Canada
Cambium part number
C050900D021A
Antenna Type
5 GHz Sector Antenna – 90/120 degree
C050900D020A Smart Antenna (complimentary to Sector Antenna, does not replace Sector Antenna)
Gain (dBi)
18
-
026v003
45
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
ePMP 1000
ePMP 1000 Connectorized Radio with Sync
For details of the ePMP connectorized hardware, see:
ePMP 1000 Connectorized Radio with Sync description on page 46
ePMP 1000 Connectorized Radio with Sync part numbers on page 47
ePMP 1000 Connectorized Radio with Sync interfaces on page 48
ePMP 1000 Connectorized Radio with Sync specifications on page 50
ePMP 1000 Connectorized Radio with Sync and external antenna location on page 51
ePMP 1000 Connectorized Radio with Sync wind loading on page 52
ePMP 1000 Connectorized Radio with Sync software packages
on page
ePMP 1000 Connectorized Radio with Sync, antennas and antenna cabling on page 53
EPMP 1000 CONNECTORIZED RADIO WITH SYNC DESCRIPTION
The connectorized ePMP device is a selfcontained transceiver unit that houses both radio and networking electronics. The connectorized unit is designed to work with externally mounted antennas that have high gains. Connectorized units can cope with more difficult radio conditions. The unit is designed with female RP-SMA 50Ω antenna connections located at the top of the unit. An ePMP connectorized unit may function as an
Access Point (AP) or a Subscriber Module
(SM) in a Point-To-Multipoint (PMP) or in a
Point-To-Point (PTP) network topology.
Figure 10 ePMP 1000 Series Connectorized
Radio with Sync
Note
To select antennas, RF cables and connectors for connectorized units, see
ePMP 1000 Connectorized Radio with Sync, antennas and antenna cabling on page 53 .
026v003
46
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
EPMP 1000 CONNECTORIZED RADIO WITH SYNC PART NUMBERS
Choose the correct regional variant: one is for use in regions where FCC or IC licensing restrictions apply (FCC/IC), one is for use in ETSI countries (EU), and one is for non-FCC/IC/ETSI-restricted regions (RoW).
Each of the parts listed in Table 11 includes the following items:
One connectorized unit
One power supply 1000/100/10 Base-TX LAN injector
The GPS-capable parts listed in Table 11
also ship with a GPS antenna.
Table 11 ePMP 1000 Connectorized Radio with Sync part numbers
Cambium description Cambium part number ePMP GPS, Conn - 5 GHz - no power cord – ROW version ePMP GPS, Conn - 5 GHz – no power cord – EU version ePMP GPS, Conn - 5 GHz - US power cord – FCC version ePMP GPS, Conn - 2.4 GHz - US power cord
GPS Sync AP License Key – ePMP 1000 GPS Sync AP
License Key - Upgrade Lite (10 SM) to Full (120 SM)
C050900A011A
C050900A013A
C058900A112A
C024900A011A
C050900S200A
Table 12 ePMP 1000 Connectorized Radio with Sync accessory part numbers
Cambium description ePMP Power Supply for GPS Radio - no cord (spare) ePMP Power Supply for non-GPS Radio - no cord (spare)
Cambium part number
N000900L001A
N000900L002A
EPMP 1000 CONNECTORIZED RADIO WITH SYNC MOUNTING BRACKET
The connectorized unit is designed to be attached to a Cambium ePMP sector antenna (see Table
19 ). The Cambium ePMP sector antenna contains all of the mounting brackets, antenna cabling,
and GPS antenna mounting for device deployment.
026v003
47
Figure 11 ePMP 1000 Connectorized Radio with Sync sector antenna
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
EPMP 1000 CONNECTORIZED RADIO WITH SYNC INTERFACES
The connectorized radio with sync interfaces are illustrated in Figure 12 and described in
Figure 12 ePMP 1000 Connectorized Radio with Sync interfaces
Antenna port H
Antenna port V Ethernet
GPS
026v003
48
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Table 13 ePMP 1000 Connectorized Radio with Sync interfaces
Description Name
Antenna port H
Connector
RP-SMA, female
Interface
Antenna,
H polarization
To/from H polarized antenna port
Antenna port V
RP-SMA, female
Antenna,
V polarization
To/from V polarized antenna port
802.3af PoE Standard, as well as Proprietary power over Ethernet (PoE) twisted pair (for powering via CMM3/CMM4)
Ethernet RJ45
PoE input
10/100/1000
Base-TX
Ethernet
Management and data
GPS
Reset
Button
SMA, female Antenna, GPS To/from GPS antenna
Physical button N/A
For resetting the radio and for setting the radio back to its factory default configuration. See
Using the device external reset button on page
EPMP 1000 CONNECTORIZED RADIO WITH SYNC LEDS
LED Function
POWER Green: Power is applied to the device
Unlit: No power is applied to the device or improper power source
GPS
SYNC
Orange: AP has acquired a 1PPS GPS synchronization pulse either from the internal GPS module and antenna or from a connected CMM
Unlit: 1PPS GPS not acquired, or Synchronization
Source set to Internal (AP operates without sync)
No LEDs lit: Three or less satellites tracked
One LED lit (bottom): Four or five satellites tracked
Two LEDs lit (bottom two): Six or seven satellites tracked
All LEDs lit: Eight or more satellites are tracked
ETH Once lit, blinking indicates Ethernet activity
Red: 10BaseTX link
Green: 100BaseTX link
Orange: 1000BaseTX link
Unlit: No Ethernet link established
026v003
49
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
EPMP 1000 CONNECTORIZED RADIO WITH SYNC SPECIFICATIONS
The ePMP connectorized module conforms to the specifications listed in Table 14 and Table 15 .
The connectorized module meets the low level static discharge specifications identified in
Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) compliance on page 429
and provides internal surge suppression but does not provide lightning suppression.
For a full listing of connectorized radio with sync specifications, see the ePMP 1000 website.
Table 14 ePMP 1000 Connectorized Radio with Sync physical specifications
Category Specification
Dimensions (H x W x D)
Weight
Radio: 227 x 88 x 33 mm (8.9” x 3.5” x 1.3”)
Antenna: 529 x 124 x 53 mm (20.8” x 4.9” x 2.1”)
.521 kg (1.15 lbs) without antenna
4.5 kg (10 lbs) with antenna
Table 15 ePMP 1000 Connectorized Radio with Sync environmental specifications
Category Specification
Temperature
Wind loading
-30°C (-22°F) to +55°C (131°F)
Humidity
Environmental
118 mph (190 kph) maximum. See ePMP 1000
Connectorized Radio with Sync wind loading on page 52 for
a full description.
95% condensing
IP55
026v003
50
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
EPMP 1000 CONNECTORIZED RADIO WITH SYNC HEATER
At startup, if the ePMP connectorized module temperature is at or below 32° F (0° C), an internal heater is activated to ensure that the device is able to successfully begin operation. The unit’s heater is only activated when the unit is powered on and will not apply heat to the device once startup is complete. When the unit temperature is greater than 32° F (0° C), the heater is deactivated and the unit continues its startup sequence.
The effect on device startup time at various temperatures is defined in Table 16 .
Table 16 ePMP 1000 Connectorized Radio with Sync startup times based on ambient temperature
Initial Temperature Startup time (from power on to operational)
-22° F (-30° C)
-4° F (-20° C)
14° F (-10° C)
20 minutes
6 minutes
2 minutes, 30 seconds
EPMP 1000 CONNECTORIZED RADIO WITH SYNC AND EXTERNAL ANTENNA
LOCATION
Find a location for the device and external antenna that meets the following requirements:
The equipment is high enough to achieve the best radio path.
People can be kept a safe distance away from the equipment when it is radiating. The safe separation distances are defined in
Calculated distances and power compliance margins on page 431 .
The equipment is lower than the top of the supporting structure (tower, mast or building) or its lightning air terminal.
The location is not subject to excessive wind loading. For more information, see
Connectorized Radio with Sync wind loading on page 52 .
026v003
51
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
EPMP 1000 CONNECTORIZED RADIO WITH SYNC WIND LOADING
Ensure that the device and the structure on which it is mounted are capable of withstanding the prevalent wind speeds at a proposed ePMP site. Wind speed statistics is available from national meteorological offices.
The device and its mounting bracket are capable of withstanding wind speeds of up to 190 Kph
(118 mph).
Wind blowing on the device will subject the mounting structure to significant lateral force. The magnitude of the force depends on both wind strength and surface area of the device. Wind loading is estimated using the following formulae:
Force (in kilograms) = 0.1045aV
2
Where: a
V
Force (in pounds) = 0.0042Av
2
Is: surface area in square meters wind speed in meters per second
Where:
A
Is: surface area in square feet wind speed in miles per hour v
Applying these formulae to the ePMP device at different wind speeds, the resulting wind loadings
are shown in Table 17 and Table 18 .
Table 17 ePMP 1000 Connectorized Radio with Sync wind loading (Kg)
Type of ePMP device
Largest surface area
(square meters)
Wind speed (meters per second)
30 40 50 60
Connectorized 0.13 12.2 Kg 21.7 Kg 34 Kg 49 Kg
70
66.6 Kg
Table 18 ePMP 1000 Connectorized Radio with Sync wind loading (lb)
Type of ePMP device Largest
Connectorized surface area
(square feet)
1.39
Wind speed (miles per hour)
80 100 120 140 150
37.4 lb 58.4 lb 84.1 lb 114.4 lb 131.4 lb
EPMP 1000 CONNECTORIZED RADIO WITH SYNC SOFTWARE PACKAGES
Connectorized radios may be upgraded by downloading new software packages from the
Cambium Networks website or by using the Cambium Network Services Server. The software packages applicable to ePMP connectorized radios are named:
ePMP-GPS_Synced-v3.3.tar.gz
026v003
52
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
EPMP 1000 CONNECTORIZED RADIO WITH SYNC, ANTENNAS AND ANTENNA
CABLING
Connectorized modules require external antennas connected using RF cable (included with
Cambium ePMP sector antennas). For details of the antennas and accessories required for a connectorized ePMP installation, see:
ePMP 1000 Antenna requirements on page 53
ePMP 1000 FCC and IC approved antennas on page 53
EPMP 1000 ANTENNA REQUIREMENTS
For connectorized units operating in the USA or Canada 2.4 GHz, 5.2 GHz, 5.4 GHz or 5.8 GHz
EPMP 1000 FCC AND IC APPROVED ANTENNAS
For connectorized units operating in the USA or Canada, choose external antennas from Table 19.
These are approved by the FCC for use with the product and are constrained by the following limits:
5 GHz – 15 dBi gain
2.4 GHz - 15 dBi gain
Caution
Using other than approved antennas may cause measurements higher than reported for certification.
T his radio transmitter (IC certification number 109W-0005) has been approved by Industry Canada to operate with the antenna types listed below with the maximum permissible gain and required antenna impedance for each antenna type indicated. Antenna types not included in this list, having a gain greater than the maximum gain indicated for that type, are strictly prohibited for use with this device.
Le présent émetteur radio (Numéro de certification IC 109W-0005) a été approuvé par Industrie
Canada pour fonctionner avec les types d'antenne énumérés ci-dessous et ayant un gain admissible maximal et l'impédance requise pour chaque type d'antenne. Les types d'antenne non inclus dans cette liste, ou dont le gain est supérieur au gain maximal indiqué, sont strictement interdits pour l'exploitation de l'émetteur.
Table 19 ePMP 1000 Allowed antennas for deployment in USA/Canada
Cambium part number
Antenna Type Gain (dBi)
C050900D021A
C050900D003A
5 GHz Sector Antenna – 90/120 degree
5 GHz Sector Antenna – 90 degree
18
15
C050900D002A
C024900D004A
5 GHz Sector Antenna – 120 degree
2.4 GHz Sector Antenna - 90 /120 degree
15
15
026v003
53
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
ePMP 1000 Integrated Radio
For details of the ePMP 1000 integrated hardware, see:
ePMP 1000 Integrated Radio description on page 54
ePMP 1000 Integrated Radio part numbers on page 55
ePMP 1000 Integrated Radio mounting bracket on page 55
ePMP 1000 Integrated Radio interfaces on page 56
ePMP 1000 Integrated Radio specifications on page 57
ePMP 1000 Integrated Radio heater on page 58
ePMP 1000 Integrated Radio wind loading on page 58
ePMP 1000 Integrated Radio software packages on page 59 .
EPMP 1000 INTEGRATED RADIO DESCRIPTION
Figure 13 ePMP 1000 Series Integrated Radio
The integrated ePMP 1000 module is a selfcontained transceiver unit that houses both radio and networking electronics. An ePMP
1000 integrated unit may function as an
Access Point (AP) or a Subscriber Module
(SM) in a Point-To-Multipoint (PMP) or in a
Point-To-Point (PTP) network topology.
026v003
54
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
EPMP 1000 INTEGRATED RADIO PART NUMBERS
Choose the correct regional variant: one is for use in regions where FCC or IC licensing restrictions apply (FCC/IC), one is for use in ETSI countries (EU), and one is for non-FCC/IC/ETSI-restricted regions (RoW).
Each of the parts listed in Table 20 includes the following items:
One integrated module (with mounting bracket)
One metal mounting strap
Power supply
Table 20 ePMP 1000 Integrated Radio part numbers
Cambium description ePMP Integrated – 5 GHz – no power cord – ROW version ePMP Integrated – 5 GHz – EU power cord – EU version ePMP Integrated – 5 GHz – US power cord – FCC version ePMP Integrated - 2.4 GHz - US power cord
Cambium part number
C050900C031A
C050900P033A
C058900C132A
C024900C031A
Table 21 ePMP 1000 Integrated Radio accessory part numbers
Cambium description Cambium part number ePMP Power Supply for non-GPS Radio - no cord (spare) N000900L002A
EPMP 1000 INTEGRATED RADIO MOUNTING BRACKET
Figure 14 Integrated module mounting bracket
The ePMP 1000 integrated module is designed to be pole-mounted using the mounting strap and bracket provided in the box with the radio.
026v003
55
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
EPMP 1000 INTEGRATED RADIO INTERFACES
The integrated module interfaces are illustrated in Figure 15 and described in Table 22 .
Figure 15 ePMP 1000 Integrated Radio interfaces
Auxiliary
Ethernet
Primary
Ethernet
Table 22 ePMP 1000 Integrated Radio interfaces
Port name Connector Interface
Primary Ethernet
Auxiliary Ethernet
(future release)
RJ45
RJ45
PoE input
10/100 Base-TX
Ethernet
Cambium proprietary PoE output, data bridging
Description
Proprietary power over Ethernet (PoE) twisted pair (for powering via
CMM3/CMM4)
Management and data
Proprietary 30V PoE output for auxiliary devices (not 802.3af standard
PoE)
026v003
56
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
EPMP 1000 INTEGRATED RADIO LEDS
LED
Function
POWER
ETH 1
ETH 2
Green: Power is applied to the device
Unlit: No power is applied to the device or improper power source
Main/Primary Ethernet port indicator
Once lit, blinking indicates Ethernet activity
Green: 10/100BaseTX link
Auxiliary/Secondary Ethernet port indicator
Once lit, blinking indicates Ethernet activity
Green: 10/100BaseTX link
Radio scanning: LEDs light in an ascending sequence to indicate that the radio is scanning
Radio registered: LEDs light to indicate the RSSI level at the device.
RSSI
> -60 dBm
-70 dBm
< RSSI ≤≤
-60 dBm
-80 dBm
< RSSI ≤
-70 dBm
RSSI
≤ -80 dBm
EPMP 1000 INTEGRATED RADIO SPECIFICATIONS
The ePMP integrated module conforms to the specifications listed in Table 23 and Table 24 .
The integrated device meets the low level static discharge specifications identified in
Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) compliance on page 429 and provides internal surge
suppression but does not provide lightning suppression.
For a full listing of integrated radio specifications, see ePMP 1000 website .
026v003
57
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Table 23 ePMP 1000 Integrated Radio physical specifications
Category Specification
Dimensions (H x W x D) Radio: 29.1 x 14.5 x 8.3 cm (11.4 x 5.7 x 3.3 in)
Weight 0.49 kg (1.1 lbs)
Table 24 ePMP 1000 Integrated Radio environmental specifications
Category Specification
Temperature -30°C (-22°F) to +60°C (131°F)
Wind loading
Humidity
Environmental
90 mph (145 kph) maximum. See ePMP 1000 Integrated Radio wind loading on page 58
for a full description.
95% condensing
IP55
EPMP 1000 INTEGRATED RADIO HEATER
Upon power on, if the ePMP integrated module device temperature is at or below 32° F (0° C), an internal heater is activated to ensure that the device is able to successfully begin operation. The unit’s heater is only activated when the unit is powered on and will not apply heat to the device once startup is complete. When the unit temperature is greater than 32° F (0° C), the heater is deactivated and the integrated module continues its startup sequence.
The effect on integrated module startup time at various temperatures is defined in Table 25 .
Table 25 ePMP 1000 Integrated module startup times based on ambient temperature
Initial Temperature Startup time (from power on to operational)
-22° F (-30° C) 4 minutes
-4° F (-20° C)
14° F (-10° C)
2 minutes
1 minutes, 30 seconds
EPMP 1000 INTEGRATED RADIO WIND LOADING
Ensure that the integrated module and the structure on which it is mounted are capable of withstanding the prevalent wind speeds at a proposed ePMP site. Wind speed statistics must be available from national meteorological offices.
The integrated module and its mounting bracket are capable of withstanding wind speeds of up to
145 Kph (90 mph).
Wind blowing on the integrated module will subject the mounting structure to significant lateral force. The magnitude of the force depends on both wind strength and surface area of the integrated module. Wind loading is estimated using the following formulae:
026v003
58
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Force (in kilograms) = 0.1045aV
2
Where: a
V
Force (in pounds) = 0.0042Av
2
Is: surface area in square meters wind speed in meters per second
Where:
A
Is: surface area in square feet wind speed in miles per hour v
Applying these formulae to the ePMP integrated module at different wind speeds, the resulting
wind loadings are shown in Table 26 and Table 27 .
Table 26 ePMP 1000 Integrated Radio wind loading (Kg)
Type of ePMP module
Largest surface area
(square meters)
Wind speed (meters per second)
30 40 50 60
Integrated 0.042 4 Kg 7 Kg
70
11 Kg 15.8 Kg 21.6 Kg
Table 27 ePMP 1000 Integrated Radio wind loading (lb)
Type of ePMP module
Integrated
Largest surface area (square feet)
0.45
Wind speed (miles per hour)
80 100 120 140 150
12.1 lb 18.9 lb 27.2 lb 37 lb 42.5 lb
EPMP 1000 INTEGRATED RADIO SOFTWARE PACKAGES
Integrated radios may be upgraded by downloading new software packages from the Cambium
Networks website or by using the Cambium Network Services Server. The software packages applicable to ePMP integrated radios are named:
ePMP-NonGPS_Synced-v3.3.tar.gz
026v003
59
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
ePMP 1000 Connectorized Radio
For details of the ePMP 1000 connectorized hardware, see:
ePMP 1000 Connectorized Radio description
on page
ePMP 1000 Connectorized Radio part numbers on page 61
ePMP 1000 Connectorized Radio Interfaces on page 62
ePMP 1000 Connectorized Radio specifications on page 64
ePMP 1000 Connectorized Radio and external antenna location on page 65
ePMP 1000 Connectorized Radio wind loading on page 66
Connectorized Radio software packages on page 66
ePMP 1000 Connectorized Radio antennas and antenna cabling on page 67
EPMP 1000 CONNECTORIZED RADIO DESCRIPTION
Figure 16 ePMP 1000 Series Connectorized
Radio
The connectorized ePMP 1000 device is a selfcontained transceiver unit that houses both radio and networking electronics. The connectorized unit is designed to work with externally mounted antennas that have high gains. Connectorized units can cope with more difficult radio conditions. The unit is designed with female RP-SMA 50Ω antenna connections located at the top of the unit. An ePMP 1000 connectorized unit may function as an Access
Point (AP) or a Subscriber Module (SM) in a
Point-To-Multipoint (PMP) or in a Point-To-
Point (PTP) network topology.
Note
To select antennas, RF cables and connectors for connectorized units, see
Connectorized Radio antennas and antenna cabling on page 67 .
026v003
60
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
EPMP 1000 CONNECTORIZED RADIO PART NUMBERS
Choose the correct regional variant: one is for use in regions where FCC or IC licensing restrictions apply (FCC/IC), one is for use in ETSI countries (EU), and one is for non-FCC/IC/ETSI-restricted regions (RoW).
Each of the parts listed in Table 28 includes the following items:
One connectorized unit
One power supply 100/10 Base-TX LAN injector
Table 28 ePMP 1000 Connectorized Radio part numbers
Cambium description Cambium part number ePMP Conn – 5 GHz – no power cord – ROW version ePMP Conn – 5 GHz – EU power cord – EU version ePMP Conn – 5 GHz – US power cord – FCC version ePMP Conn – 2.4 GHz – US power cord
C050900A021A
C050900A023A
C058900A122A
C024900A021A
Table 29 ePMP 1000 Connectorized Radio accessory part numbers
Cambium description Cambium part number ePMP Power Supply for non-GPS Radio - no cord (spare) N000900L002A
EPMP 1000 CONNECTORIZED RADIO MOUNTING BRACKET
Figure 17 Connectorized radio sector antenna
The ePMP 1000 Connectorized unit is designed to be attached to a Cambium ePMP sector antenna or with a non-Cambium antenna.
026v003
61
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
EPMP 1000 CONNECTORIZED RADIO INTERFACES
The connectorized radio with interfaces are illustrated in Figure 18 and described in Table 30 .
Figure 18 Connectorized radio interfaces
Antenna port H
Antenna port V
AUXILLARY
ETHERNET
PRIMARY
ETHERNET
Table 30 ePMP 1000 Connectorized radio interfaces
Name Connector Interface Description
Antenna port H
Antenna port V
RP-SMA, female
RP-SMA, female
Antenna,
H polarization
Antenna,
V polarization
To/from H polarized antenna port
To/from V polarized antenna port
PoE input
Proprietary power over Ethernet (PoE) twisted pair (for powering via CMM3/CMM4)
Primary
Ethernet
RJ45
Auxiliary
Ethernet
(future release)
RJ45
10/100 Base-
TX Ethernet
Cambium propriety PoE output, data bridging
Management and data
Propriety 30V PoE output for auxiliary devices
(not 802 3af standard Poe)
Reset
Button
Physical button N/A
For resetting the radio and for resetting the radio back to its factory default configuration,
see Using the device external reset button on page 300 .
026v003
62
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
EPMP 1000 CONNECTORIZED RADIO LEDS
LED Function
POWER
ETH 1
ETH 2
Green: Power is applied to the device
Unlit: No power is applied to the device or improper power source
Main/Primary Ethernet port indicator
Once lit, blinking indicates Ethernet activity
Green: 10/100BaseTX link
Auxiliary/Secondary Ethernet port indicator
Once lit, blinking indicates Ethernet activity
Green: 10/100BaseTX link
Radio scanning: LEDs light in an ascending sequence to indicate that the radio is scanning
Radio registered: LEDs light to indicate the
RSSI level at the device.
Reserved for future release
RSSI
> -60 dBm
-70 dBm
< RSSI ≤
-60 dBm
-80 dBm
< RSSI ≤
-70 dBm
RSSI
≤ -80 dBm
026v003
63
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
EPMP 1000 CONNECTORIZED RADIO SPECIFICATIONS
The ePMP connectorized radio conforms to the specifications listed in Table 31 and Table 32 .
The connectorized module meets the low level static discharge specifications identified in
Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) compliance on page 429
and provides internal surge suppression but does not provide lightning suppression.
For a full listing of connectorized radio specifications, see ePMP 1000 website .
Table 31 ePMP 1000 Connectorized radio physical specifications
Category Specification
Dimensions (H x W x D) Radio: 227 x 88 x 33 mm (8.9” x 3.5” x 1.3”)
Weight
Antenna: 529 x 124 x 53 mm (20.8” x 4.9” x 2.1”)
.521 kg (1.15 lbs) without antenna
4.5 kg (10 lbs) with antenna
Table 32 ePMP 1000 Connectorized radio environmental specifications
Category Specification
Temperature
Wind loading
-30°C (-22°F) to +55°C (131°F)
Humidity
Environmental
118 mph (190 kph) maximum. See ePMP 1000
Connectorized Radio wind loading on page 66
for a full description.
95% condensing
IP55
026v003
64
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
EPMP 1000 CONNECTORIZED RADIO HEATER
On startup, if the ePMP 1000 Connectorized radio temperature is at or below 32° F (0° C), an internal heater is activated to ensure that the device is able to successfully begin operation. The unit’s heater is only activated when the unit is powered on and will not transfer heat to the device until the startup completes. When the unit temperature is greater than 32° F (0° C), the heater is deactivated and the unit continues its startup sequence.
The effect on device startup time at various temperatures is defined in Table 33 .
Table 33 ePMP 1000 Connectorized radio startup times based on ambient temperature
Initial Temperature Startup time (from power on to operational)
-22° F (-30° C)
-4° F (-20° C)
14° F (-10° C)
20 minutes
6 minutes
2 minutes, 30 seconds
EPMP 1000 CONNECTORIZED RADIO AND EXTERNAL ANTENNA LOCATION
Find a location for the device and external antenna that meets the following requirements:
The equipment is high enough to achieve the best radio path.
People are a safe distance away from the equipment when it is radiating. The safe separation distances are defined in
Calculated distances and power compliance margins on page 431 .
The equipment is lower than the top of the supporting structure (tower, mast or building) or its lightning air terminal.
The location is not subjected to excessive wind loading. For more information, see ePMP 1000
Connectorized Radio wind loading
on page
026v003
65
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
EPMP 1000 CONNECTORIZED RADIO WIND LOADING
Ensure that the device and the structure on which it is mounted are capable of withstanding the prevalent wind speeds at a proposed ePMP site. Wind speed statistics must be available from national meteorological offices.
The device and its mounting bracket are capable of withstanding wind speeds of up to 190 kph
(118 mph).
Wind speeds on the device subjects the mounting structure to significant lateral force. The magnitude of the force depends on both the wind strength and surface area of the device. Wind loading is estimated using the following formulae:
Force (in kilograms) = 0.1045aV
2
Where: a
V
Force (in pounds) = 0.0042Av
2
Is: surface area in square meters wind speed in meters per second
Where:
A
Is: surface area in square feet wind speed in miles per hour v
Applying these formulae to the ePMP device at different wind speeds, the resulting wind loadings
are shown in Table 34 and Table 35 .
Table 34 ePMP 1000 Connectorized radio wind loading (Kg)
Type of ePMP device
Largest surface area
(square meters)
0.13
Wind speed (meters per second)
30 40 50 60
Connectorized 12.2 Kg 21.7 Kg 34 Kg
Table 35 ePMP 1000 Connectorized radio wind loading (lb)
49 Kg
70
66.6 Kg
Type of ePMP device Largest surface area
(square feet)
Connectorized 1.39
Wind speed (miles per hour)
80 100 120 140 150
37.4 lb 58.4 lb 84.1 lb 114.4 lb 131.4 lb
CONNECTORIZED RADIO SOFTWARE PACKAGES
Connectorized radio may be upgraded by downloading new software packages from the Cambium
Networks website or by using the Cambium Network Services Server. The software packages applicable to ePMP 1000 Un-synced connectorized radio are named:
ePMP-NonGPS_Synced-v3.3.tar.gz
026v003
66
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
EPMP 1000 CONNECTORIZED RADIO ANTENNAS AND ANTENNA CABLING
Connectorized radio requires external antennas connected using RF cable (included with Cambium ePMP sector antennas). For details of the antennas and accessories required for a connectorized ePMP installation, see:
ePMP 1000 Antenna requirements on page 53
ePMP 1000 FCC and IC approved antennas on page 53
EPMP 1000 ANTENNA REQUIREMENTS
For connectorized units operating in the USA or Canada 2.4 GHz, 5.4 GHz or 5.8 GHz bands, choose
external antennas from those listed in ePMP 1000 FCC and IC approved antennas on page 53 . For
installations in other countries, the listed antennas are advisory, not mandatory.
EPMP 1000 FCC AND IC APPROVED ANTENNAS
For connectorized units operating in the USA or Canada, choose external antennas from Table 36 .
These are approved by the FCC for use with the product and are constrained by the following limits:
5 GHz – 15 dBi gain
2.4 GHz - 15 dBi gain
Caution
Using other than approved antennas may cause measurements higher than reported for certification.
T his radio transmitter (IC certification number 109W-0005) has been approved by Industry Canada to operate with the antenna types listed below with the maximum permissible gain and required antenna impedance for each antenna type indicated. Antenna types not included in this list, having a gain greater than the maximum gain indicated for that type, are strictly prohibited for use with this device.
Le présent émetteur radio (Numéro de certification IC 109W-0005 ) a été approuvé par Industrie
Canada pour fonctionner avec les types d'antenne énumérés ci-dessous et ayant un gain admissible maximal et l'impédance requise pour chaque type d'antenne. Les types d'antenne non inclus dans cette liste, ou dont le gain est supérieur au gain maximal indiqué, sont strictement interdits pour l'exploitation de l'émetteur.
Table 36 ePMP 1000 allowed antennas for deployment in USA/Canada – 5 GHz
Cambium part number
C050900D003A
C050900D002A
C024900D004A
Antenna Type
5 GHz Sector Antenna – 90 degree
5 GHz Sector Antenna – 120 degree
2.4 GHz Sector Antenna - 90 /120 degree
Gain (dBi)
15
15
15
026v003
67
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Force 180
For details of the ePMP Force 180 hardware, see:
Force 180 description on page 68
Force 180 part numbers on page 69
Force 180 mounting bracket on page 69
on page
on page
Force 180 wind loading on page 72
on page
FORCE 180 DESCRIPTION
Figure 19 ePMP Series Force 180
The Force 180 integrated module is a selfcontained transceiver unit that houses both radio and networking electronics. An ePMP
Force 180 unit may function as an Access
Point (AP) or a Subscriber Module (SM) in a
Point-To-Multipoint (PMP) or in a Point-To-
Point (PTP) network topology. It is typically deployed as an SM in a PMP system.
026v003
68
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
FORCE 180 PART NUMBERS
Choose the correct regional variant: one is for use in regions where FCC or IC licensing restrictions apply (FCC/IC), one is for use in ETSI countries (EU), and one is for non-FCC/IC/ETSI-restricted regions (RoW).
Each of the parts listed in
includes the following items:
One Force 180 module (with mounting bracket)
One metal mounting strap
Power supply
Table 37 Force 180 part numbers
Cambium description ePMP 5 GHz Force 180 Integrated Radio (FCC) (US cord) ePMP 5 GHz Force 180 Integrated Radio (ROW) (no cord) ePMP 5 GHz Force 180 Integrated Radio (EU) (EU cord) ePMP 5 GHz Force 180 Integrated Radio (ROW) (US cord) ePMP 5 GHz Force 180 Integrated Radio (ROW) (EU cord) ePMP 5 GHz Force 180 Integrated Radio (ROW) (UK cord) ePMP 5 GHz Force 180 Integrated Radio (EU) (UK cord) ePMP 5 GHz Force 180 Integrated Radio (ROW) (India cord) ePMP 5 GHz Force 180 Integrated Radio (ROW) (China cord) ePMP 5 GHz Force 180 Integrated Radio (ROW) (Brazil cord) ePMP 5 GHz Force 180 Integrated Radio (ROW) (Argentina cord) ePMP 5 GHz Force 180 Integrated Radio (ROW) (ANZ cord)
Cambium part number
C058900C072A
C050900C071A
C050900C073A
C050900C171A
C050900C271A
C050900C371A
C050900C373A
C050900C471A
C050900C571A
C050900C671A
C050900C771A
C050900C871A
FORCE 180 MOUNTING BRACKET
Figure 20 Force 180 module mounting bracket
The Force 180 module is designed to be pole-mounted using the mounting strap and bracket provided in the box with the radio.
026v003
69
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
FORCE 180 INTERFACES
The Force 180 module interfaces are illustrated in Figure 21 and described in Table 38 .
Figure 21 Force 180 interfaces
Ethernet
Table 38 Force 180 interfaces
Port name Connector
Ethernet
Reset Button
RJ45
Physical button
Interface
PoE input
10/100/1000 Base-
TX Ethernet
N/A
Description
10/100/1000BaseT, Compatible with
Cambium PoE pinouts (V+ = 7 & 8,
Return = 4 & 5) and Standard PoE pinouts (V+ = 4 & 5, Return = 7 & 8)
Management and data
For resetting the radio and for setting the radio back to its factory default
configuration. See Using the device external reset button on page 300 .
026v003
70
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
FORCE 180 LEDS
LED
POWER
ETH
Function
Green: Power is applied to the device
Unlit: No power is applied to the device or improper power source
Ethernet port indicator
Once lit, blinking indicates Ethernet activity
Green: 10/100/1000 BaseTX link
Radio scanning: LEDs light in an ascending sequence to indicate that the radio is scanning
Radio registered: LEDs light to indicate the RSSI level at the device.
RSSI
> -60 dBm
-70 dBm
< RSSI ≤≤
-60 dBm
-80 dBm
< RSSI ≤
-70 dBm
RSSI
≤ -80 dBm
FORCE 180 SPECIFICATIONS
The Force 180 module conforms to the specifications listed in
The device meets the low level static discharge specifications identified in
provide lightning suppression.
For a full listing of Force 180 specifications, see ePMP 1000 website .
Table 39 Force 180 physical specifications
Category Specification
Dimensions (H x W x D) Radio: 12.5 x 25.1 x 11.9 cm (4.9 x 9.9 x 4.7 in)
– with mounting bracket attached
Radio: 12.5 x 25.1 x 4 cm (4.9 x 9.9 x 1.6 in) – without mounting bracket attached
Weight 0.50 kg (1.1 lbs)
026v003
71
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Table 40 Force 180 environmental specifications
Category Specification
Temperature
Wind loading
-30°C (-22°F) to +60°C (140°F)
Humidity
Environmental
90 mph (145 kph) maximum. See Force 180 wind loading on page 72
for a full description.
95% condensing
IP55
FORCE 180 HEATER
Upon power on, if the ePMP Force 180 device temperature is at or below 32° F (0° C), an internal heater is activated to ensure that the device is able to successfully begin operation. The unit’s heater is only activated when the unit is powered on and will not apply heat to the device once startup is complete. When the unit temperature is greater than 32° F (0° C), the heater is deactivated and the integrated module continues its startup sequence.
The effect on Force 200 startup time at various temperatures is defined in Table 41 .
Table 41 Force 180 startup times based on ambient temperature
Initial Temperature Startup time (from power on to operational)
-22° F (-30° C) 4 minutes
-4° F (-20° C)
14° F (-10° C)
2 minutes
1 minutes, 30 seconds
FORCE 180 WIND LOADING
Ensure that the Force 180 and the structure on which it is mounted are capable of withstanding the prevalent wind speeds at a proposed ePMP site. Wind speed statistics must be available from national meteorological offices.
The Force 180 and its mounting bracket are capable of withstanding wind speeds of up to 145 Kph
(90 mph).
Wind blowing on the Force 180 will subject the mounting structure to significant lateral force. The magnitude of the force depends on both wind strength and surface area of the Force 180. Wind loading is estimated using the following formulae:
Force (in kilograms) = 0.1045aV
2
Where: Is: a
V surface area in square meters wind speed in meters per second
026v003
72
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Force (in pounds) = 0.0042Av
2
Where:
A
Is: surface area in square feet wind speed in miles per hour v
Applying these formulae to the ePMP Force 180 at different wind speeds, the resulting wind
loadings are shown in Table 42 and Table 43 .
Table 42 Force 180 wind loading (Kg)
Type of ePMP module
Largest surface area
(square meters)
Force 180 0.031
Table 43 Force 180 wind loading (lb)
Type of ePMP module
Largest surface area (square feet)
Force 180 0.33
Wind speed (meters per second)
30 40 50 60
3 Kg
70
5.2 Kg 8.2 Kg 11.8 Kg 16 Kg
Wind speed (miles per hour)
80
9 lb
100 120 140 150
14.1 lb 20.3 lb 27.7 lb 31.8 lb
FORCE 180 SOFTWARE PACKAGES
Force 180 radios may be upgraded by downloading new software packages from the Cambium
Networks website or by using the Cambium Network Services Server. The software packages applicable to ePMP Force 180 are named:
ePMP-NonGPS_Synced-v3.3.tar.gz
026v003
73
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Force 200
For details of the ePMP Force 200 hardware, see:
Force 200 description on page 74
on page
on page
on page
on page
Force 200 wind loading on page 79
Force 200 software packages on page 80
FORCE 200 DESCRIPTION
Figure 22 ePMP Series Force 200
The Force 200 integrated dish is a selfcontained transceiver unit that houses both radio, parabolic dish and networking electronics. An ePMP Force 200 unit may function as an Access Point (AP) or a
Subscriber Module (SM) in a Point-To-
Multipoint (PMP) or in a Point-To-Point (PTP) network topology. It is typically deployed as an SM in a PMP system and either Master or
Slave in a PTP system.
Figure 23 ePMP Series Force 200 (with optional radome – sold separately)
026v003
74
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
FORCE 200 PART NUMBERS
Choose the correct regional variant: one is for use in regions where FCC or IC licensing restrictions apply (FCC/IC), one is for use in ETSI countries (EU), and one is for non-FCC/IC/ETSI-restricted regions (RoW).
Each of the parts listed in Table 44
includes the following items:
Force 200 Radio Assembly o Power Cord (if applicable) o Power Supply
Force 200 Dish
Force 200 Pole Bracket Assembly
Force 200 Pole Clamp Assembly
Four M6 Bolts
Table 44 Force 200 part numbers
Cambium description ePMP 5 GHz Force 200AR5-25 High Gain Radio (FCC) (US cord) ePMP 5 GHz Force 200AR5-25 High Gain Radio (ROW) (no cord) ePMP 5 GHz Force 200AR5-25 High Gain Radio (EU) (EU cord) ePMP 5 GHz Force 200AR5-25 High Gain Radio (ROW) (US cord) ePMP 5 GHz Force 200AR5-25 High Gain Radio (ROW) (EU cord) ePMP 5 GHz Force 200AR5-25 High Gain Radio (ROW) (UK cord) ePMP 5 GHz Force 200AR5-25 High Gain Radio (EU) (UK cord) ePMP 5 GHz Force 200AR5-25 High Gain Radio (ROW) (India cord) ePMP 5 GHz Force 200AR5-25 High Gain Radio (ROW) (China/ANZ cord) ePMP 5 GHz Force 200AR5-25 High Gain Radio (ROW) (Brazil cord) ePMP 5 GHz Force 200AR5-25 High Gain Radio (ROW) (Argentina cord) ePMP 2.4 GHz Force 200AR2-25 High Gain Radio (US cord) ePMP 2.4 GHz Force 200AR2-25 High Gain Radio (EU cord) ePMP Force 200 Radome
Cambium part number
C058900C062A
C050900C061A
C050900C063A
C050900C161A
C050900C261A
C050900C361A
C050900C363A
C050900C461A
C050900C561A
C050900C661A
C050900C761A
C024900C161A
C024900C261A
N000900L021A
026v003
75
FORCE 200 MOUNTING BRACKET
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Figure 24 Force 200 mounting bracket (side)
The Force 200 module is designed to be polemounted using the mounting bracket and clamp assembly provided in the box with the radio.
Figure 25 Force 200 mounting bracket (back)
026v003
76
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
FORCE 200 INTERFACES
The Force 200 module interfaces are illustrated in Figure 26 and described in Table 45 .
Figure 26 Force 200 interfaces
Ethernet
Reset Button
Table 45 Force 200 interfaces
Port name Connector
Ethernet
Reset Button
RJ45
Physical button
Interface
PoE input
10/100/1000 Base-
TX Ethernet
N/A
Description
10/100/1000BaseT, Compatible with
Cambium PoE pinouts (V+ = 7 & 8,
Return = 4 & 5) and Standard PoE pinouts (V+ = 4 & 5, Return = 7 & 8)
Management and data
For resetting the radio and for setting the radio back to its factory default
configuration. See Using the device external reset button on page 300 .
026v003
77
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
FORCE 200 LEDS
LED
POWER
ETH
Function
Green: Power is applied to the device
Unlit: No power is applied to the device or improper power source
Ethernet port indicator
Once lit, blinking indicates Ethernet activity
Green: 10/100/1000 BaseTX link
Radio scanning: LEDs light in an ascending sequence to indicate that the radio is scanning
Radio registered: LEDs light to indicate the RSSI level at the device.
RSSI
> -60 dBm
-70 dBm
< RSSI ≤≤
-60 dBm
-80 dBm
< RSSI ≤
-70 dBm
RSSI
≤ -80 dBm
FORCE 200 SPECIFICATIONS
The Force 200 module conforms to the specifications listed in Table 46
The device meets the low level static discharge specifications identified in
provide lightning suppression.
For a full listing of Force 200 specifications, see ePMP 1000 website .
Table 46 Force 200 physical specifications
Category
Dimensions (Dia x Depth)
Weight
Specification
47 x 28 cm (18.5 x 11.2 in)
2.4 GHz: 2.8 kg (6.2 lbs)
5 GHz: 2.3 kg (5.1 lbs)
026v003
78
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Table 47 Force 200 environmental specifications
Category Specification
Temperature
Wind loading
Humidity
Environmental
-30°C (-22°F) to +60°C (140°F) – with radome attached maximum temperature is +47°C (116°F)
90 mph (145 kph) maximum. See Force 200 wind loading
on page
for a full description.
95% condensing
IP55
FORCE 200 HEATER
Upon power on, if the ePMP Force 200 device temperature is at or below 32° F (0° C), an internal heater is activated to ensure that the device is able to successfully begin operation. The unit’s heater is only activated when the unit is powered on and will not apply heat to the device once startup is complete. When the unit temperature is greater than 32° F (0° C), the heater is deactivated and the Force 200 module continues its startup sequence.
The effect on Force 200 startup time at various temperatures is defined in Table 48 .
Table 48 Force 200 startup times based on ambient temperature
Initial Temperature Startup time (from power on to operational)
-22° F (-30° C) 4 minutes
-4° F (-20° C)
14° F (-10° C)
2 minutes
1 minutes, 30 seconds
FORCE 200 WIND LOADING
Ensure that the Force 200 and the structure on which it is mounted are capable of withstanding the prevalent wind speeds at a proposed ePMP site. Wind speed statistics must be available from national meteorological offices.
The Force 200 and its mounting bracket are capable of withstanding wind speeds of up to 145 Kph
(90 mph).
Wind blowing on the Force 200 will subject the mounting structure to significant lateral force. The magnitude of the force depends on both wind strength and surface area of the integrated module.
Wind loading is estimated using the following formulae:
Force (in kilograms) = 0.1045aV
2
Where: a
V
Is: surface area in square meters wind speed in meters per second
026v003
79
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Force (in pounds) = 0.0042Av
2
Where:
A
Is: surface area in square feet wind speed in miles per hour v
Applying these formulae to the ePMP Force 200 at different wind speeds, the resulting wind
loadings are shown in Table 49 and Table 50 .
Table 49 Force 200 wind loading (Kg)
Type of ePMP module
Largest surface area
(square meters)
Force 200 0.13
Table 50 Force 200 wind loading (lb)
Type of ePMP module
Largest surface area (square feet)
Force 200 1.44
Wind speed (meters per second)
30 40 50 60 70
12.3 Kg 22 Kg 34.4 Kg 49.5 Kg 67.4 Kg
Wind speed (miles per hour)
80 100 120 140 150
38.7 lb 60.4 lb 87 lb 118 lb 136 lb
FORCE 200 SOFTWARE PACKAGES
Force 200 radios may be upgraded by downloading new software packages from the Cambium
Networks website or by using the Cambium Network Services Server. The software packages applicable to ePMP Force 200 are named:
ePMP-NonGPS_Synced-v3.3.tar.gz
026v003
80
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
ePMP 2000 Series Power Supply
For details of the ePMP power supply units, see:
on page
Power supply part numbers on page 81
on page
on page
on page
POWER SUPPLY DESCRIPTION
The power supply is an indoor unit that is connected to the ePMP module and network terminating equipment using Cat5e cable with RJ45 connectors. It is also plugged into an AC or DC power supply so that it can inject Power over Ethernet (PoE) into the module.
POWER SUPPLY PART NUMBERS
Each module requires one power supply and one power supply line cord (line cord included with
). The power supplies listed in Table 51
may be used for all ePMP 2000 modules
Table 51 Power supply component part numbers
Cambium description
POWER SUPPLY, 30W, 56V – Gbps support
Cambium part number
N000000L034
026v003
81
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
POWER SUPPLY INTERFACES
The power supply interfaces are illustrated in Figure 27 and described in Table 52 and Table 53 .
Figure 27 Power supply interfaces
Power input
Table 52 Power supply interface functions - N000000L034
Interface Function
Power input
Gigabit Data + Power
Gigabit Data
Mains power input.
RJ45 socket for connecting Cat5e cable to radio
RJ45 socket for connecting Cat5e cable to network.
Gigabit
Data
Gigabit
Data +
Power
Table 53 Power Supply LED functions
LED Function
Power (green) Power supply detection
026v003
82
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
POWER SUPPLY SPECIFICATIONS
The ePMP power supply conforms to the specifications listed in Table 54 , Table 55 , and Table 56 .
These specifications apply to ePMP 2000 product variants.
Table 54 Power supply physical specifications
Category Specification
Dimensions (H x W x D)
Weight
14 x 6.5 x 3.6 cm (5.5 x 2.55 x 1.42 in)
0.26 lbs
Table 55 Power supply environmental specifications
Category Specification
0° C to +40° C Ambient Operating
Temperature
Humidity 20% - 90%
Table 56 Power supply electrical specifications
Category
AC Input
Specification
100 to 240 VAC
Efficiency
Over Current Protection
Hold up time
Meets Energy Level 6
Short circuit, with auto recovery
10 ms minimum at maximum load, 120 VAC
POWER SUPPLY LOCATION
Find a location for the power supply that meets the following requirements:
The power supply can be mounted on a wall or other flat surface.
The power supply is kept dry, with no possibility of condensation, flooding or rising damp.
The power supply can be accessed to view status indicators.
The power supply can be connected to the ePMP module drop cable and network terminating equipment.
The power supply can be connected to a mains or DC power supply that meets the
requirements defined in Table 63 .
026v003
83
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
ePMP 1000 Series Power Supply (includes Force 180 and Force 200)
For details of the ePMP power supply units, see:
Power supply description on page 84
Power supply part numbers on page 84
Power supply interfaces on page 85
Power supply specifications on page 86
Power supply location on page 86
POWER SUPPLY DESCRIPTION
The power supply is an indoor unit that is connected to the ePMP module and network terminating equipment using Cat5e cable with RJ45 connectors. It is also plugged into an AC or DC power supply so that it can inject Power over Ethernet (PoE) into the module.
POWER SUPPLY PART NUMBERS
Each module requires one power supply and one power supply line cord (line cord included with
Table 44 ) . The power supplies listed in
may be used for all ePMP 1000 modules, however, only N000900L001A provides a
Gigabit Ethernet interface.
Table 57 Power supply component part numbers
Cambium description ePMP Pwr Supply for GPS Radio - no cord (spare) ePMP Pwr Supply for non-GPS Radio - no cord (spare)
Cambium part number
N000900L001A
N000900L002A
026v003
84
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
POWER SUPPLY INTERFACES
The power supply interfaces are illustrated in Figure 28 and described in Table 58 and Table 60 .
Figure 28 Power supply interfaces
Power input
Gigabit
Data
Gigabit
Data +
Power
Table 58 Power supply interface functions - N000900L001A
Interface Function
Power input Mains power input.
RJ45 socket for connecting Cat5e cable to radio
Gigabit Data + Power
Gigabit Data
Note
This port provides a Gigabit Ethernet interface to ePMP GPS
Synced connectorized radios. To ePMP integrated radios, this port provides a 10/100 Mbit/sec Ethernet interface.
RJ45 socket for connecting Cat5e cable to network.
Table 59 Power supply interface functions - N000900L002A
Interface Function
Power input
10/100 Mbit/sec Data + Power
10/100 Mbit/sec Data
Mains power input.
RJ45 socket for connecting Cat5e cable to radio
RJ45 socket for connecting Cat5e cable to network.
Table 60 Power Supply LED functions
LED Function
Power (green) Power supply detection
026v003
85
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
POWER SUPPLY SPECIFICATIONS
The ePMP power supply conforms to the specifications listed in Table 61 , Table 62 and Table 63 .
These specifications apply to all ePMP product variants.
Table 61 Power supply physical specifications
Category Specification
Dimensions (H x W x D)
Weight
11.8 x 4.4 x 3.2 cm (4.66 x 1.75 x 1.25 in)
0.26 lbs
Table 62 Power supply environmental specifications
Category Specification
0° C to +40° C Ambient Operating
Temperature
Humidity 20% - 90%
Table 63 Power supply electrical specifications
Category
AC Input
Specification
100 to 240 VAC
Efficiency
Over Current Protection
Hold up time
Meets efficiency level ‘V’
Zener clamping (38V to 45V)
10 ms minimum at maximum load, 120 VAC
POWER SUPPLY LOCATION
Find a location for the power supply that meets the following requirements:
The power supply can be mounted on a wall or other flat surface.
The power supply is kept dry, with no possibility of condensation, flooding or rising damp.
The power supply can be accessed to view status indicators.
The power supply can be connected to the ePMP module drop cable and network terminating equipment.
The power supply can be connected to a mains or dc power supply that meets the
requirements defined in Table 63 .
026v003
86
Ethernet cabling
For details of the Ethernet cabling components of an ePMP installation, see:
Ethernet standards and cable lengths on page 87
Outdoor Cat5e cable on page 87
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
ETHERNET STANDARDS AND CABLE LENGTHS
All configurations require a copper Ethernet connection from the power supply port to the power supply and network terminating equipment.
For each power supply, the maximum permitted drop cable length is specified in Table 64 .
Table 64 Power supply drop cable length restrictions
Part number Description Maximum cable length (*1)
N000000L034
N000900L001A
N000900L002A
POWER SUPPLY, 30W, 56V –
Gbps support
Power Supply for Radio with
Gigabit Ethernet (no cord)
Power Supply for Radio with
100Mbit Ethernet (no cord)
330 feet (100m)
330 feet (100m)
330 feet (100m)
(*1) Maximum length of Ethernet cable from AP/SM to network device needs to follow 802.3 standards. If the power supply is not the network device the cable from the power supply to the network device must be included in the total maximum cable length.
OUTDOOR CAT5E CABLE
For copper connections from the device to the power supply, use Cat5e cable that is shielded with copper-plated steel.
Caution
Always use Cat5e cable that is shielded with copper-plated steel. Alternative types of
Ethernet cables are not supported by Cambium Networks.
026v003
87
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Surge Suppression unit
The ePMP integrated and connectorized units both contain 1 Joule-rated surge suppression built into the device. With this built-in surge suppression, it is not required to install a surge suppressor at the unit’s mounting location. However, it is required to install a surge suppressor at the
Ethernet cable’s building ingress into the power supply’s indoor location. For installations that do not require Gigabit (1000 Mbit/sec) Ethernet, a Cambium 600SSH surge suppressor may be used.
For more details, see Cambium 600SSH details .
026v003
88
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
CAMBIUM 600SSH DETAILS
1
2
2
3
6
5
4
5
Note
For connectorized module installations requiring Gigabit (1000 Mbit/sec) Ethernet surge suppression, utilize the following:
Mfr Part Description
6
L-COM
L-COM
AL-CAT6JW Outdoor 10/100/1000
Base-T CAT6 PoE
Compatible Lightning
Protector
AL-
CAT6HPJW
Outdoor 10/100/1000
Base-T CAT6 PoE
Compatible Lightning
Protector – High
Power (protection comparable to
600SSH)
1
Holes—for mounting the Surge
Suppressor to a flat surface (such as an outside wall). The distance between centers is 4.25 inches (108 mm).
1
2
RJ-45 connectors—One side (neither side is better than the other for this purpose) connects to the product (AP,
SM, or cluster management module).
The other connects to the AC adaptor’s
Ethernet connector.
3
Ground post and washer—use heavy gauge (10 AWG or 6 mm
2
) copper wire for connection. Refer to local electrical codes for exact specifications
.
Note
The 600SSH surge suppressor is shipped in the “isolated” position
(pin 4 isolated by 68V from protective earth). If packet error issues occur over the Ethernet link (verify by pinging the device through the
600SSH), configure the 600SSH to
“grounded” position (by moving the
600SSH switch from “isolated” to
“ground”) to avoid ground loops that may be present in the system.
4
Ground Cable Opening—route the 10
AWG (6 mm 2 ) ground cable through this opening.
5
CAT-5 Cable Knockouts—route the two
CAT-5 cables through these openings, or alternatively through the Conduit
Knockouts.
6
Conduit Knockouts—on the back of the case, near the bottom. Available for installations where cable is routed through building conduit.
026v003
89
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
System planning
This chapter provides information to help the user to plan an ePMP link.
The following topics are described in this chapter:
How to plan ePMP links to conform to the regulatory restrictions that apply in the country of
operation is explained under Radio spectrum planning on page 91 .
Factors to be considered when planning links such as range, path loss and throughput are
described under Link planning on page 95 .
Factors to be considered when planning to use connectorized APs with external antennas in
ePMP links are described under Planning for connectorized units on page 96 .
The grounding and lightning protection requirements of a ePMP installation are described
under Grounding and lightning protection on page 33 .
026v003
90
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Radio spectrum planning
This section describes how to plan ePMP links to conform to the regulatory restrictions that apply in the country of operation.
Caution
The user must ensure ePMP product operates in accordance to local regulatory limits.
Note
Contact the applicable radio regulator to check if registration of the ePMP link is required.
GENERAL WIRELESS SPECIFICATIONS
Table 65 ePMP wireless specifications (all variants)
Item
Channel selection
Specification
Automatic and Manual selection (fixed frequency).
Manual power control To avoid interference to other users of the band, maximum power can be set lower than the default power limit.
Patch antenna Integrated device antenna type
Duplex scheme
Range
Over-the-air encryption
Error Correction
Adaptive TDD (with optional Standard 802.11n Wi-Fi on SM)
21 mi (5 MHz channel bandwidth)
17 mi (10 MHz channel bandwidth)
13 mi (20 MHz channel bandwidth)
9 mi (40 MHz channel bandwidth)
AES
FEC
Table 66 ePMP 2000 wireless specifications (per frequency band)
Item
RF band (GHz)
5 GHz
5150 - 5970 MHz
Channel bandwidth
5 MHz, 10 MHz, 20 MHz or 40 MHz
Typical antenna gain
Connectorized antenna – 18 dBi
026v003
91
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Table 67 ePMP 1000 wireless specifications (per frequency band)
Item 5 GHz 2.4 GHz
RF band (GHz)
Channel bandwidth
Typical antenna gain
Antenna beamwidth
(Integrated)
4900 - 5980 MHz
5 MHz, 10 MHz, 20 MHz or 40 MHz
Connectorized antenna – 15 dBi
Integrated patch antenna – 13 dBi
Reflector dish antenna – 6 dBi
24° azimuth, 12° elevation
2407 - 2472 MHz
5 MHz, 10 MHz, 20 MHz or 40
MHz
Connectorized antenna - 15 dBi
Integrated patch antenna - 11 dBi
Reflector dish antenna – 8 dBi
24° azimuth, 12° elevation
Antenna beamwidth
(Relector dish)
10° azimuth, 25° elevation 10° azimuth, 28° elevation
REGULATORY LIMITS
The local regulator may restrict frequency usage and channel width and may limit the amount of
Many countries impose EIRP limits (Allowed EIRP) on products operating in the bands used by the ePMP Series. For example, in the 5 GHz and 2.4 GHz bands, these limits are calculated as follows:
In the 5.2 GHz (5250 MHz to 5350 MHz) and 5.4 GHz (5470 MHz to 5725 MHz) band, the EIRP must not exceed the lesser of 30 dBm or (17 + 10 x Log Channel width in MHz) dBm.
In the 5.8 GHz band (5725 MHz to 5875 MHz), the EIRP must not exceed the lesser of 36 dBm or
(23 + 10 x Log Channel width in MHz) dBm.
In the 2.4 GHz band (2400 MHz to 2500 MHz), the EIRP must not exceed the lesser of 36 dBm or
(23 + 10 x Log Channel width in MHz) dBm.
Some countries (for example the USA) impose conducted power limits on products operating in the 5 GHz and 2.4 GHz band.
CONFORMING TO THE LIMITS
Ensure the link is configured to conform to local regulatory requirements by configuring the correct country code (located in the web management interface, under Configure => Radio). In the following situations, the country code does not automatically prevent operation outside the regulations:
When using connectorized APs with external antennas, the regulations may require the maximum transmit power to be reduced. To ensure that regulatory requirements are met for
management interface to unlock valid country-specific frequencies. This key may be obtained from https://support.cambiumnetworks.com/licensekeys/epmp .
026v003
92
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
When installing 5.4 GHz links in the USA, it may be necessary to avoid frequencies used by
AVAILABLE SPECTRUM
The available spectrum for operation depends on the region. When configured with the appropriate country code, the unit will only allow operation on those channels which are permitted by the regulations.
Note
In Italy, there is a regulation which requires a general authorization of any 5.4 GHz radio link which is used outside the operator’s own premises. It is the responsibility of the installer or operator to have the link authorized. For details, see: http://www.sviluppoeconomico.gov.it/index.php?option=com_content&view=article&idme nu=672
&idarea1=593&andor=AND&idarea2=1052&id=68433§ionid=1,16&viewType=1&show
Menu=1&showCat=1&idarea3=0&andorcat=AND&partebassaType=0&idareaCalendario1=
0&MvediT=1
&idarea4=0&showArchiveNewsBotton=0&directionidUser=0
For the form that must be used for general authorization, see: http://www.sviluppoeconomico.gov.it/images/stories/mise_extra/Allegato%20n19.doc
Certain regulations have allocated certain channels as unavailable for use:
ETSI has allocated part of the 5.4 GHz band to weather radar.
UK and some other European countries have allocated part of the 5.8 GHz band to Road
Transport and Traffic Telematics (RTTT) systems.
For details of these restrictions, see Examples of regulatory limits
Where regulatory restrictions apply to certain channels, these channels are barred automatically by the use of the correct country code. For example, at 5.8 GHz in the UK and some other
European countries, the RTTT band 5795 MHz to 5815 MHz is barred. With the appropriate country code configured for this region, the ePMP will not operate on channels within this band.
The number and identity of channels barred by the license key and country code is dependent on the channel bandwidth.
For more information about configuring the Country Code parameter, see AP Radio page on page
and SM Radio page on page 194 .
CHANNEL BANDWIDTH
Select the required channel bandwidth for the link. The selection depends upon the ePMP
frequency variant and country code, as specified on page 446 .
The wider a channel bandwidth the greater is its capacity. As narrower channel bandwidths take up less spectrum, selecting a narrow channel bandwidth may be a better choice when operating in locations where the spectrum is very busy.
Both ends of the link must be configured to operate on the same channel bandwidth.
026v003
93
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
AVOIDANCE OF WEATHER RADARS
To comply with FCC rules (KDB 443999: Interim Plans to Approve UNII Devices Operating in the
5470 - 5725 MHz Band with Radar Detection and DFS Capabilities), units which are installed within
35 km (22 miles) of a Terminal Doppler Weather Radar (TDWR) system (or have a line of sight propagation path to such a system) must be configured to avoid any frequency within +30 MHz or
–30 MHz of the frequency of the TDWR device.
This requirement applies even if the master is outside the 35 km (22 miles) radius but communicates with outdoor clients which may be within the 35 km (22 miles) radius of the TDWRs.
The requirement for ensuring 30 MHz frequency separation is based on the best information available to date. If interference is not eliminated, a distance limitation based on line-of-sight from
TDWR will need to be used. In addition, devices with bandwidths greater than 20 MHz may require greater frequency separation.
When planning a link in the USA, visit http://spectrumbridge.com/udia/home.aspx
, enter the location of the planned link and search for TDWR radars. If a TDWR system is located within 35 km
(22 miles) or has line of sight propagation to the PMP device, perform the following tasks:
Register the installation on http://spectrumbridge.com/udia/home.aspx
.
Make a list of channel center frequencies that must be barred, that is, those falling within +30
MHz or –30 MHz of the frequency of the TDWR radars.
In ETSI regions, the band 5600 MHz to 5650 MHz is reserved for the use of weather radars.
026v003
94
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Link planning
This section describes factors to be taken into account when planning links, such as range, obstacles path loss and throughput.
RANGE AND OBSTACLES
Calculate the range of the link and identify any obstacles that may affect radio performance.
Perform a survey to identify all the obstructions (such as trees or buildings) in the path and to assess the risk of interference. This information is necessary in order to achieve an accurate link feasibility assessment.
PATH LOSS
Path loss is the amount of attenuation the radio signal undergoes between the two ends of the link. The path loss is the sum of the attenuation of the path if there were no obstacles in the way
(Free Space Path Loss), the attenuation caused by obstacles (Excess Path Loss) and a margin to allow for possible fading of the radio signal (Fade Margin). The following calculation needs to be performed to judge whether a particular link can be installed:
L free
_
space
L excess
L fade
L seasonal
L capability
Where: Is:
L free
_
space
L excess
L fade
L seasonal
Free Space Path Loss (dB)
Excess Path Loss (dB)
Fade Margin Required (dB)
Seasonal Fading (dB)
L capability
Equipment Capability (dB)
Free space path loss is a major determinant in received (Rx) signal level. Rx signal level, in turn, is a major factor in the system operating margin (fade margin), which is calculated as follows:
System Operating Margin (fade margin) dB = Rx signal level (dB) – Rx sensitivity (dB)
Thus, the fade margin is the difference between strength of the received signal and the strength that the receiver requires for maintaining a reliable link.
ADAPTIVE MODULATION
Adaptive modulation ensures that the highest throughput that can be achieved instantaneously will be obtained, taking account of propagation and interference. When the link has been installed, web pages provide information about the link loss currently measured by the equipment, both instantaneously and averaged.
026v003
95
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Planning for connectorized units
This section describes factors to be taken into account when planning to use connectorized APs with external antennas in ePMP networks.
CALCULATING MAXIMUM POWER LEVEL FOR CONNECTORIZED UNITS
If a connectorized ePMP link is to be installed in a country that imposes an EIRP limit in the selected band, choose an external antenna and RF cable that will not cause the ePMP to exceed the
EIRP limit. To calculate the highest setting of Maximum Power Level that will be permitted, use this formula:
Maximum Power Level (dBm) = Allowed EIRP (dBm) – Antenna Gain (dBi) + Cable Loss (dB)
Where:
Maximum Power
Level (dBm)
Is: the highest permissible setting of the Maximum Power Level attribute in the Step 2: Wireless Configuration page,
Allowed EIRP (dBm) the EIRP limit allowed by the regulations,
Antenna Gain (dBi) the gain of the chosen antenna,
Cable Loss (dB) the loss of the RF cable connecting the AP to the antenna.
As the 2.4 GHz, 5.4 GHz and 5.8 GHz have an operating bandwidth of 5 MHz, 10 MHz, 20 MHz or 40
MHz then the maximum allowed EIRP depends on the operating bandwidth of the radio as shown
Table 68 Normal EIRP limits with operating channel bandwidth
Operating bandwidth
(MHz)
Allowed EIRP
(dBm) at 5.2 GHz
Allowed EIRP
(dBm) at 5.4 GHz
Allowed EIRP
(dBm) at 5.8 GHz
Allowed EIRP
(dBm) at 2.4 GHz
5, 10, 20, 40 24 - 30 24 - 30 36 36
The settings to be used for regions with the EIRP limits in Table 68 are shown in Table 69 .
Table 69 Setting maximum transmit power to meet general EIRP limits
Antenna Maximum available antenna gain (dBi)
Operating bandwidth (MHz)
Transmitter Output Power parameter setting (dBm)
5.2 GHz 5.4 GHz 5.8 GHz 2.4 GHz
5, 10, 20, 40 12 12 18 N/A ePMP 2000
Connectorized module Sector antenna ePMP 1000
Connectorized module Sector antenna
18
15 5, 10, 20, 40 15 15 21 21
026v003
96
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Note
Calculations under
Table 69 are on the basis of 0.5 dB cable loss and the highest gain antennas
per size of which Cambium Networks are aware. At these operating frequencies, antenna cable losses even with short cables are unlikely to ever be below 0.5 dB for practical installations and cable diameters.
026v003
97
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Data network planning
This section describes factors to be considered when planning ePMP data networks.
ETHERNET INTERFACES
The ePMP Ethernet ports conform to the specifications listed in Table 70 and Table 71 .
Table 70 ePMP 2000 Ethernet bridging specifications
Ethernet Bridging Specification
Protocol
QoS
Interface
10BASE-Te/100BASE-Tx/1000BASE-T IEEE 802.3
IEEE 802.3at (PoE)
IEEE802.3u compliant Auto-negotiation
Proprietary QoS
10/100/1000BaseT (RJ-45)
Data Rates
See Data throughput tables on page 474 .
Maximum Ethernet Frame Size 1700 bytes
Service classes for bridged traffic
3 classes
Table 71 ePMP 1000 Ethernet bridging specifications
Ethernet Bridging Specification
Protocol
QoS
10BASE-Te/100BASE-Tx/1000BASE-T IEEE 802.3
IEEE 802.3af (PoE)
IEEE802.3u compliant Auto-negotiation
Proprietary QoS
Interface
Data Rates
10/100/1000BaseT (RJ-45)
See Data throughput tables on page 474 .
Maximum Ethernet Frame Size 1700 bytes
Service classes for bridged traffic
3 classes
026v003
98
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Note
Practical Ethernet rates will depend on network configuration, higher layer protocols and platforms used.
Over the air throughput will be capped to the rate of the Ethernet interface at the receiving end of the link.
MANAGEMENT VLAN
Decide if the IP interface of the AP/SM management agent will be connected in a VLAN. If so, decide if this is a standard (IEEE 802.1Q) VLAN or provider bridged (IEEE 802.1ad) VLAN, and select the VLAN ID for this VLAN.
Use of a separate management VLAN is strongly recommended. Use of the management VLAN helps to ensure that the AP/SM management agent cannot be accessed by customers.
QUALITY OF SERVICE FOR BRIDGED ETHERNET TRAFFIC
Decide how quality of service will be configured in ePMP to minimize frame loss and latency for high priority traffic. Wireless links often have lower data capacity than wired links or network equipment like switches and routers, and quality of service configuration is most critical at network bottlenecks. ePMP provides three priority types for traffic waiting for transmission over the wireless link –
Voice, High and Low. Low is the lowest priority and Voice is the highest priority. Traffic is scheduled using strict priority; in other words, traffic in a given priority is transmitted when all higher-priority transmissions are complete.
026v003
99
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Configuration
This chapter describes all configuration and alignment tasks that are performed when an ePMP system is deployed.
Configure the units by performing the following tasks:
Preparing for configuration on page 101
on page
Configuring connectorized radios using the Quick Start menu
on page
Configuring SM units using the Quick Start menu
on page
Using the AP menu options on page 123
on page
026v003
100
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Preparing for configuration
This section describes the checks to be performed before proceeding with unit configuration.
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
All national and local safety standards must be followed while configuring the units.
Warning
Ensure that personnel are not exposed to unsafe levels of RF energy. The units start to
on page 427 , in particular the minimum separation distances.
Observe the following guidelines:
Never work in front of the antenna when the AP is powered. Always power down the power supply before connecting or disconnecting the Ethernet cable from the module.
REGULATORY COMPLIANCE
All applicable radio regulations must be followed while configuring the units and aligning the
antennas. For more information, Compliance with safety standards on page 429 .
026v003
101
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Connecting to the unit
To connect the unit to a management PC, use the following procedures:
Configuring the management PC on page 102
Connecting to the PC and powering up on page 103
CONFIGURING THE MANAGEMENT PC
Use this procedure to configure the local management PC to communicate with the ePMP module.
Procedure:
1 Select Properties for the Ethernet port.
In Windows 7 this is found in Control Panel >
Network and Internet >
Network Connections > Local Area
Connection.
2 Select the Internet Protocol (TCP/IP) item:
3 Click Properties.
026v003
4 Enter an IP address that is valid for the
192.168.0.X network, avoiding:
192.168.0.1, 192.168.0.2 and 192.168.03
A good example is 192.168.0.100:
5 Enter a subnet mask of 255.255.255.0.
Leave the default gateway blank.
6 Click OK, then click Close
102
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
CONNECTING TO THE PC AND POWERING UP
Use this procedure to connect a management PC directly to the ePMP for configuration and alignment purposes and to power up the ePMP device.
Procedure:
1 Check that the device and power supply are correctly connected (the device Ethernet port is connected to the power supply Ethernet power port – see the ePMP Installation Guide for more information).
2 Connect the PC Ethernet port to the LAN (AP: “Gigabit Data”, SM: “10/100Mbit Data”) port of the power supply using a standard (not crossed) Ethernet cable.
3 Apply mains or battery power to the power supply. The green Power LED must illuminate continuously.
Note
If the Power and Ethernet LEDs do not illuminate correctly, see Testing hardware on page 296.
026v003
103
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Using the web interface
To understand how to use the ePMP web interface, see:
Logging into the web interface
on page
on page
Configuring connectorized radios using the Quick Start menu
on page
Configuring SM units using the Quick Start menu
on page
on page
026v003
104
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
LOGGING INTO THE WEB INTERFACE
Use this procedure to log into the web interface as a system administrator.
Equipment and tools:
Connectorized or integrated device connected to power supply by Ethernet cable.
PC connected to power supply by Ethernet cable.
Power Supply powered up.
Minimum supported browser version – Chrome v29, Firefox v24, Internet Explorer 10, Safari v5.
Procedure:
1 Start the web browser from the management PC.
2 Type the IP address of the unit into the address bar. The factory default
IP address is either 192.168.0.1 (AP mode) or 192.168.0.2 (SM mode).
Press ENTER. The web interface dashboard and login input is displayed.
Note
If Device IP address Mode is set to DHCP and the device is unable to retrieve IP address information via DHCP, the device management IP is set to fallback IP 192.168.0.1 (AP mode),
192.168.0.2 (SM mode), 192.168.0.3 (Spectrum Analyzer mode) or the previously-configured static Device IP Address. Units may always be accessed via the Ethernet port. With Release 2.1, the fallback IP address has changed from 10.1.1.254 to 169.254.1.1.
3 Enter Username (default: admin) and Password (default: admin).
4 Click Login.
Note
New ePMP devices all contain default username and password configurations. It is recommended to change these password configurations immediately. These passwords may be configured in the management GUI in section Configuration => System => Account
Management.
LAYOUT OF THE WEB INTERFACE
After logging in, the web interface first displays a dashboard view of vital system status and statistics. Also, the first level of navigation is displayed across the top (Configure, Monitor, Tools and Quick Start). To return to this display at any time, click the Home (
(i.e. “ePMP Access Point”)
) icon or device name
026v003
105
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Figure 29 ePMP 2000 GUI dashboard (includes additional fields not resident in ePMP 1000)
Figure 30 ePMP 1000 GUI dashboard
026v003
106
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
The top of the interface contains the following attributes:
Table 72 GUI status bar attributes
Icon Attribute
Cambium Networks logo
Meaning
Hyperlink to the Cambium Networks website.
Home Icon
Link to the device dashboard.
Login Level indicator
Displays the current user login level.
Green indicates that the AP has IP connectivity to the configured DNS server.
Grey indicates that the AP has no IP connectivity to the configured DNS server.
Internet Connectivity
Indicator
GPS Synchronization
Receive Indicator
Notifications Button
Note
The Internet Connectivity Indicator state is determined by receipt of ping responses from the configured DNS server.
Green indicates that the AP is receiving a valid
GPS synchronization timing pulse via a connected
GPS antenna or a CMM.
Red indicates that the AP is not receiving GPS synchronization due to lack of satellite fix.
Grey indicates that the AP is not receiving GPS synchronization due to configuration of
Synchronization Source to Internal.
The Notifications button may be clicked to display system messaging. When a new notification is available, the icon is highlighted and displays the number of notifications available. The outer icon highlighting indicates the type of notification pending:
Green: Successful operation has completed (i.e.
Changes successfully saved)
Grey: Informational message (i.e. tips regarding
GUI operation)
Blue: Operations information message (i.e.
Initializing upgrade…)
Orange: Warning message (i.e. Login session has expired)
Red: Error message (i.e. Software update file download failed)
026v003
107
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Icon Attribute
Active Users Indicator
Undo Button
Save Button
Meaning
When the mouse pointer is hovered over this indicator, it displays the number of active Read-
Only and Read-Write users currently logged into the radio.
The Undo button may be used to undo changes prior to a Save operation. All changes made on any section of the GUI are undone.
The Save button is used to commit configuration changes to the device. When configuration changes are made, the outer area of the icon is highlighted blue to indicate that a save operation is required.
Reset Button
Logout Button
The Reset button is used to reset the device.
When a configuration change requires a radio reset, the outer area of this icon is highlighted orange to indicate that a reset is necessary to complete the change.
The Logout button is used to logout from the current session and return to the initial GUI landing page (login screen).
The bottom of the interface contains the following attributes:
Table 73 GUI footer attributes
Attribute Meaning
Copyright
Version
Copyright information.
The current software version is reported in the footer bar and may be clicked to navigate to the Cambium Networks software support website.
Support
Community Forum
The AP dashboard contains the following attributes:
Table 74 AP dashboard attributes
Attribute Meaning
Device Name
Hyperlink to the Cambium Networks support website.
Hyperlink to the Cambium Community Forum website.
SSID
The configured device name of the AP, used for identifying the device in an NMS such as the Cambium Network Services Server (CNSS).
The current configured name/SSID of the AP.
026v003
108
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Attribute
Operating Frequency
Meaning
The current frequency carrier used for radio transmission, based on the configuration of the Frequency Carrier parameter (in DFS regions, if a radar has been detected, this field may display either DFS Alternate
Frequency Carrier 1 or DFS Alternate Frequency Carrier 2).
The current channel bandwidth used for radio transmission, based on the configuration of the Channel Bandwidth parameter.
Operating Channel
Bandwidth
Transmitter Output
Power
Antenna Gain
Country
The current operating transmit power of the AP.
Access Point Mode
Downlink/Uplink
Frame Ratio
Wireless Security cnMaestro Remote
Management cnMaestro
Connection Status
The configured gain of the external antenna.
The current configured country code, which has an effect on DFS operation and transmit power restrictions. Registered Subscriber
Modules will inherit this country code when registration is complete
(unless SM is locked to US region).
TDD: The Access Point is operating in point-to-multipoint (PMP) mode using TDD scheduling. The AP is able to GPS synchronize in this mode
(except when in Flexible mode). ePTP Master: The Access Point is operating as a Master in point-to-point mode. The AP does not support GPS Synchronization in this mode but is able to provide significantly lower latency than other modes. QoS (MIR and traffic priority) capability and Link Quality/Capacity indicators are not available in this mode.
PTP: The Access Point is operating in point-to-point (PTP) mode using
TDD scheduling. The AP is able to GPS synchronize in this mode (except when in Flexible mode).
The current configured schedule of downlink traffic to uplink traffic on the radio link. In other words, this ratio represents the amount of the total radio link’s aggregate throughput that will be used for downlink resources and the amount of the total radio link’s aggregate throughput that will be used for uplink resources.
The current configured authentication type used for radio link encryption as well as SM authentication.
Indicates whether the device is currently configured to be managed by the Cambium cloud management system – cnMaestro™.
The current management status of the device with respect to the
Cambium Cloud Server. When Enabled under Configuration->System, the device will be managed by the Cambium Remote Management
System, which allows all Cambium devices to be managed from the
Cambium Cloud Server.
026v003
109
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Attribute cnMaestro Account
ID
Wireless MAC
Address
Ethernet MAC
Address
IP Address
Meaning
The ID that the device is currently using to be managed by the Cambium
Cloud Server.
The MAC address of the device wireless interface.
The MAC address of the device Ethernet (LAN) interface.
IPv6 Link Local
Address
IPv6 Address
Date and Time
System Uptime
System Description
Sync Source Status
Device Coordinates
DFS Status
Ethernet Status
Wireless Status
Registered
Subscriber Modules
The current configured device IP address (LAN) used for management access.
A link-local address is required for the IPv6-enabled interface
(applications may rely on the link-local address even when there is no
IPv6 routing). The IPv6 link-local address is comparable to the autoconfigured IPv4 address 169.254.0.0/16.
The IPv6 address for device management.
The current date and time on the device, subject to the configuration of parameter Time Zone.
The total uptime of the radio since the last reset.
The current configured system description.
Displays the current source (GPS, CMM or Internal) of sync timing for the AP.
The current configured Latitude and Longitude coordinates in decimal format.
Current DFS operational status.
Up: The Ethernet (LAN) interface is functioning properly. This also displays the current port speed and duplex mode to which the Ethernet port has auto-negotiated to or configured for.
Down: The Ethernet (LAN) interface is either disconnected or it has encountered an error and is not servicing traffic.
Up: The radio (WAN) interface is functioning properly
Down: The radio (WAN) interface has encountered an error and is not servicing traffic.
The total number of SMs currently registered to the AP.
026v003
110
Attribute
Smart Antenna
(ePMP 2000 only)
Power Supply
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Meaning
Smart Antenna is Connected, Power On: ePMP 2000 is communicating with the Smart Antenna, and a proper power supply is in use
Smart Antenna is Connected, Power Off:: ePMP 2000 established communication with the Smart Antenna, but subsequent communication errors occurred or an improper power supply was detected
Smart Antenna is Disconnected: Communication between ePMP 2000 and Smart Antenna is down
This field indicates the type of power supply being used to power ePMP
2000. Values are 802.3at and Generic Power Supply.
The Cambium Power Supply provided with ePMP 2000 will be displayed as "Generic Power Supply". If a different power supply is used and
"Generic Power Supply" is indicated, please make sure that the power supply wattage is a minimum of 20 watts.
026v003
111
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
The SM dashboard is as shown in
Figure 31 and the attributes are explained in Table 75 .
Figure 31 SM Dashboard
Table 75 SM Dashboard Attributes
Attribute
Device Name
Meaning
The configured device name of the SM, used for identifying the device in an NMS such as the Cambium Network Services Server (CNSS).
Operating Frequency The current operating frequency.
Operating Channel
Bandwidth
Transmitter Output
Power
The current operating width of the channel used for the radio link.
The current power level at which the SM is transmitting (which is adjusted dynamically by the AP based on radio conditions).
Antenna Gain
Country
The configured gain of the external antenna.
The current configured country code, which has an effect on DFS operation and transmit power restrictions. Registered Subscriber
Modules will inherit this country code when registration is complete
(unless SM is locked to US region).
026v003
112
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Attribute
Subscriber Module
Mode
Meaning
TDD: The SM is operating in the proprietary TDD mode and will only connect to another ePMP Access Point.
Standard WiFi: The SM is operating in the Standard 802.11n WiFi mode and will be able to connect to any Access Point operating in standard
WiFi mode. ePTP Slave: The SM is operating as a Slave in point-to-point mode. The
AP and the system do not support GPS Synchronization in this mode but are able to provide significantly lower latency than other modes. QoS
(MIR and traffic priority) capability and Link Quality/Capacity indicators are not available in this mode.
The configured priority of the SM in the sector. Subscriber Module
Priority
Network Mode
Downlink RSSI
Downlink SNR
Uplink MCS
Downlink MCS cnMaestro Remote
Management cnMaestro
Connection Status cnMaestro Account
ID
Bridge: The SM acts as a switch, and packets are forwarded or filtered based on their MAC destination address.
NAT: The SM acts as a router, and packets are forwarded or filtered based on their IP header (source or destination) which can be grouped into subnets for finer granularity.
Router: The SM acts as a router and packets are forwarded or filtered based on their IP header (source or destination) using specific static routes and IP aliases configured by the operator.
The Received Signal Strength Indicator, which is a measurement of the power level being received by the SM’s antenna.
The Signal to Noise Ratio, which is an expression of the carrier signal quality with respect to signal noise and co-channel interference (or both).
Modulation and Coding Scheme – indicates the modulation mode used for the radio uplink, based on radio conditions (MCS 1-7, 9-15).
Modulation and Coding Scheme – indicates the modulation mode used for the radio downlink, based on radio conditions (MCS 1-7, 9-15).
Indicates whether the device is currently configured to be managed by the Cambium cloud management system – cnMaestro™.
The current management status of the device with respect to the
Cambium Cloud Server. When Enabled under Configuration->System, the device will be managed by the Cambium Remote Management
System, which allows all Cambium devices to be managed from the
Cambium Cloud Server.
The ID that the device is currently using to be managed by the Cambium
Cloud Server.
026v003
113
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Attribute
Wireless MAC
Address
Ethernet MAC
Address
IP Address
Meaning
The MAC address of the device Wireless interface.
The MAC address of the device LAN (Ethernet) interface.
IPv6 Link Local
Address
IPv6 Address
The current configured device IP address (LAN, Ethernet interface) used for management access.
A link-local address is required for the IPv6-enabled interface
(applications may rely on the link-local address even when there is no
IPv6 routing). The IPv6 link-local address is comparable to the autoconfigured IPv4 address 169.254.0.0/16.
The IPv6 address for the device when the device is used in Bridge mode.
This is the IPv6 address for the subnet associated with the Ethernet interface when the device is used in NAT and Router modes.
Wireless IP Address The current configured device IP address (Wireless interface), when the
SM is in Router (NAT) mode.
Separate Wireless
Management IP
Address
The current configured device IP address (Separate Wireless
Management interface) used for management access, when the SM is in
Router (NAT) mode.
Date and Time
System Uptime
The current date and time on the device, subject to the configuration of parameter Time Zone. If an NTP server is not specified, the date and time will begin from factory default upon radio startup.
The total uptime of the radio since the last reset.
System Description The current configured system description.
Registered AP SSID The AP SSID of the AP to which the SM is registered.
Registered AP MAC
Address
Device Coordinates
The Wireless MAC Address of the AP to which the SM is registered.
DFS Status
The current configured Latitude and Longitude coordinates in decimal format.
Current DFS operational status.
Link Quality (Uplink) The Uplink quality based on the current MCS and Packet Error Rate
(PER).
Link Capacity
(Uplink)
The uplink capacity based on the current MCS with respect to the highest supported MCS (MCS15).
026v003
114
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Attribute
Ethernet Status
Meaning
Up: The Ethernet (LAN) interface is functioning properly. This also displays the current port speed and duplex mode to which the Ethernet port has auto-negotiated to or configured for.
Down: The Ethernet (LAN) interface is either disconnected or it has encountered an error and is not servicing traffic.
Wireless Status Up: The radio (WAN) interface is functioning properly.
Down: The radio (WAN) interface has encountered an error and is not servicing traffic.
The GUI interface consists of two levels of navigation – the first-level navigation buttons on the left-hand side (Home, Quick Start, Configuration,
Monitor, Tools) as well as the context-based second-level navigations displayed after clicking Configuration, Monitor, or Tools..
026v003
115
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Configuring connectorized radios using the Quick Start menu
The Quick Start tab contains a listing of parameters required to configure a simple radio link and to configure requisite networking parameters. After configuring an AP, SM and resetting both devices, the SM is ready to associate (register) to the AP.
Figure 32 AP Quick Start menu
To configure an AP via the Quick Start menu, follow this procedure:
Procedure:
1 Start the web browser from the management PC.
2 Navigate to the Quick Start menu
3 Configure the parameter Radio Mode:
This parameter controls the function of the device – All ePMP devices may be configured to operate as an Access Point (AP), Subscriber Module (SM) or as a Spectrum Analyzer. For initial link bring-up, choose Access Point.
4 Configure the parameter Access Point Mode:
This parameter controls the mode of operation of the Access Point – An AP may be configured to operate in TDD mode for multipoint access, PTP mode for point-to-point access using TDD, Standard WiFi or as an ePTP Master. For initial link bring-up, choose TDD. When the AP is an ePTP Master, the system does not support GPS Synchronization but is able to provide significantly lower latency than other modes. QoS (MIR and traffic priority) capability and Link Quality/Capacity indicators are not available in this mode. Configuring the AP in
Standard WiFi mode allows any 802.11 client to register to the AP.
026v003
116
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
5 Configure the parameter Country:
Country settings affect the radios in the following ways:
•
Maximum transmit power limiting (based on radio transmitter power plus configured antenna gain)
•
DFS operation is enabled based on the configured country code, if applicable
•
Frequency selection limiting (based on valid frequencies for the configured Country
Select the country in which your network will be operating.
6 Configure the parameter Automatic Channel Selection (ACS):
When ACS is enabled, the AP will automatically scan the available spectrum and choose a
channel with the lowest occupancy. For more information on this parameter please see AP
Automatic Channel Selection page on page 184 .
7 Configure the parameter Frequency Carrier:
Configure the frequency carrier for RF transmission. This list is dynamically adjusted to the regional restrictions based on the setting of the Country Code parameter. Ensure that a thorough spectrum analysis has been completed prior to configuring this parameter.
8 Configure parameter AP SSID (Name):
The AP SSID (Name) is used to identify the AP and is used to configure the SM with the appropriate AP with which to register. Ensure that this parameter is configured uniquely for each AP in the network.
9 Configure the parameter Downlink/Uplink Ratio:
Specify the percentage of the aggregate throughput for the downlink (frames transmitted from the AP to the SM). For example, if the aggregate (uplink and downlink total) throughput on the AP is 90 Mbps, then 75/25 specified for this parameter allocates 67.5 Mbps for the downlink and 22.5 Mbps for the uplink. The default for this parameter is 75/25.
Caution
You must set this parameter exactly the same for all APs in a cluster.
10 Configure the parameter Synchronization Source:
This parameter defines the timing source for the device which can be GPS-based or internally generated. Select GPS if the AP will receive synchronization pulses from a connected GPS antenna. Select CMM3 or CMM4 if the device will receive GPS synchronization pulses from a co-located Cambium Cluster Management Module (see PMP
Synchronization Solutions User Guide). Select Internal if no GPS synchronization source is available (in this mode, transmission between co-located devices will create radio interference). If Flexible is chosen as the DL/UL Ratio or if the Access Point Mode is chosen as ePTP Master, then this parameter will be greyed out.
11 Configure the parameter IP Assignment:
If DHCP is selected, the DHCP server automatically assigns the IP configuration (Ethernet
(LAN) IP Address, Ethernet (LAN) IP Subnet Mask, Gateway IP Address (LAN)) and the values of those individual parameters (below) are not used. To configure a simple test network, select mode Static.
026v003
117
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
12 Configure the parameter IP address:
Internet Protocol (IP) address. This address is used by the family of Internet protocols to uniquely identify this unit on a network. To configure a simple test network, this field may be left at default (192.168.0.1).
13 Configure the parameter Subnet Mask:
The Subnet Mask defines the address range of the connected IP network. To configure a simple test network, this field may be left at default (255.255.255.0).
14 Configure the parameter Gateway:
The IP address of the device on the current network that acts as a gateway. A gateway acts as an entrance and exit to packets from and to other networks. To configure a simple test network, this parameter may be left at default (blank).
15 Configure the parameter IPv6 Assignment
IPv6 Assignment specifies how the IPv6 address is obtained.
Static: Device management IP addressing is configured manually in fields IPv6 Address and
IPv6 Gateway.
DHCPv6: Device management IP addressing (IP address and gateway) is assigned via a network DHCP server, and parameters IPv6 Address and IPv6 Gateway are unused. If the
DHCPv6 server is not available previous static IPv6 address will be used as a fallback IPv6 address. If no previous static IPv6 address is available, no IPv6 address will be assigned.
DHCPv6 will occur over the wireless interface by default.
16 Configure the parameter IPv6 Address
Internet protocol version 6 (IPv6) address. This address is used by the family of Internet protocols to uniquely identify this unit on a network.
IPv6 addresses are represented by eight groups of four hexadecimal digits separated by colons.
17 Configure the parameter IPv6 Gateway
Configure the IPv6 address of the device on the current network that acts as a gateway. A gateway acts as an entrance and exit to packets from and to other networks.
18 Configure the parameter WPA2 Pre-shared Key
Configure this key on the AP and then configure each of the network SMs with this key to complete the authentication configuration. This key must be between 8 to 128 symbols. Click the visibility icon to toggle the display of the key’s contents.
19 Click the Save icon, then click the Reset icon
026v003
118
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Configuring SM units using the Quick Start menu
The Quick Start tab contains a simple listing of parameters required to configure a simple radio link and to configure requisite networking parameters.
Figure 33 SM Quick Start menu
To configure a SM via the Quick Start menu, follow this procedure:
Procedure:
1 Start the web browser from the management PC.
2 Navigate to Quick Start menu
3 Configure the parameter Radio Mode:
This parameter controls the function of the device – all ePMP devices may be configured to operate as an Access Point (AP), Subscriber Module (SM), or as a Spectrum Analyzer. For initial link bring-up, choose Subscriber Module.
026v003
119
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
4 Configure the parameter Subscriber Module Mode:
This parameter controls the mode of operation of the Subscriber Module – An SM may be configured to operate in TDD mode for point-to-point and point-to-multipoint access,
Standard WiFi mode providing the capability to connect to any AP operating in standard WiFi mode or as an ePTP Slave. For initial link bring-up, choose TDD. When the SM is an ePTP
Slave, the system does not support GPS Synchronization but is able to provide significantly lower latency than other modes. QoS (MIR and traffic priority) capability and Link
Quality/Capacity indicators are not available in this mode.
5 The Country is automatically retrieved from the AP and requires no configuration.
Country settings affect the radios in the following ways:
•
Maximum transmit power limiting (based on radio transmitter power plus configured antenna gain)
•
DFS operation is enabled based on the configured country code, if applicable
•
Frequency range of operation depending on local limitations
6 Configure the parameter Device Name:
The SM Device Name is used to identify the device on the network. This parameter may be modified or left at the default value of Cambium-SM.
7 Configure the parameter Network Mode:
Bridge: The SM acts as a switch, and packets are forwarded or filtered based on their MAC destination address.
NAT: The SM acts as a router, and packets are forwarded or filtered based on their IP header
(source or destination) which can be grouped into subnets for finer granularity.
Router: The SM acts as a router and packets are forwarded or filtered based on their IP header (source or destination) using specific static routes and IP aliases configured by the operator.
8 Configure the parameter Wireless IP Assignment:
If DHCP is selected, the DHCP server automatically assigns the IP configuration (Ethernet
(LAN) IP Address, Ethernet (LAN) IP Subnet Mask, Gateway IP Address (LAN)) and the values of those individual parameters (below) are not used. To configure a simple test network, this parameter must be configured to Static.
9 Configure the parameter Wireless IP Address:
Internet Protocol (IP) address. This address is used by the family of Internet protocols to uniquely identify this unit on a network. To configure a simple test network, this field must be configured to 192.168.0.2.
10 Configure the parameter Wireless Subnet Mask:
The Subnet Mask defines the address range of the connected IP network. To configure a simple test network, this field may be left at default (255.255.255.0).
11 Configure the parameter Wireless Gateway:
The IP address of the device on the current network that acts as a gateway. A gateway acts as an entrance and exit to packets from and to other networks. To configure a simple test network, this parameter may be left at default (blank).
026v003
120
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
12 Configure the parameter IPv6 Assignment
IPv6 Assignment specifies how the IPv6 address is obtained.
Static: Device management IP addressing is configured manually in fields IPv6 Address and
IPv6 Gateway.
DHCPv6: Device management IP addressing (IP address and gateway) is assigned via a network DHCP server, and parameters IPv6 Address and IPv6 Gateway are unused. If the
DHCPv6 server is not available previous static IPv6 address will be used as a fallback IPv6 address. If no previous static IPv6 address is available, no IPv6 address will be assigned.
DHCPv6 will occur over the wireless interface by default.
13 Configure the parameter IPv6 Address
Internet protocol version 6 (IPv6) address. This address is used by the family of Internet protocols to uniquely identify this unit on a network.
IPv6 addresses are represented by eight groups of four hexadecimal digits separated by colons.
14 Configure the parameter IPv6 Gateway
Configure the IPv6 address of the device on the current network that acts as a gateway. A gateway acts as an entrance and exit to packets from and to other networks.
15 Configure the parameter WPA2 Pre-shared Key:
Configure each of the network SMs with this key (matching the AP’s configured key) to complete the authentication configuration. This key must be between 8 to 128 symbols. Click the visibility icon to toggle the display of the key’s contents.
16 Configure the parameter EAP-TTLS Username:
Configure each of the network SMs with this EAP-TTLS Username (matching the credentials on the RADIUS server being used for the network). Optionally, the device MAC Address can be used as the EAP-TTLS Username in either “:” or “-“ delimited format.
17 Configure the parameter EAP-TTLS Password:
Configure each of the network SMs with this EAP-TTLS Password (matching the credentials on the RADIUS server being used for the network). Click the visibility icon the display of the password’s contents.
to toggle
18 Configure the parameter Authentication Identity String:
Configure each of the network SMs with this Identity string (matching the credentials on the
RADIUS server being used for the network). Default value for this parameter is
“anonymous”.
19 Configure the parameter Authentication Identity Realm:
Configure each of the network SMs with this Identity realm (matching the credentials on the
RADIUS server being used for the network). Default value for this parameter is
“cambiumnetworks.com”.
026v003
121
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
20 Configure the Preferred AP’s
The Preferred AP’s is comprised of a list of up to 16 APs to which the SM sequentially attempts registration. For each AP configured, if authentication is required, enter a Preshared Key associated with the configured AP SSID. If this list is empty or if none of the configured APs are found, the SM scans and registers to the best AP signal found (with matching radio and/or authentication settings).
21 Configure the parameter Subscriber Module Scanning:
The Radio Scan List determines the frequencies for which the SM scans for AP signaling. For a simple radio network setup, click Select All to scan all frequencies.
22 Click the Save icon, then click the Reset icon
026v003
122
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Using the AP menu options
Use the menu navigation bar in the top and left panels to navigate to each web page. The
functional areas that may be accessed from each menu option are listed in Table 76 . Some of the
parameters are only displayed for specific system configurations.
Table 76 Functional areas accessed from each AP menu option
Menu option
Quick Start
Menu Details
Configuring connectorized radios using the Quick Start menu on page 116
Configuration
Radio
Quality of Service
System
Network
Security
on page
on page
on page
Monitor
Performance
System
Wireless
Throughput Chart
GPS
Network
on page
on page
System Log
Tools
Software Upgrade
Backup / Restore
License Management
eDetect
Spectrum Analyzer
Automatic Channel Selection
eAlign
Wireless Link Test
Ping
Traceroute
on page
AP Software Upgrade page on page 172
on page
on page
AP Spectrum Analyzer page on page 181
AP Automatic Channel Selection page
on page
AP Wireless Link Test page on page 188
on page
AP Traceroute page on page 191
026v003
123
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
AP CONFIGURE MENU
Use the Configure menu to access all applicable device configuration parameters. The configuration menu contains the following pages:
on page
on page
on page
026v003
124
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
AP Radio page
Use the Radio page to configure the device radio interface parameters.
Caution
Plan Configuration modifications since modifying radio parameters may result in a wireless outage.
Figure 34 AP Radio page
026v003
125
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Table 77 AP Radio Configuration attributes
Meaning Attribute
General
Radio Mode
Driver Mode
Point-to-Point
Access
Subscriber
Module Wireless
MAC
Country
Range Unit
This parameter controls the function of the device – All ePMP devices may be configured to operate as an Access Point (AP), Subscriber Module (SM) or as a Spectrum Analyzer. For initial link bring-up, choose AP.
TDD: The Access Point is operating in point-to-multipoint (PMP) mode using
TDD scheduling. The AP is able to GPS synchronize in this mode (except when in Flexible mode).
Standard WiFi: The Access Point is operating as a Standard 802.11n Access
Point and will allow any 802.11 client to connect to it. QoS capability and
Link Quality/Capacity indicators are not available in this mode. ePTP Master: The Access Point is operating as a Master in point-to-point mode. The AP does not support GPS Synchronization in this mode but is able to provide significantly lower latency than other modes. QoS (MIR and traffic priority) capability and Link Quality/Capacity indicators are not available in this mode.
TDD PTP: The Access Point is operating in point-to-point (PTP) mode using
TDD scheduling. The AP is able to GPS synchronize in this mode (except when in Flexible mode).
First Subscriber Module: The system is configured to accept only the 1 st registered SM. Network entry is denied for all subsequent SM network entry requests.
MAC Filtering: The system is configured to accept only one SM registration, and this registration is limited by SM MAC Address (the SM
Wireless MAC Address).
Configure the Wireless MAC Address of the sole SM which is granted registration to the AP. All other network entry attempts are rejected by the
AP. The SM’s Preferred AP List may be configured with the destination point-to-point AP to ensure that the SM connects with the intended AP.
From the drop-down list, select the country in which the radio is operating.
Country Code settings affect the radios in the following ways:
Maximum transmit power limiting (based on radio transmitter power plus configured antenna gain)
DFS operation is enabled based on the configured country code, if applicable
Frequency selection limiting, based on regional limitations
Miles: The Max Range setting and resulting frame calculations are configured in units of miles.
Kilometers: The Kilometers setting and resulting frame calculations are configured in units of kilometers.
026v003
126
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Attribute Meaning
Access Point Configuration
SSID
Max Registrations
Allowed
Max Range
The AP SSID is used to identify the AP and is used to configure the SM with the appropriate AP with which to register. Ensure that this parameter is configured uniquely for each AP in the network.
Based on sector/network planning and SM service level implementations, this parameter allows the user to set the maximum number of SMs that are allowed to register/network entry. The maximum number of SMs allowed for each channel bandwidth is as follows:
20/40 MHz : 120 subscribers
10 MHz : 60 subscribers
5 MHz: 30 subscribers
Default value is 60.
For DFS regions, the max number of SMs will be limited based on the channel bandwidth of the current operating channel, i.e. Frequency Carrier,
Alternate Frequency Carrier 1 or Alternate Frequency Carrier 2.
Enter a number of miles or kilometers for the furthest distance from which an SM is allowed to register to this AP. Do not set the distance to any greater number of miles. A greater distance:
does not increase the power of transmission from the AP.
can reduce aggregate throughput.
Regardless of this distance, the SM must meet the minimum requirements for an acceptable link. The AP will reject any SM network entry attempts from outside the configured maximum range. Default value is 3 miles.
WLAN
Automatic
Channel Selection
When the Access Point Mode is set to Standard WiFi, configure this parameter:
Enabled: The ePMP AP operates as WLAN device and allows any 802.11 client to connect to it within a 100 meter radius.
Disabled: The ePMP AP operates in Standard WiFi mode to allow outdoor
802.11n clients to connect to it at longer distances and is typically used to migrate non-Cambium SMs to ePMP SMs.
Enabled – This enables the Automatic Channel Selection (ACS) feature. ACS allows the radio to scan the entire band (governed by the Country setting) and chooses a channel with the lowest channel occupancy i.e. lowest interference level. To run the ACS feature (once enabled), the radio will have to be rebooted or manually triggered using Tools->Automatic Channel
Selection. When ACS is running, the radio measures the occupancy level of the channel (measured in terms of an internal interference metric) and uses an algorithm to make a decision to choose the best channel within the band. The channel chosen is not based just on the occupancy level channel but also the occupancy level of adjacent channels.
026v003
127
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Attribute Meaning
Disabled – ACS is disabled and the operator should configure a Frequency
Carrier manually.
Note
The channel bandwidth configured prior to enabling and running ACS will be used to automatically select a channel. For ex: If the operator manually configured a channel bandwidth of 20MHz, ACS will scan and choose a channel of 20MHz wide channel. To switch ACS to 40MHz or other channel bandwidth, the operator should disable ACS, manually configure 40MHz or desired channel bandwidth on the radio, then enable and run ACS.
Configure the channel size used by the radio for RF transmission. This value must match between the AP and SMs.
Channel
Bandwidth
Frequency Carrier Configure the frequency carrier for RF transmission. This list is dynamically adjusted to the regional restrictions based on the setting of the Country
Code parameter.
Frequency Reuse
The Frequency Reuse Mode parameter allows operators to define which
APs are co-located (or within radio range) with other APs. This definition results in an automatic radio network modification such that selfinterference is reduced amongst the co-located sectors.
A network in which two frequencies “F1” and “F2” are reused throughout
the deployment in shown in Figure 35 .
Figure 35 Frequency reuse deployment
F1
F1
F1 F1
F2
F2
F2
F2
F2
F2
The set of APs to configure the Frequency Reuse Mode option on is dependent on the GPS synchronization sources in the whole network,
CMM3, CMM4 or “onboard GPS” (GUI options are: GPS or CMM).
026v003
128
Attribute
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Meaning
The GPS sync source is the same on all APs or is a combination of
“onboard GPS” and CMM4
In this configuration the GPS synchronization source in the whole network is one of the following:
1- “onboard GPS” or
2- CMM4 or
3- CMM3 or
4- Mix of “onboard GPS” and CMM4 (but NOT CMM3)
For instructions on how to configure Frequency Reuse Mode to ensure that
interference is reduced throughout the deployment, see Figure 36 .
Figure 36 Frequency reuse configuration example
FR: Back
F1
FR: Back
F1
FR: Back
F2
FR: Back
F1
FR: Front
FR
: F ro nt
FR
: B ac k
F2
FR
: B ac k
F1
FR
: F ro nt
FR
: F ro nt
F2
FR
: F ro nt
FR: Front
F2
FR: Front
FR
: B ac k
FR
: F ro nt
F2
FR
: F ro nt
FR
: B ac k
FR
: F ro nt
FR
: B ac k
F2
FR
: B ac k
The rules in selecting the APs to enabling the Frequency Reuse Mode in this deployment are:
1- Only ONE of the APs on the same tower configured with the same frequency must be configured with the Frequency Reuse Mode parameter set to Frequency-Reuse-Back; the other AP must be configured with Frequency Reuse Mode set to Frequency-Reuse-
Front.
Also, APs on different towers facing each other with overlapped coverage must be configured with Frequency Reuse Mode set to
Frequency-Reuse-Back.
026v003
129
Attribute
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Meaning
The GPS sync source is a mixture of all types (CMM3, CMM4 &
“onboard GPS”)
In this configuration the GPS sync source in the whole network is one of the following:
1- (CMM3 and “onboard GPS”) or
2- (CMM3 and CMM4) or
3- (CMM3 and CMM4 and “onboard GPS”)
For more examples of which APs to enable the Frequency Reuse Mode
feature in this mixture of sync sources, see Figure 37 and
Figure 37 Example 1 - Frequency reuse configuration, mixture of GPS synchronization sources
SYNC Source = GPS/CMM4
SYNC Source = GPS/CMM4
F1
FR
: b ac k
F1
FR
: B ac k ac k
FR
: B
F2
FR
: F ro nt
F1
FR
: F ro nt
FR
: B ac k
FR
: B ac k
F2
FR
: F ro nt
F1
FR
: F ro nt
FR
: B ac k
F2
FR
: F ro nt
FR
: F ro nt
F2
FR
: F ro nt
FR
: B ac k
FR
: B ac k
F2
FR
: F ro nt
FR
: F ro nt
FR
: F ro nt
F2
FR
: B ac k
FR
: B ac k
SYNC Source = CMM3 SYNC Source = GPS/CMM4 SYNC Source = CMM3
026v003
130
026v003
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Figure 38 Example 2 - Frequency Reuse Configuration with Mixture of GPS sources
SYNC Source = GPS/CMM4
FR
: B ac k
F2
FR
: F ro nt
F1
FR
: B ac k
F1
FR
: F ro nt
FR
: B ac k
FR
: B ac k
F2
SYNC Source = GPS/CMM4
F1
FR
: B ac k
FR
: F ro nt
F1
FR
: F ro nt
FR
: B ac k
F2
FR
: F ro nt
FR
: B ac k
F2
FR
: F ro nt
FR
: F ro nt
FR
: F ro nt
F2
FR
: F ro nt
FR
: B ac k
FR
: F ro nt
F2
FR
: B ac k
FR
: B ac k
SYNC Source = GPS/CMM4 SYNC Source = CMM3 SYNC Source = CMM3
The rules in selecting the APs to configure Frequency Reuse Mode to
Frequency Reuse Mode to Frequency-Reuse-Front or Frequency-Reuse-
Back in a mixture of sync sources deployments are:
1- Only ONE of the APs on the same tower configured with the same frequency must have Frequency Reuse Mode set to Frequency-
Reuse-Back if the sync source of both APs is the same or the sync is a combination of “onboard GPS” and CMM4; the other AP will have the Frequency-Reuse-Front ON.
2- For the APs on different towers facing each other with overlapped coverage: a. If both APs have the same sync source then only ONE of them must have the Frequency-Reuse-Back ON; the other
AP shall have the Frequency-Reuse–Front ON. b. If one AP has “onboard GPS” as sync source and the other one has CMM4 then only ONE of them must have
Frequency-Reuse - Back ON; the other AP shall have
Frequency-Reuse-Front ON. c. If one AP has “onboard GPS” or CMM4 as sync source and the other one has CMM3 then:
131
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Attribute
Alternate
Frequency Carrier
1 Channel
Bandwidth
Alternate
Frequency Carrier
1
Alternate
Frequency Carrier
2 Channel
Bandwidth
Alternate
Frequency Carrier
2
Meaning i. If the AP with CMM3 sync source has Frequency-
Reuse-Back ON, then the other AP (with “onboard
GPS” or CMM4 sync source) must have the
Frequency-Reuse-Back ON. ii. If the AP with CMM3 sync source has Frequency
Reuse Mode set to Off, then the other AP (with
“onboard GPS” or CMM4 sync source) must have
Frequency Reuse Mode set to Off.
Configure the first channel bandwidth configuration that will be used for
RF transmission if DFS detection causes the radio to switch from using the channel bandwidth configured in Channel Bandwidth.
Configure the first frequency that will be used for RF transmission if DFS detection causes the radio to switch from using the frequency configured in Frequency Carrier. It is important to set this frequency also in the SM
Scan List.
Configure the second channel bandwidth configuration that will be used for RF transmission if DFS detection causes the radio to switch from using the channel bandwidth configured in Channel Bandwidth.
Configure the second frequency that is used for RF transmission if DFS detection causes the radio to switch from using the frequencies configured in Frequency Carrier and DFS Alternate Frequency Carrier 1. It is important to set this frequency also in the SM Scan List.
Power Control
Transmitter
Output Power
This value represents the combined power of the AP’s two transmitters.
This value may be automatically adjusted based on the configuration of the parameter Country.
Nations and regions may regulate transmitter output power. For example
2.4 GHz and 5 GHz modules are available as connectorized radios, which require the operator to adjust power to ensure regulatory compliance.
The professional installer of the equipment has the responsibility to
maintain awareness of applicable regulations.
calculate the permissible transmitter output power for the module.
confirm that the initial power setting is compliant with national or regional regulations
confirm that the power setting is compliant following any reset of the module to factory defaults.
026v003
132
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Attribute
Antenna Gain
Subscriber Module
Target Receive
Level
Each SM’s transmitter output power is automatically set by the AP. The AP monitors the received power from each SM and adjusts each SM’s transmitter output power so that the received power at the AP from the SM is not greater than what is configured in SM Target Received Power Level.
These automatic power adjustments ensure that the SM is not transmitting excessive energy (raising system noise level) and that the SM is able to achieve an optimal modulation state (and maximum achievable throughput).
Nominally, target receive levels must be set lesser than -60 dBm in order to prevent interference from co-located co-channel sectors.
Uplink Antenna
Selection
Meaning
This value represents the amount of gain introduced by an external antenna (minus cable loss). This value is used in calculating the unit’s
Equivalent Isotropic Radiated Power (EIRP) level. For certain Country Code configurations, the unit’s EIRP may be limited based on regional regulations.
Uplink Antenna Selection specifies the antenna to be used in the uplink.
This parameter is specific to ePMP 2000 APs with optional Smart Antenna.
Auto: The AP decides which antenna to use (sector or Smart Antenna) for uplink communications based on internal quality metrics.
Forced Sector Antenna: The AP uses the Sector Antenna for all SM uplink communications.
Forced Smart Antenna: The AP uses the smart antenna for all SM uplink communications.
Note
If the AP is configured with Uplink Antenna Selection set to Auto and an
SM is set to Forced Sector Antenna or Forced Smart Antenna, the SM setting will be enforced.
If the AP is configured with Uplink Antenna Selection set to Forced
Sector Antenna or Forced Smart Antenna and a SM is set to a conflicting
Forced setting, the AP’s setting will be enforced.
Scheduler
Downlink/Uplink
Ratio
Configure the schedule of downlink traffic to uplink traffic on the radio link.
The first three options, 75/25, 50/50 and 30/70, allow the radio to operate in a fixed ratio on every frame. In other words, this ratio represents the amount of the total radio link’s aggregate throughput that will be used for downlink resources, and the amount of the total radio link’s aggregate throughput that will be used for uplink resources. The fourth option,
Flexible, allows the radio to dynamically choose the amount of the total radio’s aggregate throughput that is used for downlink and uplink resources, every frame.
026v003
133
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Attribute Meaning
Frame Size
Downlink Max
Rate
Management
Traffic Rate
Caution
Setting this parameter to Flexible causes the radio to operate in unsynchronized mode. For all other settings, if the AP is in a cluster or is in range of another AP, then you must set this parameter on all other APs in the cluster and in range exactly the same. Otherwise, overlapping RF transmissions will introduce system interference.
Configure the frame size for use when in TDD or TDD PTP mode. 2.5 ms frame size allows for co-location (Synchronization) with PMP 100 series of radios. It provides lower latency than 5 ms frame with approximately 10% lower throughput. Frame size is irrelevant when the Downlink/Uplink Ratio is set to Flexible. Please refer to the “ ePMP and PMP 100 Co-location and
Migration Recommendations Guide ” for guidance on synchronizing ePMP and PMP 100.
Configure the MCS (Modulation and Coding Scheme) rate beyond which the radio’s scheduler should not exceed when transmitting data traffic on the downlink. This is useful in situations where there is high variance and unpredictability in the interference present in the environment causing packet loss. Reducing the max rate to a lower MCS (than the default MCS
15) may help in these situations. Reducing the Downlink Max Rate will result in reduced sector capacity. Not available when AP is an ePTP Master or Standard WiFi.
MCS0: The system is configured to use MCS0 rate for all management messages. This allows for improved link stability and range in high interference environment.
MCS1: The system is configured to use MCS1 rate for all management messages. This allows for slightly higher sector throughput. This is the default setting.
Synchronization
Co-location Mode Disabled: The ePMP device is able to synchronize only with other ePMP
Access Points.
Enabled: The ePMP device can be configured to synchronize with PMP 100 series of radios in addition to other ePMP Access Points. Please refer to the “ ePMP and PMP 100 Co-location and Migration Recommendations
Guide ” for guidance on synchronizing ePMP and PMP 100.
Synchronization
Source
GPS: Synchronization timing is received via the AP’s connected GPS antenna. Co-located or in-range APs receiving synchronization via GPS or
CMM transmits and receives at the same time, thereby reducing selfinterference.
026v003
134
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Attribute
Synchronization
Source of Colocated System
Synchronization
Holdoff Time
Meaning
CMM3 and CMM4: Synchronization timing is received via the AP’s
Ethernet port via a connected Cambium Cluster Management Module
(CMM). Co-located or in-range APs receiving synchronization via GPS or
CMM will transmit and receive at the same time, thereby reducing selfinterference. For more information on CMM configuration, refer to the PMP
Synchronization Solutions User Guide.
Internal: Synchronization timing is generated by the AP and the timing is not based on GPS pulses.
Caution
If a CMM is being used, verify that the cables from the CMM to the network switch are at most 30 ft (shielded) or 10 Ft (unshielded) and that the network switch is not PoE (802.3af).
APs using Synchronization Source of Internal will not transmit and receive in sync with other co-located or in-range APs, which introduces selfinterference into the system.
Configure the Synchronization source of the co-located PMP 100 Access
Point.
GPS: The co-located PMP 100 AP receives synchronization timing via the
Cambium UGPS (Universal Global Positioning System) module. Co-located or in-range ePMP APs receiving synchronization via GPS or CMM transmits and receives at the same time, thereby reducing self-interference.
CMM3 and CMM4: The co-located PMP 100 AP receives synchronization timing its Ethernet port via a connected Cambium Cluster Management
Module (CMM). Co-located or in-range ePMP APs receiving synchronization via GPS or CMM will transmit and receive at the same time, thereby reducing self-interference. For more information on CMM configuration, refer to the PMP Synchronization Solutions User Guide.
Please refer to the ePMP and PMP 100 Co-location and Migration
Recommendations Guide for guidance on synchronizing ePMP and PMP
100.
The Synchronization Holdoff Time is designed to gracefully handle fluctuations/losses in the GPS synchronization signaling. After the AP has received a reliable synchronization pulse for at least 60 seconds, if there is a loss of synchronization signal, the Synchronization Holdoff timer is started. During the holdoff interval, all SM registrations are maintained. If a valid GPS synchronization pulse is regained during the holdoff interval, then the AP continues to operate normally. If a valid synchronization pulse is not regained from the GPS source during the holdoff interval, then the
AP ceases radio transmission. Default is 30 seconds.
026v003
135
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Attribute
Advanced
Downlink CTS
Uplink CTS/RTS
RTS Threshold
Meaning
RTS/CTS (Request to Send / Clear to Send) is the optional mechanism used by the 802.11 (Standard WiFi) wireless networking protocol to reduce frame collisions introduced by the problem known as hidden node problem. Under this mechanism, specific RTS, CTS and ACK
(Acknowledgement) frames are exchanged between the AP and SM to schedule transmission of packets over the wireless link. The ability to use this mechanism is available when Access Point Mode is configured as
Standard WiFi.
This parameter applies to CTS mechanism for downlink data transmission.
Disabled: The AP does not wait for a CTS frame from the SM/Client before it sends downlink data.
Enabled: The AP simulates a CTS frame sent to itself notifying the SMs connected to it that it is going to transmits data on the downlink.
This parameter applies to RTS/CTS mechanism for uplink data transmission. When Enabled, SM/Client must send an RTS frame and, only upon receiving a CTS frame from the AP can it transmit uplink data.
Configure the RTS packet size threshold for downlink data transmission.
Range is between 0–2347 octets. Typically, sending RTS/CTS frames does not occur unless the packet size exceeds this threshold. If the packet size that the node wants to transmit is larger than the threshold, the RTS/CTS handshake gets triggered. Otherwise, the data frame gets sent immediately.
026v003
136
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
AP Quality of Service page
The ePMP platform supports three QoS priority levels (not available in ePTP Master mode) using air fairness, priority-based starvation avoidance scheduling algorithm.
Ordering of traffic amongst the priority levels is based on a percentage of total link throughput. In other words, all priorities receive some throughput so that low priority traffic is not starved from transmission. In effect, the greatest amount of throughput is guaranteed to the VOIP priority level, then High, then Low.
Priority Level
Highest Priority ePMP Traffic Priority Label
VOIP (only utilized when VOIP Enable is set to Enabled)
Medium Priority High
Lowest Priority Low
By default, all traffic passed over the air interface is low priority. The AP’s Quality of Service page may be utilized to map traffic to certain priority levels using QoS classification rules. The rules included in the table are enforced starting with the first row of the table.
Caution
Each additional traffic classification rule increases device CPU utilization. Careful network traffic planning is required to efficiently use the device processor.
The ePMP platform also supports radio data rate limiting (Maximum Information Rate, or MIR) based on the configuration of the MIR table. Operators may add up to 16 MIR profiles on the AP, each with unique limits for uplink and downlink data rates. The SM field MIR Profile Setting is used to configure the appropriate MIR profile for limiting the SM’s data rate.
Figure 39 AP Quality of Service page
026v003
137
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Table 78 AP Radio Configuration attributes
Attribute Meaning
Maximum Information Rate (MIR)
MIR Disabled: When disabled, RF transmission is only limited by the capacity of the link (and any active QoS classification rules).
Enabled: When enabled, all downlink and uplink traffic is limited based on the profiles configured in the MIR table.
MIR Profiles
Number
Description
Downlink MIR (kbps)
Uplink MIR (kbps)
The MIR (Maximum Information Rate) table is comprised of up to sixteen profiles which, after configured, may be set on the SM to employ a certain service level or data rate.
Assign a profile number to each row in the AP MIR table. This profile number is then set on each SM to limit data transfer rates based on the operator’s configuration of the MIR table and its profiles.
Assign a logical description for each service level. For example, a tiered service-level provider may deploy service levels “Gold”,
“Silver” and “Bronze” or “20 Mbps”, “10 Mbps” and “5 Mbps” to offer a clear description.
Specify the downlink rate at which the AP is allowed to transmit for this configured profile.
Specify the uplink rate at which the AP is allowed to transmit for this configured profile.
Traffic Priority
Traffic Priority
VoIP Priority
Broadcast Priority
Disabled: No traffic prioritization is performed. All traffic is treated with equal priority (low priority).
Enabled: Traffic prioritization is enabled and specific types of traffic can be prioritized using the fields below.
Enabled: When enabled, two entries are automatically added to the first and second rows of the QoS Classification Rules table, one with
Rule Type CoS (5) and one with Rule Type DSCP (46). The addition of these rules ensures that VoIP traffic passed over the radio downlink is given highest priority. The CoS and DSCP values may be modified to accommodate non-standard VoIP equipment.
Disabled: When disabled, VoIP traffic is scheduled normally along with all other user data.
Low Priority: All Broadcast traffic sent over the downlink is prioritized as low priority and is delivered to the SM after scheduled high priority and VoIP traffic.
High Priority: All Broadcast traffic sent over the downlink is prioritized as high priority and is scheduled for delivery to SMs before low priority traffic but after VoIP traffic.
026v003
138
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Attribute
Multicast Priority
Meaning
Low Priority: All Multicast traffic sent over the downlink is prioritized as low priority, and will be delivered to the SM after scheduled high priority and VoIP traffic.
High Priority: All Multicast traffic sent over the downlink is prioritized as high priority and is scheduled for delivery to SMs before low priority traffic but after VoIP traffic.
QoS Classification Rules The QoS Classification Rules table contains all of the rules enforced by the device when passing traffic over the radio downlink. Traffic passed through the device is matched against each rule in the table; when a match is made the traffic is sent over the radio link using the priority defined in column Traffic Priority.
Type CoS: Class of Service; traffic prioritization is based on the 3-bit header present in the 802.1Q VLAN-tagged Ethernet frame header in the packet entering the AP’s Ethernet port.
VLAN ID: traffic prioritization is based on the VLAN ID of the packet entering the AP’s Ethernet port.
EtherType: traffic prioritization is based on the two-octet Ethertype field in the Ethernet frame entering the AP’s Ethernet port. The
Ethertype is used to identify the protocol of the data in the payload of the Ethernet frame.
IP: traffic prioritization is based on the source and (or) destination IP address of the packet entering the AP’s Ethernet port. A subnet mask may be included to define a range of IP addresses to match.
MAC: traffic prioritization is based on the source and (or) destination MAC address of the packet entering the AP’s Ethernet port. A mask may be included to define a range of MAC addresses to match. The mask is made up of a hex representation of a series of 1s to start the mask and 0s that end the mask. A 1 may not follow a 0.
Thus FF:FF:FF:FF:00:00 is allowed, but FF:00:FF:FF:FF:FF is not. The
MAC address is combined with the mask to define the range of allowed MAC addresses.
Details
Priority
Represents the details of the Class of Service (CoS) present in the packet entering the AP’s Ethernet port.
Represents the QOS classification rule priority.
026v003
139
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
AP System page
The AP’s System page is used to configure system parameters, services, time settings, SNMP and syslog.
Figure 40 AP System page
026v003
140
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Table 79 AP System attributes
Attribute
General
Meaning
Device Name
Webpage Auto
Update
Web Access
HTTP Port
Specifies the name of the AP.
Configure the interval for which the device retrieves system statistics for display on the management interface. For example, if this setting is configured to 5 seconds, the statistics and status parameters displayed on the management interface will be refreshed every 5 seconds
(default). Webpage Auto Update is a session only configuration change.
It is updated with the <Enter> key and is not savable when using the save button.
HTTP: Access to the device management GUI is conducted via HTTP.
HTTPS: Access to the device management GUI is conducted via HTTPS.
If Web Service is set to HTTP, configure the port which the device uses to service incoming HTTP requests for management GUI access.
HTTPS Port
SSH Access
Telnet Access
MAC-Telnet Access
If Web Service is set to HTTPS, configure the port which the device uses to service incoming HTTPS requests for management GUI access.
Disabled: If the SSH port to the device is ‘Disabled’, access to the device through SSH is not possible.
Enabled: If the SSH port to the device is ‘Enabled’, Cambium engineers can access the device through SSH which enables them to login to the radio and troubleshoot. SSH port is ‘Enabled’ by default.
Disabled: CLI access via telnet is not allowed for the device.
Enabled: CLI access via telnet is allowed for the device.
Disabled: Disables connections to the radio on the link layer via MAC address from RouterOS or mactelnet-enabled devices.
Enabled: Enables connections to the radio on the link layer via MAC address from RouterOS or mactelnet-enabled devices.
Note
In order to use MAC-Telnet the first time, the Administrator account password must be changed on the GUI or the CLI. This password can then be used for MAC-Telnet.
MAC-Telnet Protocol
MAC-Telnet: Use the MAC-Telnet subservice for access
MAC-SSH: Use the secured MAC-SSH subservice for access
Network Time Protocol
IP Assignment Static: The device retrieves NTP time data from the servers configured in fields NTP Server IP Address.
DHCP: The device retrieves NTP time data from the server IP issued via a network DHCP server.
Preferred NTP Server Configure the primary NTP server IP addresses from which the device will retrieve time and date information.
026v003
141
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Attribute Meaning
Alternate NTP Server Configure an alternate or secondary NTP server IP addresses from which the device retrieves time and date information.
Time Zone The Time Zone option may be used to offset the received NTP time to match the operator’s local time zone.
Location Services
On-board GPS
Latitude
On-board GPS
Longitude
On a GPS Synchronized ePMP radio, the field is automatically populated with the Latitude information from the on-board GPS chip.
On a GPS Synchronized ePMP radio, the field is automatically populated with the Longitude information from the on-board GPS chip.
On-board GPS Height On a GPS Synchronized ePMP radio, the field is automatically populated with the Height above sea level information from the on-board GPS chip.
Use GPS Coordinates On a GPS Synchronized ePMP radio, the Device coordinates can be populated using the information retrieved from the on-board GPS chip.
Click the button to automatically populate the Device Latitude and Device Longitude fields using the coordinates provided by the onboard GPS chip.
Configure Latitude information for the device in decimal format. Device Latitude
Device Longitude
Device Height
Read-Only
Community String
Read-Write
Community String
Configure Longitude information for the device in decimal format.
Configure height above sea level for the device in meters.
Device Location Hyperlink to display the device location in Google Maps
Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP)
Specify a control string that can allow a Network Management Station
(NMS) such as the Cambium Networks Services Server (CNSS) to read
SNMP information. No spaces are allowed in this string. This password will never authenticate an SNMP user or an NMS to read/write access.
The Read-only Community String value is clear text and is readable by a packet monitor.
Specify a control string that can allow a Network Management Station
(NMS) to access SNMP information. No spaces are allowed in this string.
System Name
System Description
Specify a string to associate with the physical module. This parameter can be polled by the Cambium Networks Services Server (CNSS) or an
NMS. Special characters are supported.
Specify a description string to associate with the physical module. This parameter can be polled by the Cambium Networks Services Server
(CNSS) or an NMS. Special characters are supported.
026v003
142
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Attribute
Traps
Trap Community
String
Trap Servers
Meaning
Disabled: SNMP traps for system events are not sent from the device.
Enabled: SNMP traps for system events are sent to the servers configured in table Trap Servers.
Configure a SNMP Trap Community String which is processed by the servers configured in Trap Servers. This string is used by the trap server to decide whether or not to process the traps incoming from the device
(i.e. for traps to successfully be received by the trap server, the community string must match).
The Trap Servers table is used to configure trap destinations for SNMP traps generated by the device.
Server IP
Server Port
Configure the IP address of each SNMP trap server target.
Configure the port to which SNMP traps are sent from the ePMP device.
System Logging (Syslog)
Server 1-4 Specify up to four syslog servers to which the device sends syslog messages.
SysLog Mask Configure the levels of syslog messages which the devices send to the servers configured in parameters Server IP 1-4.
Caution
Choose only the syslog levels appropriate for your deployment.
Excessive logging can cause the device log file to fill and begin overwriting previous entries. cnMaestro
Remote Management When Enabled, the device will be managed by cnMaestro - the Cambium
Remote Management System, which allows all Cambium devices to be managed in the cloud. cnMaestro URL
Cambium-ID
Configure the URL of cnMaestro. The default value is https://cloud.cambiumnetworks.com
.
Configure the Cambium ID that the device will use for on-boarding on to cnMaestro.
Onboarding key Configure the password/key associated with the Cambium-ID that the device will use for on-boarding on to cnMaestro.
Account Management
026v003
143
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Attribute
(Administrator)
Username
(Administrator)
Password
Installer Account
Meaning
Read-only listing of available login levels.
ADMINISTRATOR, full read write permissions.
INSTALLER, permissions to read and write parameters applicable to unit installation and monitoring.
HOME, permissions only to access pertinent information for support purposes.
READONLY has permission to only view the Monitor page.
Configure a custom password for Administrator account. The password character display may be toggled using the visibility icon .
Disabled: The disabled user is not granted access to the device management interface. The administrator user level cannot be disabled.
Enabled: The user is granted access to the device management interface.
(Installer) Username Provide the ‘Installer Username’ in this box.
(Installer) Password Configure a custom password to secure the device. Only ‘Administrator’ account can override this password. The password character display may be toggled using the visibility icon .
Home User Account Disabled: The disabled user is not granted access to the device management interface.
Enabled: The user is granted access to the device management interface
Provide the Home User ‘Username’ in this box. (Home) User
Username
(Home) User
Password
Configure a custom password to secure the device in order access pertinent information for support purpose only. The password character
Read-Only Account display may be toggled using the visibility icon .
Disabled: The disabled user is not granted access to the device management interface, even on a ‘Read-Only’ access.
Enabled: The user is granted ‘Read-Only’ access to the device management interface.
Provide the Read-Only ‘Username’ in this box. (Read-Only)
Username
(Read-Only)
Password
Provide the password that can be used for ‘Read-Only’ access. Password character display may be toggled using the visibility icon .
026v003
144
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
AP Network page
The AP’s Network page is used to configure system networking parameters and VLAN parameters.
Figure 41 AP Network page
Table 80 AP Network attributes
Attribute
General
IP Assignment
Meaning
Static: Device management IP addressing is configured manually in fields Device IP Address (LAN), IP Subnet Mask (LAN), Gateway IP
Address (LAN) and DNS Server IP Address (LAN).
DHCP: Device management IP addressing (IP address, subnet mask, gateway, and DNS server) is assigned via a network DHCP server, and parameters Device IP Address (LAN), IP Subnet Mask (LAN), Gateway IP
Address (LAN), and DNS Server IP Address (LAN) are unused.
026v003
145
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Attribute
IP Address
Meaning
Internet protocol (IP) address. This address is used by the family of
Internet protocols to uniquely identify this unit on a network.
Subnet Mask
Gateway
Note
If Device IP address Mode is set to DHCP and the device is unable to retrieve IP address information via DHCP, the device management IP is set to fallback IP 192.168.0.1 (AP mode), 192.168.0.2 (SM mode),
192.168.0.3 (Spectrum Analyzer mode) or the previously-configured static Device IP Address. Units may always be accessed via the
Ethernet port with IP 169.254.1.1.
Defines the address range of the connected IP network. For example, if
Device IP Address (LAN) is configured to 192.168.2.1 and IP Subnet
Mask (LAN) is configured to 255.255.255.0, the device will belong to subnet 192.168.2.X.
Configure the IP address of the device on the current network that acts as a gateway. A gateway acts as an entrance and exit to packets from and to other networks.
Preferred DNS Server Configure the primary IP address of the server used for DNS resolution.
Alternate DNS Server Configure the secondary IP address of the server used for DNS resolution.
IPv6 Assignment IPv6 Assignment specifies how the IPv6 address is obtained.
Static: Device management IP addressing is configured manually in fields IPv6 Address and IPv6 Gateway.
DHCPv6: Device management IP addressing (IP address and gateway) is assigned via a network DHCP server, and parameters IPv6 Address and IPv6 Gateway are unused. If the DHCPv6 server is not available previous static IPv6 address will be used as a fallback IPv6 address. If no previous static IPv6 address is available, no IPv6 address will be assigned. DHCPv6 will occur over the wireless interface by default.
IPv6 Address Internet protocol version 6 (IPv6) address. This address is used by the family of Internet protocols to uniquely identify this unit on a network.
IPv6 addresses are represented by eight groups of four hexadecimal digits separated by colons.
IPv6 Gateway Configure the IPv6 address of the device on the current network that acts as a gateway. A gateway acts as an entrance and exit to packets from and to other networks.
Virtual Local Area Network (VLAN)
026v003
146
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Attribute
Management VLAN
VLAN ID
VLAN Priority
Ethernet MTU
Meaning
Enabled: The AP management interface can be assigned to a
Management VLAN to separate management traffic (remote module management via SNMP or HTTP) from user traffic (such as internet browsing, voice, or video. Once the management interface is enabled for a VLAN, an AP’s management interface can be accessed only by packets tagged with a VLAN ID matching the management VLAN ID.
A VLAN configuration establishes a logical group within the network.
Each computer in the VLAN, regardless of initial or eventual physical location, has access to the same data based on the VLAN architecture.
For the network operator, this provides flexibility in network segmentation, simpler management and enhanced security.
Disabled: When disabled, all IP management traffic is allowed to the device.
Configure this parameter to include the device’s management traffic on a separate VLAN network. For example, if MGMT VLAN ID is set to 2,
GUI access will only be allowed from IP packets tagged with VLAN ID 2. ePMP radios can prioritize VLAN traffic based on the eight priorities described in the IEEE 802.1p specification. MGMT VLAN Priority represents the VLAN Priority or Class of Service (CoS). Operators may use this prioritization field to give precedence to device management traffic.
This parameter only takes effect if the MGMT VLAN parameter is enabled. Configure this parameter to set the value of the Priority code point field in the 802.1q tag for traffic on the management VLAN originating from the SM. The default value is 0.
Maximum Transmission Unit; the size in bytes of the largest data unit that the device is configured to process. Larger MTU configurations can enable the network to operate with greater efficiency, but in the case of retransmissions due to packet errors, efficiency is reduced since large packets must be resent in the event of an error. Packets received by the device larger than the configured MTU are dropped.
Port Setting
Port Speed
Manual: The LAN Ethernet port speed and duplex mode can be manually configured.
Auto-Negotiate: The AP auto negotiates the LAN Ethernet port speed and duplex mode with the device connected to it.
With “Ethernet Port Configuration” the LAN Ethernet port speed can be forced to 1000 Mbps, 100 Mbps or 10 Mbps.
Port Duplex Mode With “Ethernet Port Configuration” the LAN Ethernet port duplex mode can be forced into Full or Half.
Broadcast/Multicast Traffic Shaping
026v003
147
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Attribute
Broadcast Packet
Limit
Meaning
Enabled: This allows the user to set the Broadcast Packet Rate below.
Configure this parameter to limit the amount of broadcast packets that will be allowed on the ingress of the radio’s Ethernet port. Set the packets per second value to limit the impact of events such as broadcast storms.
Disabled: There is no limit on the amount of broadcast traffic that will be allowed into the ingress of the radio’s Ethernet port.
Broadcast Packet
Rate
Set the packets per second value to limit the amount of broadcast traffic that will be allowed on the ingress on the radio’s Ethernet port. The packets per second limit can be set individually on each ePMP radio.
The range is 100 to 16000 packets per second. The default is 200.
Reliable Multicast
IGMPv2 Fast Leave
Support
Enabled: This feature allows ePMP to support IGMP capable devices.
Once a multicast group is identified, the AP allows multicast traffic to be sent only to the SMs within the multicast group. The SMs support up to
5 unique multicast groups. In addition, when this option is enabled, the multicast traffic is sent to the SMs using the current Downlink MCS rate.
Disabled: ePMP will still support IGMP capable devices but the multicast traffic will be sent using MCS 1 on the downlink to all SMs, regardless of the multicast group.
Disabled: AP will not drop any IGMPv2 Leave packets
Enabled: AP will drop/ignore IGMPv2 Leave packets from SMs if there are other SMs downstream still subscribed to the IGMP group.
Advanced
IPv6 Support
Spanning Tree
Protocol
Systemwide IPv6 Protocol Support. When enabled, appropriate IPv6 modules and services will be loaded.
Disabled: When disabled, Spanning Tree Protocol (802.1d) functionality is disabled at the AP.
Enabled: When enabled, Spanning Tree Protocol (802.1d) functionality is enabled at the AP, allowing for prevention of Ethernet bridge loops.
Management Access Ethernet: Only allow access to the AP’s web management interface via a local Ethernet (LAN) connection. In this configuration, the AP’s web management interface may not be accessed from over the air (i.e. from a device situated below the SM).
Ethernet and Wireless: Allow access to the AP’s web management interface via a local Ethernet (LAN) connection and from over the air (i.e. from a device situated below the SM).
Caution
APs configured with AP Management Access Interface set to LAN and
WLAN are susceptible to unauthorized access.
026v003
148
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Attribute
SM Traffic Isolation
DHCP Option 82
LLDP
LLDP Mode
Meaning
Disabled: This is the default mode. When SM isolation is disabled, an
SM is able to communicate with another SM, when both the SM’s are associated to the same Access Point (AP).
Enabled: When SM Isolation feature is “Enabled”, SM#1 will not be able to communicate with SM#2 (peer-to-peer traffic) when both the SM’s are associated with the same Access Point (AP). This feature essentially enables the AP to drop the packets to avoid peer-to-peer traffic scenario.
Disabled: When ‘Disabled’, ePMP does not insert the "remote-id" (option
ID 0x2) and the "circuit-id" (ID 0x01) . DHCP Option 82 is ‘Disabled’ by default.
Enabled: ePMP inserts “remote-id” (option ID 0×2) to be the SM’s MAC address and the “circuit-id” (ID 0×01) to be the AP’s MAC address.
Those two fields are used to identify the remote device and connection from which the DHCP request was received.
The Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP) is a vendor-neutral link layer protocol (as specified in IEEE 802.1AB)l used by ePMP for advertising its identity, capabilities, and neighbors on the Ethernet/wired interface.
Disabled: ePMP does not Receive or Transmit LLDP packets from/to its neighbors.
Enabled: ePMP can Receive LLDP packets from its neighbors and Send
LLDP packets to its neighbors, depending on the LLDP Mode configuration below.
Note
LLDP packets are Received/Transmitted ONLY to the neighbors on the
Ethernet Interface of the ePMP radio.
Receive and Transmit: ePMP sends and receives LLDP packets to/from its neighbors on the Ethernet/LAN interface.
Receive Only: ePMP receives LLDP packets from its neighbors on the
Ethernet/LAN interface and discovers them.
026v003
149
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
AP Security page
The AP’s Security page is used to configure system security features including SM authentication and Layer2/Layer3 Firewall rules.
Caution
If a device firewall rule is added with Action set to Deny and Interface set to LAN or WAN and no other rule attribute are configured, the device will drop all Ethernet or wireless traffic, respectively. Ensure that all firewall rules are specific to the type of traffic which must be denied, and that no rules exist in the devices with only Action set to Deny and Interface set to LAN or WAN. To regain access to the device, perform a factory default.
Figure 42 AP Security page
026v003
150
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Table 81 AP Security attributes
Attribute
Security Options
Meaning
Wireless Security Open: All SMs requesting network entry are allowed registration.
WPA2: The WPA2 mechanism provides AES radio link encryption and
SM network entry authentication. When enabled, the SM must register using the Authentication Pre-shared Key configured on the AP and SM.
RADIUS: Enables the connection to a pre-configured RADIUS server.
WPA2
WPA2 Pre-shared Key Configure this key on the AP. Then configure each of the network SMs with this key to complete the authentication configuration. This key must be between 8 to 128 symbols.
RADIUS
Servers
Server Retries
For more Radio servers, click Add. Up to 3 Radius servers can be configured on the device with the following attributes:
IP Address: IP Address of the Radius server on the network.
Port: The Radius server port. Default is 1812.
Secret: Secret key that is used to communicate with the Radius server.
Number of times the radio will retry authentication with the configured
Radius server before it fails authentication of the SM.
Server Timeout
GUI User
Authentication
Timeout between each retry with the configured Radius server before it fails authentication of the SM.
This applies to both the AP and its registered SMs.
Device Local Only: The device’s GUI authentication is local to the device using one of the accounts configured under Configuration-
>System->Account Management.
Remote RADIUS Server Only: The device’s GUI authentication is performed using a RADIUS server.
Remote RADIUS Server and Fallback to Local: The device’s GUI authentication is performed using a RADIUS server. Upon failure of authentication through a RADIUS server, the authentication falls back to one of the local accounts configured under Configuration->System-
>Account Management.
Firewalls
Layer 2 Firewall Disabled: Modifications to the Layer 2 Firewall Table are not allowed and rules are not enforced.
Enabled: Modifications to the Layer 2 Firewall Table are allowed and rules are enforced.
026v003
151
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Attribute
Firewall Rules
Layer 3 Firewall
Firewall Rules
Meaning
The Layer 2 firewall table may be used to configure rules matching layer 2 (MAC layer) traffic which result in forwarding or dropping the traffic over the radio link or Ethernet interface.
Disabled: Modifications to the Layer 3 Firewall Table are not allowed and rules are not enforced.
Enabled: Modifications to the Layer 3 Firewall Table are allowed and rules are enforced.
The Layer 3 firewall table may be used to configure rules matching layer 3 (IP layer) traffic which result in forwarding or dropping the traffic over the radio link or Ethernet interface.
Wireless MAC Address Filtering
Wireless MAC Filter Disabled: SMs with any MAC Address are allowed to register to the
AP.
Enabled: SMs with specific MAC address can be allowed (Permit) or denied (Prevent) registration with the AP as configured under the MAC
Filter List.
Wireless MAC Filter
Policy
Wireless MAC Filter
List
MAC Address
Description
Prevent: All MAC Addresses configured under the MAC Filter List are denied registration to the AP.
Permit: Only the MAC Addresses configured under the MAC Filter List are allowed to register to the AP.
Configure the SM’s MAC addresses that will be permitted or prevented from registering to the AP.
MAC Address of the SM
Friendly description to identify the SM
026v003
152
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
AP MONITOR MENU
Use the Monitor menu to access device and network statistics and status information. This section may be used to analyze and troubleshoot network performance and operation.
The Monitor menu contains the following pages:
AP Performance page on page 154
on page
on page
026v003
153
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
AP Performance page
Use the Performance page to monitor system status and statistics to analyze and troubleshoot network performance and operation.
Figure 43 AP Performance page
026v003
154
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Table 82 AP Performance page attributes
Attribute Meaning
Time Since Last Reset Time since the stats were last reset.
Ethernet Statistics - Transmitted
Total Traffic Total amount of traffic in Kbits transferred from the AP’s Ethernet interface.
Total Packets
Packet Errors
Total number of packets transferred from the AP’s Ethernet interface.
Total number of packets transmitted out of the AP’s Ethernet interface with errors due to collisions, CRC errors, or irregular packet size.
Packet Drops
Multicast/Broadcast
Traffic
Broadcast Packets
Total number of packets dropped prior to sending out of the AP’s
Ethernet interface due to Ethernet setup or filtering issues.
Total amount of multicast and broadcast traffic in Kbits sent via the
AP’s Ethernet interface.
Total number of broadcast packets sent via the AP’s Ethernet interface.
Total number of multicast packets sent via the AP’s Ethernet interface.
Multicast Packets
Ethernet Statistics - Received
Total Traffic Total amount of traffic in Kbits received by the AP’s Ethernet interface.
Total Packets
Packet Errors
Packet Drops
Total number of packets received by the AP’s Ethernet interface.
Total number of packets received by the AP’s Ethernet interface with errors due to collisions, CRC errors, or irregular packet size.
Total number of packets dropped prior to sending out of the AP’s wireless interface due to Ethernet setup or filtering issues.
Total amount of multicast and broadcast traffic in Kbits received by the AP’s Ethernet interface.
Multicast/Broadcast
Traffic
Broadcast Packets
Multicast Packets
Total number of broadcast packets received via the AP’s Ethernet interface.
Total number of multicast packets received via the AP’s Ethernet interface.
Wireless Statistics – Downlink
Total Traffic Total amount of traffic transmitted out of the AP’s wireless interface in
Kbits.
Total Packets
Error Drop Packets
Total number of packets transmitted out of the AP’s wireless interface.
Total number of packets dropped after transmitting out of the AP’s
Wireless interface due to RF errors (No acknowledgement and other
RF related packet error).
026v003
155
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Attribute Meaning
Capacity Drop Packets Total number of packets dropped after transmitting out of the AP’s
Wireless interface due to capacity issues (data buffer/queue overflow or other performance or internal packet errors).
Retransmission Packets Total number of packets re-transmitted after transmitting out of the
AP’s Wireless interface due to the packets not being received by the
SMs.
Multicast / Broadcast
Traffic
Total amount of multicast and broadcast traffic transmitted out of the
AP’s wireless interface in Kbits.
Broadcast Packets
Multicast Packets
Total number of broadcast packets transmitted out of the AP’s wireless interface.
Total number of multicast packets transmitted out of the AP’s wireless interface.
Wireless Statistics – Uplink
Total amount of traffic received via the AP’s wireless interface in Kbits. Total Traffic
Total Packets
Error Drop Packets
Total number of packets received via the AP’s wireless interface.
Total number of packets dropped prior to sending out of the AP’s
Ethernet interface due to RF errors (packet integrity error and other RF related packet error).
Multicast / Broadcast
Traffic
Broadcast packets
Multicast Packets
Total amount of multicast and broadcast traffic received on the AP’s wireless interface in Kbits.
Total number of broadcast packets received on the AP’s wireless interface.
Total number of multicast packets received on the AP’s wireless interface.
System Statistics
Session Drops
Device Reboots
Network Entry
Attempts
Successful Network
Attempts
Total number of SM sessions dropped on the AP.
Total number of reboots of the AP.
Total number of Network Entry Attempts by all the SMs on the AP.
Total number of successful network entry attempts.
Network Entry
Authentication Failures
Total number of failed Network Entry Attempts by all the SMs on the
AP.
Radar (DFS) Detections Total number of DFS events that were detected by the AP.
Subscriber Module Statistics
MAC Address MAC Address of the SM connected to the AP.
026v003
156
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Attribute
Total Uplink
Total Uplink Packets
Uplink Packet Drops
Meaning
Total amount of traffic received via the AP’s wireless interface from this SM in Kbits.
Total number of packets received via the AP’s wireless interface from this SM.
Total number of packets dropped prior to sending out of the AP’s
Ethernet interface due to RF errors (packet integrity error and other RF related packet error) from this SM.
Total Downlink Total amount of traffic transmitted out of the AP’s wireless interface in
Kbits.
Total Downlink Packets Total number of packets transmitted out of the AP’s wireless interface.
Downlink Packet Drops Total number of packets dropped after transmitting out of the AP’s
Wireless interface due to RF errors (No acknowledgement and other
RF related packet error).
Downlink Capacity
Packet Drops
Total number of packets dropped after transmitting out of the AP’s
Wireless interface due to capacity issues (data buffer/queue overflow or other performance or internal packet errors).
Downlink
Retransmitted Packets
MCS 0 through
MCS 15
Total number of packets re-transmitted after transmitting out of the
AP’s Wireless interface due to the packets not being received by the
SM.
Downlink Power The transmit power of the AP for the downlink packets to the SM.
Downlink Packets per MCS
Number of packets (and percentage of total packets) transmitted out of the AP’s wireless interface for every modulation mode used by the
AP’s transmitter, based on radio conditions.
Uplink Packets per MCS
MCS 0 through
MCS 15
Number of packets (and percentage of total packets) received on the
AP’s wireless interface for every modulation mode, based on radio conditions.
Downlink Frame Time
Total Frame Time Used Percentage of frame time used in the downlink.
Uplink Frame Time
Total Frame Time Used Percentage of frame time used in the uplink.
026v003
157
AP System page
Use the System Status page to reference key system information.
Figure 44 AP System Status page
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Table 83 AP System Status page attributes
Attribute
Hardware Version
Meaning
Board hardware version information.
Serial Number
(MSN)
Firmware Version
Serial Number information.
U-Boot version information.
Software Version
(Active Bank)
Software Version
(Inactive Bank)
The currently operating version of software on the ePMP device.
Device-Agent
Version
The backup software version on the ePMP device, used upon failure of the active bank. Two software upgrades in sequence will update both the Active Software Bank Version and the Inactive Software Bank
Version.
The operating version of the device agent, which is used for communication with cnMaestro.
026v003
158
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Attribute
Date and Time
Meaning
Current date and time, subject to time zone offsets introduced by the configuration of the device Time Zone parameter. Until a valid NTP server is configured, this field will display the time configured from the factory.
The total system uptime since the last device reset.
The hardware address of the device wireless interface.
System Uptime
Wireless MAC
Address
Ethernet MAC
Address
DFS Status
The hardware address of the device LAN (Ethernet) interface.
Sync Source Status
Read-Only Users
Read-Write Users
Factory Reset Via
Power Sequence
N/A: DFS operation is not required for the region configured in parameter Country Code.
Channel Availability Check: Prior to transmitting, the device must check the configured Frequency Carrier for radar pulses for 60 seconds). If no radar pulses are detected, the device transitions to state In-Service
Monitoring.
In-Service Monitoring: Radio is transmitting and receiving normally while monitoring for radar pulses which require a channel move.
Radar Signal Detected: The receiver has detected a valid radar pulse and is carrying out detect-and-avoid mechanisms (moving to an alternate channel).
In-Service Monitoring at Alternative Channel: The radio has detected a radar pulse and has moved operation to a frequency configured in DFS
Alternative Frequency Carrier 1 or DFS Alternative Frequency Carrier 2.
System Not In Service due to DFS: The radio has detected a radar pulse and has failed channel availability checks on all alternative frequencies.
The non-occupancy time for the radio frequencies in which radar was detected is 30 minutes.
Displays the current source (GPS, CMM or Internal) of sync timing for the AP.
Displays the number of active Read-Only users logged into the radio.
Displays the number of active Read-Write users logged into the radio.
Enabled: When Enabled under Tools->Backup/Restore->Reset Via Power
Sequence, it is possible to reset the radio’s configuration to factory
Disabled: When Disabled, it is not possible to factory default the radio’s configuration using the power cycle sequence.
026v003
159
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Attribute cnMaestro
Connection Status cnMaestro Account
ID
Meaning
The current management status of the device with respect to the
Cambium Cloud Server. When Enabled under Configuration->System, the device will be managed by the Cambium Remote Management
System, which allows all Cambium devices to be managed from the
Cambium Cloud Server.
The ID that the device is currently using to be managed by the Cambium
Cloud Server.
026v003
160
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
AP Wireless page
Use the Wireless Status page to reference key information about the radio’s wireless interface and connected SMs.
Figure 45 AP Wireless Status page (ePMP 2000 – List View)
Figure 46 AP Wireless Status page (ePMP 1000 – Detail View)
026v003
161
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Table 84 AP Wireless Status page attributes
Attribute Meaning
Operating Frequency The current frequency at which the AP is operating.
The current channel size at which the AP is transmitting and receiving. Operating Channel
Bandwidth
Transmitter Output
Power
Device Initialization
Status
The current power level at which the AP is transmitting.
This field indicate the status of the device initialization. Values are
Successful and Error code for fail case. Please pay attention that in fail case device cannot be used in operating mode due to major hardware problem.
The total number of SMs which are currently registered to the AP. Registered
Subscriber Modules
Ethernet Interface
Wireless Interface
Up: The Ethernet (LAN) interface is functioning properly.
Down: The Ethernet (LAN) interface has encountered an error and is not servicing traffic.
Up: The radio (WAN) interface is functioning properly.
Down: The radio (WAN) interface has encountered an error and is not servicing traffic.
Country
Registered
Subscriber Modules
MAC Address
IP Address
IPv6 Address
The current country code at which the AP is operating.
Use the Registered Subscriber Modules table to monitor registered SMs, their key RF status and statistics information.
Clicking this button deregisters the SM from the AP
The MAC address of the SM wireless interface.
The IPv4 address of the SM wireless interface.
The IPv6 address of the SM wireless interface.
Device Name Device Name of the SM
SM Distance (miles) Distance of the SM from the AP
Session Time Time duration for which the SM has been registered and in session with the AP.
RSSI (dBm) Downlink
/ Uplink
SNR (dB) Downlink /
Uplink
Current receive signal strength of the AP at the SM, in the downlink and the current receive signal strength of the SM at the AP, in the uplink. The downlink RSSI is an estimation. For accurate downlink RSSI, please refer to the SM’s Home page.
Current Signal-to-Noise of the SM in the downlink and uplink
026v003
162
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Attribute
MCS Downlink /
Uplink
Downlink Quality
Meaning
Current MCS at which the SM is operating on the downlink and uplink
Downlink Capacity
MIR Profile
The downlink quality based on the current MCS and PER (Packet Error
Rate) for this SM
The downlink capacity based on the current DL MCS with respect to the highest supported MCS (MCS15). Not available in ePTP Master mode.
Current MIR profile assigned to this SM
“SERVER” indicates that the MIR values are assigned by the RADIUS server
Current downlink and uplink MIR assigned to this SM in kbps MIR Rate (kbps)
Downlink / Uplink
Antenna Selected Indicates the antenna for which uplink communication is conducted,
Sector or Smart Antenna.
When Smart Antenna is displayed, an indicator of the angle (in degrees) of the antenna pattern is also displayed. The V value represents vertical polarity and the H value represents horizontal polarity, both relative to boresight.
026v003
163
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
AP Throughput Chart page
Use the Throughput page to reference a line chart visual representation of system throughput over time. The blue line indicates downlink throughput and the orange line indicates uplink throughput.
The X-axis may be configured to display data over seconds, minutes, or hours, and the Y-axis is adjusted automatically based on average throughput. Hover over data points to display details.
Figure 47 AP Throughput Chart page
Table 85 AP Throughput Chart page attributes
Attribute Meaning
Throughput
Measurement Period
Adjust the X-axis to display throughput intervals in seconds, minutes, or hours.
026v003
164
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
AP GPS page
Use the GPS Status page to reference key information about the radio’s configured GPS coordinates.
Figure 48 AP GPS Status page
026v003
165
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Table 86 AP GPS Status page attributes
Attribute
On-board GPS
Latitude
Meaning
On a GPS Synchronized ePMP radio, the field is automatically populated with the Device Latitude information from the on-board GPS chip.
On-board GPS
Longitude
On-board GPS
Height
GPS Time
(Greenwich Mean
Time)
GPS Firmware version
Satellites Tracked
On a GPS Synchronized ePMP radio, the field is automatically populated with the Device Longitude information from the on-board GPS chip.
On a GPS Synchronized ePMP radio, the field is automatically populated with the Device height above sea level from the on-board GPS chip.
On a GPS Synchronized ePMP radio, the field is automatically populated with the time from the on-board GPS chip.
Satellites Visible
Satellites
ID
On a GPS Synchronized ePMP radio, the field indicates the current firmware version of the on-board GPS chip.
On a GPS Synchronized ePMP radio, the field indicates the number of satellites current tracked by the on-board GPS chip.
On a GPS Synchronized ePMP radio, the field indicates the number of satellites visible to the on-board GPS chip.
The Satellites table provides information about each satellite that is visible or tracked along with the Satellite ID and Signal to Noise Ratio
(SNR) of the satellite.
Represents the Satellite ID.
Signal-to-Noise Ratio This is an expression of the carrier signal quality with respect to signal noise.
Status Status of each Satellite available.
026v003
166
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
AP Network page
Use the AP Network Status page to reference key information about the device network status.
Figure 49 AP Network Status page
Table 87 AP Network Status page attributes
Attribute Meaning
Ethernet Status
IP Assignment Static: Device management IP addressing is configured manually in fields Device IP Address (LAN), IP Subnet Mask (LAN), Gateway IP
Address (LAN) and DNS Server IP Address (LAN).
DHCP: Device management IP addressing (IP address, subnet mask, gateway, and DNS server) is assigned via a network DHCP server, and parameters Device IP Address (LAN), IP Subnet Mask (LAN), Gateway IP
Address (LAN), and DNS Server IP Address (LAN) are unused.
IP Address
Subnet Mask
The current IP Address mode of the device (static or DHCP).
The currently configured device IP subnet mask.
026v003
167
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Attribute
IPv6 Link Local
Address
IPv6 Address
MTU Size
Ethernet Status
Multicast Status
Meaning
A link-local address is required for the IPv6-enabled interface
(applications may rely on the link-local address even when there is no
IPv6 routing). The IPv6 link-local address is comparable to the autoconfigured IPv4 address 169.254.0.0/16.
The IPv6 address for device management.
The currently configured Maximum Transmission Unit for the AP’s
Ethernet (LAN) interface. Larger MTU configurations can enable the network to operate with greater efficiency, but in the case of retransmissions due to packet errors, efficiency is reduced since large packets must be resent in the event of an error.
Up: The device Ethernet interface is functioning and passing data.
Down: The device Ethernet interface has encountered an error disallowing full operation. Reset the device to reinitiate the Ethernet interface.
The current Ethernet port speed of the radio.
The current Ethernet port duplex mode of the radio.
Port Speed
Port Duplex Mode
Wireless Status
Wireless Interface
IP address
Subnet Mask
Default Gateway
Network Status
DNS Server IP
DHCP Option 82
Up: The device wireless interface is functioning and passing data
Down: The device wireless interface has encountered an error disallowing full operation. Reset the device to reinitiate the wireless interface.
Currently unused.
Currently unused.
IP address that is currently assigned.
Represents the IP address of the DNS Server.
Enabled: ePMP inserts “remote-id” (option ID 0×2) to be SM’s MAC address and the “circuit-id” (ID 0×01) to be the AP’s MAC address.
Those two fields are used to identify the remote device and connection where the DHCP request was received and DHCP server can assign IP address accordingly.
Disabled: When ‘Disabled’, AP passes the bootP traffic unaffected. DHCP
Option 82 is ‘Disabled’ by default.
026v003
168
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Attribute
Multicast Processing
Meaning
Displays the rate at which multicast traffic is sent on the downlink.
Multicast Using Fixed MCS: Multicast traffic is sent to the SMs on the downlink at MCS 1.
Multicast Using Best MCS: Multicast traffic is converted to unicast and sent to the SMs at the current MCS capability on the downlink.
Displays the current number of multicast groups that the AP has identified from IGMP devices connected to the registered SMs.
Total Multicast
Groups
ARP Table
MAC Address
IP Address
Interface
Bridge Table
MAC address
Port
Subscriber Module
MAC
Aging Timer (secs)
MAC Address of the devices on the bridge.
IP Address of the devices on the bridge.
Interface on which the AP identified the devices on.
The hardware address of the AP.
The port to which the device is connected.
MAC Address for one of the connected SMs.
Time set for the MAC addresses in the Bridge table.
026v003
169
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
AP System Log page
Use the AP System Log page to view the device system log and to download the log file to the accessing PC/device.
Figure 50 AP System Log page
Table 88 AP System Log attributes
Attribute
Syslog Display
Download
Meaning
Enabled: The system log file is displayed on the management GUI.
Disabled: The system log file is hidden on the management GUI.
Use this button to download the full system log file to a connected PC or device.
026v003
170
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
AP TOOLS MENU
The AP Tools menu provides several options for upgrading device software, configuration backup/restore, analyzing RF spectrum, testing device throughput, and running ping and traceroute tests.
on page
on page
on page
on page
on page
AP Automatic Channel Selection page
on page
on page
on page
on page
026v003
171
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
AP Software Upgrade page
Use the AP Software Upgrade page to update the device radio software to take advantage of new software features and improvements.
Caution
Please read the Release Notes associated with each software release for special notices, feature updates, resolved software issues, and known software issues.
The Release Notes may be accessed at the Cambium Support Center .
Figure 51 AP Software Upgrade page
Table 89 AP Software Upgrade attributes
Attribute Meaning
Main Software
Software Version
Software Version
(Active Bank) ePMP boards that do not have an onboard GPS have one bank of flash memory which contains a version of software. The version of software last upgraded onto the Flash memory is present on this bank of flash memory. This software will be used by the AP when the AP is rebooted. ePMP boards that have an onboard GPShave two banks of flash memory which each contain a version of software. The version of software last upgraded onto the Flash memory is made the Active
Bank. This software will be used by the AP when the AP is rebooted.
026v003
172
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Attribute
Software Version
(Inactive Bank)
Firmware Version
Upgrade Options
Select File
Meaning ePMP boards that have an onboard GPS have two banks of flash memory which each contain a version of software. The version of software that was the Active Bank is made the Inactive Bank when another version of software is upgraded onto the Flash memory. The
Inactive Bank of software will be used by the SM in case the Active
Bank cannot be used due to a failure condition.
The current U-Boot version.
URL: A webserver may be used to retrieve software upgrade packages
(downloaded to the device via the webserver). For example, if a webserver is running at IP address 192.168.2.1 and the software upgrade packages are located in the home directory, an operator may select option From URL and configure the Software Upgrade Source field to http://192.168.2.1/<software_upgrade_package>.
Local File: Click Browse to select the local file containing the software upgrade package.
Click Browse to select a local file (located on the device accessing the web management interface) for upgrading the device software.
GPS Firmware
Firmware Version
Upgrade Options
Select File
The current firmware of the on-board GPS chip (AXN_1.51_2801). After upgrading, this version should show as AXN_1.51_2838.
URL: A webserver may be used to retrieve GPS firmware upgrade packages (downloaded to the device via the webserver). For example, if a webserver is running at IP address 192.168.2.1 and the firmware upgrade packages are located in the home directory, an operator may select option
From URL and configure the GPS Firmware Upgrade Source field to http://192.168.2.1/<firmware_upgrade_package>.
Local File: Click Browse to select the local file containing the GPS firmware upgrade package.
Note
If the “GPS Firmware Version” under Monitor=>GPS Status shows “NOT
AVAILABLE”, it means that the on-board GPS chip has locked up. A power cycle of the ePMP unit is required to restore the connectivity to the chip before performing the GPS firmware upgrade.
Click Browse to select a local file (located on the device accessing the web management interface) for upgrading the on-board GPS chip firmware.
Note
Use the same package that is used to upgrade the device’s software. The new GPS firmware is part of the software upgrade packages.
026v003
173
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
To upgrade the device software from a local file (or network-accessible file), follow this procedure:
Procedure:
1
Download the software upgrade packages from https://support.cambiumnetworks.com/files/epmp
2 Clear the accessing browser cache
3 On the device GUI, navigate to Tools => Software Upgrade.
4 Select the Software Upgrade Source which represents the location of your software upgrade packages
5 Based on the configuration of Software Upgrade Source, enter either the Software
Upgrade Source or click the Browse button and locate the software package
6 Click Upgrade
7 When the upgrade completes successfully, click the Reset icon
To upgrade the GPS firmware from a local file (or network-accessible file), follow this procedure:
Procedure:
1
Download the software upgrade packages from https://support.cambiumnetworks.com/files/epmp
2 Clear the accessing browser cache
3 On the device GUI, navigate to Tools => Software Upgrade
4 Select the Upgrade Options under GPS Firmware which represents the location of your software upgrade packages
5 Based on the configuration of GPS Firmware Source, enter either the Upgrade Source or click the Browse button and locate the firmware package
6 Click Upgrade
7 When the upgrade completes successfully, click the Reset icon
026v003
174
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
AP Backup/Restore page
Use the AP Backup/Restore page to perform the following functions:
Back up the configuration in either text (.json) format or binary (.bin) format.
Restore the configuration of using a configuration file that was previously backed up.
Reset the device to its factory default configuration. For more factory defaulting methods, see: o
Using the device external reset button on page 300
o
Resetting ePMP to factory defaults by power cycling on page 301
Figure 52 AP Backup / Restore page
Table 90 AP Backup / Restore attributes
Attribute
Backup Configuration
Meaning
Configuration File
Format
Text (Editable): Choosing this option will download the configuration file in the .json format and can be viewed and/or edited using a standard text editor.
Binary (Secured): Choosing this option will download the configuration file in the .bin format and cannot be viewed and/or edited using an editor. Use this format for a secure backup.
026v003
175
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Attribute
Restore Configuration
Meaning
Select File Click Browse to select a local file (located on the device accessing the web management interface) for restoring the device configuration.
Factory Default Configuration
Reset Via Power
Sequence
Retain Passwords
Enabled: When Enabled, it is possible to reset the radio’s configuration to factory defaults using the power cycle sequence explained under
Resetting ePMP to factory defaults by power cycling
Disabled: When Disabled, it is not possible to factory default the radio’s configuration using the power cycle sequence.
When set to Enabled, then after a factory default of the radio for any reason, the passwords used for GUI and CLI access will not be defaulted and will remain unchanged. The default value of this field is Disabled.
Keep Licenses
Keep Passwords
Reset to Factory
Defaults
Caution
If the passwords cannot be retrieved after the factory default, access to the radio will be lost/unrecoverable. This feature prevents unauthorized users from gaining access to the radio for any reason, including theft.
When the Keep Licenses checkbox is selected, enacted functionality licenses will be retained upon a factory default procedure.
When the Keep Passwords checkbox is selected, the passwords used for
GUI and CLI access will not be defaulted and will remain unchanged.
This is one-time option, and it does not apply to factory default procedures completed by power cycling (Reset Via Power Sequence).
Use this button to reset the device to its factory default configuration.
Caution
A reset to factory default configuration resets all device parameters.
With the SMs in default configuration it may not be able to register to an
AP configured for your network.
026v003
176
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
AP License Management page
The AP License Management page may be used to enter a license key to convert a Lite AP (limited to 10 connected SMs) to a Full AP (limited to platform capacity of 120).
Figure 53 AP License Management page
Table 91 AP License Management attributes
Attribute
License Key
Meaning
The "License Key" is obtained from support.cambiumnetworks.com and must be entered into this field to enable additional functionality
(registration capacity, ePMP Elevate support) of the ePMP device.
Note
The AP’s Keep Licenses option may be utilized to retain licensed functionality upon a factory default procedure.
026v003
177
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
AP eDetect page
The eDetect tool (not available in ePTP Master mode) is used to measure the 802.11 interference at the ePMP radio or system when run from the AP, on the current operating channel. When the tool is run, the ePMP device processes all frames received from devices not connected to the ePMP system and collects the interfering frame’s information such as MAC Address, RSSI, and MCS. Use the AP eDetect page to perform the following functions:
Collect information about interferers system wide on the AP and the SMs connected to it to display on the APs GUI.
Collect information about interferers locally at the AP only to display on the AP’s GUI.
Figure 54 AP eDetect page
026v003
178
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Table 92 AP eDetect attributes
Attribute
Detecting Device
Detection Duration
Meaning
AP: Choosing this option will collect information about interferers local to the AP.
AP/SMs: Choosing this option collect information about interferers system wide i.e. interferers local to the AP as well as interferers at the
SMs connected to the AP.
Configure the duration for which the AP (and SMs) scan for interferers.
Interferers’ MAC
Interferers’ RSSI
(dBm)
Interferers’ MCS
Caution
During the scanning period, the AP continues servicing the SMs under it, and there is no outage (unlike running a Spectrum Analyzer). There may be a negligible degradation in overall sector throughput.
Start/Stop
Export to CSV
Status
SSID
Detection Results
Device MAC
Device RSSI (dBm)
Use to start or stop the interference detection.
Choose this option to export the detection results to .csv format.
Current status of the Interference Detection tool.
The current configured name/SSID of the AP.
Use the Detection Results table to monitor interferers at the AP and at the registered SMs and their key RF parameters.
Device Instant Health This is an indicator of the device’s health in terms of channel conditions in the presence of interferer(s).
Green: Indicates that the channel is relatively clean and has good C/I levels (>25dB). The interference level is low.
Yellow: Indicates that the channel has moderate or intermittent interference (C/I between 10dB and 25dB).
Red: Indicates that the channel has high interference and poor C/I levels
(<10dB).
The MAC address of the AP and/or SMs wireless interface.
Device MCS
The Received Signal Strength Indicator, which is a measurement of the power level being received by the device’s antenna.
Modulation and Coding Scheme – indicates the modulation mode used for the radio’s receiver side, based on radio conditions (MCS 1-7, 9-15).
The MAC address of the interferer’s wireless interface.
The Received Signal Strength Indicator, which is a measurement of the interferer’s power level being received by the device’s antenna.
Modulation and Coding Scheme – indicates the modulation mode used by the interferer, based on radio conditions (MCS 1-15).
026v003
179
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Note
The system is operational when the eDetect tool is initiated. The detection is done during the transmission period within the TDD frame. And it is possible that the AP detects another AP on its back sector as an interferer when it is using the same frequency carrier in a GPS
Synchronized system. Also, since the detection happens when the system is operational, there may be a negligible degradation in overall sector throughput when run from the AP.
026v003
180
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
AP Spectrum Analyzer page
Use the AP Spectrum Analyzer page download the spectrum analyzer tool.
To download the spectrum analyzer tool, the AP Device Mode must be set to Spectrum Analyzer.
Java Runtime Environment is required to run the AP spectrum analyzer.
Caution
Conducting spectrum analysis causes the AP to enter scan mode and the AP drops all RF connections.
Vary the days and times when you analyze the spectrum in an area. The RF environment can change throughout the day or throughout the week.
To conduct a spectrum analysis, follow this procedure:
Required Software:
Java Run-time Environment (JRE)
Procedure:
1 On the AP GUI, navigate to Configuration => Radio
2 Change the Radio Mode to Spectrum Analyzer
3 Click the Save button
4 Click the Reset button
5 Login to the AP GUI and navigate to Tools => Spectrum Analyzer.
6 Click Download Spectrum Analyzer Tool
7 Locate the folder to which the spectrum analyzer tool was saved and double-click on file csa.jnlp
to launch the tool
8 If a security warning window appears, check the box next to “I accept the risk and want to
run this application”
026v003
181
9 In the security warning window, click Run
The spectrum analyzer interface is displayed
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
10 Click Range to configure the range of frequencies to scan.
11 Click Start Scan to begin scanning
Display of the average, peak, current, and minimum power levels for the configured range
Statistical display of the number of times each frequency in the range was scanned
Spectrogram display of the energy levels detected throughout the configured range, over time
026v003
182
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Once the scanning completes, follow these steps to return the device to AP operation:
Procedure:
1 In the spectrum analyzer application, click Stop Scan
2 Close the spectrum analyzer application by clicking File => Exit
3 On the AP GUI, navigate to Configure => Radio
4 Configure Device Mode to AP
5 Click the Save button
6 Click the Reset button
026v003
183
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
AP Automatic Channel Selection page
Use the Automatic Channel Selection page to use the Automatic Channel Selection feature to allow the AP to choose the best channel possible under the current RF environment. This feature is not available when the AP is in ePTP Master mode.
Figure 55 AP Automatic Channel Selection
026v003
184
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Table 93 Automatic Channel Selection
Attribute Meaning
Automatic Channel
Selection
Enabled – This enables the Automatic Channel Selection (ACS) feature.
ACS allows the radio to scan the entire band (governed by the Country setting) and chooses a channel with the lowest channel occupancy i.e. lowest interference level. To run the ACS feature (once enabled), the radio will have to be rebooted or manually triggered using Tools-
>Automatic Channel Selection. When ACS is running, the radio measures the occupancy level of the channel (measured in terms of an internal interference metric) and uses an algorithm to make a decision to choose the best channel within the band. The channel chosen is not based just on the occupancy level channel but also the occupancy level of adjacent channels.
Disabled – ACS is disabled and the operator should configure a
Frequency Carrier manually.
Note
The channel bandwidth configured prior to enabling and running ACS will be used to automatically select a channel. For ex: If the operator manually configured a channel bandwidth of 20MHz, ACS will scan and choose a channel of 20MHz wide channel. To switch ACS to 40MHz or other channel bandwidth, the operator should disable ACS, manually configure 40MHz or desired channel bandwidth on the radio, then enable and run ACS.
Scan Channel
Bandwidth
Configure the channel size for which the radio needs to scan the band.
Minimum Dwell Time
Configure the minimum time in milliseconds for which the radio needs to scan a channel to measure channel occupancy or interference levels.
Default is 200 ms.
Maximum Dwell Time Configure the maximum time in milliseconds for which the radio needs to scan a channel to measure channel occupancy or interference levels.
Default is 300 ms.
Results
Click this button to download the most recent ACS results in .csv format.
026v003
185
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
AP eAlign page
Use the eAlign page to aid with link alignment.
Note
A valid link to an SM is required to provide meaningful RSSI measurements.
Figure 56 AP eAlign
Table 94 eAlign
Attribute
Operating Frequency
Registered SM MAC
Address
Current RSSI
Peak RSSI
Reset Measurements
Meaning
The current frequency at which the AP is operating.
The MAC address of the SM that is registered to the AP.
Current RSSI value measured on the uplink by the AP’s receiver.
Peak RSSI value measured by the AP’s receiver from the time the user navigated to the eAlign page.
Click this button to reset all current measurements.
026v003
186
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Caution ePMP supports Automatic Transmit Power Control (ATPC) where the SMs are instructed by the AP to adjust their Tx power in order for the SM’s signal (UL RSSI) to arrive at the AP at a predetermined RSSI level (configurable on the AP under Configuration->Radio->Power
Control->Subscriber Module Target Receive Level). This feature is beneficial to keep the overall noise floor in the sector to an acceptable level and is critical for deploying a GPS
Synchronized system. However, the feature negates the purpose of eAlign measurements on the AP since, during the alignment, the SM may constantly change its Tx power. It is recommended to turn off ATPC and set the SM’s Tx power to maximum allowable power during alignment.
While aligning the link using eAlign, please follow these steps:
Procedure:
1 On the SM, set Configuration->Radio->Power Control->Tx Power Manual Limit to Max Tx
Output Power
2 Set Configuration->Radio->Power Control->Transmitter Output Power to 30 dBm (or maximum value allowed by regulations).
3 Click the Save button
4 Perform link alignment using eAlign
5 Once alignment is complete, set Configuration->Radio->Power Control->Tx Power Manual
Limit back to Auto
6 Click the Save button
026v003
187
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
AP Wireless Link Test page
Use the AP Wireless Link Test page to conduct a simple test of AP wireless throughput to any one of the connected SMs. This allows user to determine the throughput that can be expected on a particular link without having to use external tools.
Figure 57 AP Wireless Link Test
026v003
188
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Table 95 AP Wireless Link Test attributes
AP Ping page
Attribute
Test Setup
Meaning
SM MAC Address
Packet Size
Duration
Uplink Antenna
Selection
Downlink
Uplink
Enter the MAC Address of one of the connected SMs or simply click the
Select button of the SM desired in the “Registered Subscriber Modules” list.
Choose the Packet Size to use for the throughput test.
Choose the time duration in seconds to use for the throughput test.
Uplink Antenna Selection specifies the antenna to be used in the uplink for the wireless link test. The antenna cannot be forced if it is already configured to Forced Sector Antenna or Forced Smart Antenna in section Configuration > Radio.
This field indicates the result of the throughput test on the downlink, in
Mbps.
This field indicates the result of the throughput test on the uplink, in
Mbps.
Aggregate
Registered
Subscriber Modules
This field indicates the result of the aggregate throughput on the link, in
Mbps. Displayed only when Downlink/Uplink Ratio is set to 75/25, 50/50 or 30/70.
Use the Registered Subscriber Modules table to monitor registered SMs and their key RF status and statistics information. Click Select on the SM that is desired to be used in the throughput test.
Use the AP Ping page to conduct a simple test of AP IP connectivity to other devices which are reachable from the network. If no ping response is received or if “Destination Host Unreachable” is reported, the target may be down, there may be no route back to the AP, or there may be a failure in the network hardware (i.e. DNS server failure).
026v003
189
Figure 58 AP Ping page
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Table 96 AP Ping attributes
Attribute Meaning
Ping
IP Address Version IPv4: The ping test is conducted via IPv4 protocol.
IPv6: The ping test is conducted via IPv6 protocol.
IP Address
Number of packets
(-c)
Buffer size (-s)
TTL (-t)
Ping results
Enter the IP address of the ping target.
Enter the total number of ping requests to send to the target.
Enter the number of data bytes to be sent.
Set the IP Time-To-Live (TTL) for multicast packets. This flag applies if the ping target is a multicast address.
Results of the Ping test are displayed in the box.
026v003
190
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
AP Traceroute page
Use the AP Traceroute page to display the route (path) and associated diagnostics for IP connectivity between the AP and the destination specified.
Figure 59 AP Traceroute page
Table 97 AP Traceroute attributes
Attribute
Traceroute
Meaning
IP Address
Fragmentation (-F)
Enter the IP address of the target of the traceroute diagnostic.
ON: Allow source and target to fragment probe packets.
OFF: Do not fragment probe packets (on source or target).
Trace method (-l)
Display TTL (-l)
Verbose (-v)
ICMP ECHO: Use ICMP ECHO for traceroute probes.
UDP: Use UDP for traceroute probes.
ON: Display TTL values for each hop on the route.
OFF: Suppress display of TTL values for each hop on the route.
ON: ICMP packets other than TIME_EXCEEDED and UNREACHABLE are displayed in the output.
OFF: Suppress display of extraneous ICMP messaging.
Traceroute Results Traceroute test results are displayed in the box.
026v003
191
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Using the SM menu options
Use the menu navigation bar in the top and left panels to navigate to each web page. The
functional area that may be accessed from each menu option is listed under Table 76 . Some of the
parameters are only displayed for specific system configurations.
Table 98 Functional areas accessed from each SM menu option
Menu option
Quick Start
Menu Details
Configuring SM units using the Quick Start menu on page 119
Configuration
Radio
SM Configuration menu on page 193
Quality of Service
System
Network
Security
Monitor
on page
Performance
System Status
Wireless Status
Throughput Chart
Network Status
System Log
Tools
Software Upgrade
Backup / Restore
eDetect
Spectrum Analyzer
eAlign
Wireless Link Test
Ping
SM Performance page on page 243
on page
on page
SM System Log page on page 263
on page
on page
SM Traceroute page on page 277
SM Backup / Restore page on page 268
on page
Traceroute
026v003
192
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
SM CONFIGURATION MENU
Use the Configuration menu to access all applicable device configuration parameters. It contains the following pages:
on page
026v003
193
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
SM Radio page
Use the Radio page to configure the device radio interface parameters.
Caution
Modifying radio parameters may result in a wireless outage. Plan configuration modifications accordingly.
Figure 60 SM Radio page (TDD or ePTP Slave mode)
026v003
194
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Table 99 SM Radio Configuration attributes (TDD mode or ePTP Slave mode)
Attribute
General
Meaning
Radio Mode
Driver Mode
This parameter controls the function of the device – All ePMP devices may be configured to operate as an Access Point (AP), Subscriber
Module (SM) or as a Spectrum Analyzer.
This parameter controls the wireless mode of operation of the SM.
TDD: The SM is operating in the proprietary TDD mode and will only connect to another ePMP Access Point.
Standard WiFi: The SM is operating in the Standard 802.11n WiFi mode and will be able to connect to any Access Point operating in standard
802.11n WiFi mode. ePTP Slave: The SM is operating as a Slave in point-to-point mode. The
AP and the system do not support GPS Synchronization in this mode but are able to provide significantly lower latency than other modes. QoS
(MIR and traffic priority) capability and Link Quality/Capacity indicators are not available in this mode.
Country
Range Unit
The SM automatically inherits the Country Code setting of the AP
(except for US-locked devices).
Country settings affect the radios in the following ways:
Maximum transmit power limiting (based on radio transmitter power plus configured antenna gain)
DFS operation is enabled based on the configured country code, if applicable
Frequency selection is based on local regulatory limits
The unit of measurement used for reporting Distance from AP.
Preferred AP List
Preferred APs The Preferred AP List is comprised of a list of up to 16 APs to which the
SM sequentially attempts registration. For each AP configured, if authentication is required, enter a Pre-shared Key associated with the configured AP SSID. When the SM is in Standard WiFi mode, the SMs will actively probe the SSIDs in this list to find APs with hidden SSIDs.
026v003
195
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Attribute Meaning
Subscriber Module Scanning
Scan Channel
Bandwidth
Click the button to unselect all channel bandwidths. The SM will not scan for any frequencies.
Click the button to select all channel bandwidths. The SM will scan all channel bandwidths, i.e. 5 MHz, 10 MHz, 20 MHz and 40 MHz.
Alternately choose individual channel bandwidth tabs and/or frequencies within each channel bandwidth tab for a customized scan list.
Power Control
Max Tx Power
Transmitter Output
Power
Antenna Gain
Network Entry RSSI
Threshold
Network Entry SNR
Threshold
Auto: The Access Point can control, using ATPC (Automatic Transmit
Power Control), the TX power of the SM up to the maximum capability of the SM’s transmitter (based on regulatory limits).
Manual: The Access Point can control the TX power of the SM up to the value configured in the Transmitter Output Power field below.
When Manual is selected, the SM will not transmit higher than the configured value in the field. Determines the maximum output power of the transmitter. The actual output power may be lower due to Automatic
Transmit Power Control (ATPC), where the AP instructs the SM to lower its power to meet the SM target Receive Level configured on the AP.
This value represents the amount of gain introduced by the unit’s internal antenna. This parameter is read-only for Integrated radios.
Set this parameter to the minimum Received Signal Strength Indicator
(RSSI) at the SM required for the SM to attempt registration to an AP.
For example, if the AP RSSI Threshold is set to -80 dBm, and the SM is receiving the AP signal at -85 dBm (RSSI = -85 dBm), the SM will not attempt to register to the AP.
Set this parameter to the minimum Signal-to-Noise Ratio (SNR) at the
SM required for the SM to attempt registration to an AP. For example, if the AP SNR Threshold is set to 30 dB and the SM is calculating its DL
SNR as 25 dB, the SM will not attempt to register to the AP.
026v003
196
Attribute
Uplink Antenna
Selection
Scheduler
Uplink Max Rate
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Meaning
Uplink Antenna Selection specifies the antenna to be used in the uplink.
This parameter is specific to SMs registered to ePMP 2000 APs configured with an optional Smart Antenna.
Auto: The AP decides which antenna to use (sector or Smart Antenna) for uplink communications based on internal quality metrics.
Forced Sector Antenna: The AP uses the Sector Antenna for uplink communications with SMs configured with this option
Forced Smart Antenna: The AP uses the smart antenna for uplink communications with SMs configured with this option
Note
If the AP is configured with Uplink Antenna Selection set to Auto and an SM is set to Forced Sector Antenna or Forced Smart Antenna, the
SM setting will be enforced.
If the AP is configured with Uplink Antenna Selection set to Forced
Sector Antenna or Forced Smart Antenna and a SM is set to a conflicting Forced setting, the AP’s setting will be enforced.
Configure the MCS (Modulation and Coding Scheme) rate beyond which the radio’s scheduler should not exceed when transmitting data traffic on the uplink. This is useful in situations where there is high variance and unpredictability in the interference present in the environment causing packet loss. Reducing the max rate to a lower MCS (than the default MCS 15) may help in these situations. Reducing the Uplink Max
Rate will result in reduced throughput capacity of the SM in the uplink.
Not available when SM is in ePTP Slave or Standard WiFi mode.
026v003
197
Figure 61 SM Radio page (Standard WiFi mode)
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
026v003
198
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Table 100 SM Radio Configuration attributes (Standard WiFi mode)
Attribute
General
Meaning
Radio Mode
Driver Mode
This parameter controls the function of the device – All ePMP devices may be configured to operate as an Access Point (AP), Subscriber
Module (SM) or as a Spectrum Analyzer.
This parameter controls the wireless mode of operation of the SM.
TDD: The SM is operating in the proprietary TDD mode and will only connect to another ePMP Access Point.
Standard WiFi: The SM is operating in the Standard 802.11n WiFi mode and will be able to connect to any Access Point operating in standard
802.11n WiFi mode. ePTP Slave: The SM is operating as a Slave in point-to-point mode. The
AP and the system do not support GPS Synchronization in this mode but are able to provide significantly lower latency than other modes. QoS
(MIR and traffic priority) capability and Link Quality/Capacity indicators are not available in this mode.
Fallback Country
Range Unit
The SM automatically inherits the Country Code setting of the AP
(except for US-locked devices).
Fallback Country is used by the SM if the AP does not provide a Country
Code to the SM during registration and affect the radios in the following ways:
Maximum transmit power limiting (based on radio transmitter power plus configured antenna gain)
DFS operation is enabled based on the configured country code, if applicable
Frequency selection is based on local regulatory limits
The unit of measurement used for configuring Distance to AP.
Preferred AP List
Preferred APs The Preferred AP List is comprised of a list of up to 16 APs to which the
SM sequentially attempts registration. For each AP configured, if authentication is required, enter a Pre-shared Key associated with the configured AP SSID.
026v003
199
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Attribute Meaning
Subscriber Module Scanning
Scan Channel
Bandwidth
Click the button to unselect all channel bandwidths. The SM will not scan for any frequencies.
Click the button to select all channel bandwidths. The SM will scan all channel bandwidths, i.e. 5 MHz, 10 MHz, 20 MHz and 40 MHz.
Alternately choose individual channel bandwidth tabs and/or frequencies within each channel bandwidth tab for a customized scan list.
Power Control
Tx Power Manual
Limit
Transmitter Output
Power
Antenna Gain
Network Entry RSSI
Threshold
Auto: The Access Point can control, using ATPC (Automatic Transmit
Power Control), the TX power of the SM up to the maximum capability of the SM’s transmitter (based on regulatory limits).
Max Tx Output Power: The Access Point can control the TX power of the
SM up to the value configured in the Transmitter Output Power field below.
The SM will not transmit higher than the configured value in the field.
Determines the maximum output power of the transmitter. The actual output power may be lower due to Automatic Transmit Power Control
(ATPC), where the AP instructs the SM to lower its power to meet the
SM target Receive Level configured on the AP.
This value represents the amount of gain introduced by the unit’s internal antenna. This parameter is read-only for Integrated radios.
Set this parameter to the minimum Received Signal Strength Indicator
(RSSI) at the SM required for the SM to attempt registration to an AP.
For example, if the AP RSSI Threshold is set to -80 dBm, and the SM is receiving the AP signal at -85 dBm (RSSI = -85 dBm), the SM will not attempt to register to the AP.
Scheduler
Distance to AP In Standard WiFi mode, this parameter represents cell coverage radius.
SMs outside the configured radius will not achieve optimal throughput.
It is recommended to configure Distance to AP to match the actual physical maximum range of the farthest subscriber. This must be configured to match the range of the farthest subscriber on all SMs under the AP regardless of their respective distance from the AP.
Advanced
026v003
200
Attribute
RTS Threshold
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Meaning
Configure the RTS packet size threshold for uplink data transmission.
Range is between 0–2347 octets. Typically, sending RTS/CTS frames does not occur unless the packet size exceeds this threshold. If the packet size that the node wants to transmit is larger than the threshold, the RTS/CTS handshake gets triggered. Otherwise, the data frame gets sent immediately.
026v003
201
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
SM Quality of Service page
The ePMP platform supports three QoS priority levels (not available in ePTP Master mode) using air fairness, priority-based starvation avoidance scheduling algorithm.
Ordering of traffic amongst the priority levels is based on a percentage of total link throughput. In other words, all priorities receive some throughput so that low priority traffic is not starved from transmission. In effect, the greatest amount of throughput is guaranteed to the VOIP priority level, then High, then Low.
Priority Level
Highest Priority ePMP Traffic Priority Label
VOIP (only utilized when VOIP Enable is set to Enabled)
Medium Priority High
Lowest Priority Low
By default, all traffic passed over the air interface is low priority. The SM’s Quality of Service page may be utilized to map traffic to certain priority levels using QoS classification rules. The rules included in the table are enforced starting with the first row of the table.
Caution
Each additional traffic classification rule increases device CPU utilization. Careful network traffic planning is required to efficiently use the device processor.
The ePMP platform also supports radio data rate limiting (Maximum Information Rate, or MIR) based on the configuration of the MIR table. Operators may add up to 16 MIR profiles on the AP, each with unique limits for uplink and downlink data rates. The SM field MIR Profile Setting is used to configure the appropriate MIR profile for limiting the SM’s data rate.
Figure 62 SM Quality of Service page
026v003
202
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Table 101 SM Quality of Service attributes
Attribute Meaning
Maximum Information Rate (MIR)
MIR Profile Number Configure the desired MIR (Maximum Information Rate) profile for SM operation. This profile must be configured on the AP else the default profile (0) is used.
Traffic Priority
Traffic Priority
VoIP Priority
Broadcast Priority
Multicast Priority
Subscriber Module
Priority
Enabled: The QoS Classification Rules table is editable and is utilized by the device to classify traffic.
Disabled: The QoS Classification Rules table is greyed-out and all traffic is sent at one priority level.
Enabled: When enabled, two entries are automatically added to the first and second rows of the QoS Classification Rules table, one with Rule
Type CoS (5) and one with Rule Type DSCP (46). The addition of these rules ensures that VoIP traffic passed over the radio downlink is given highest priority. The CoS and DSCP values may be modified to accommodate non-standard VoIP equipment.
Low Priority: All Broadcast traffic sent over the uplink is prioritized as low priority and is delivered to the AP after scheduled high priority and
VoIP traffic.
High Priority: All Broadcast traffic sent over the uplink is prioritized as high priority and is scheduled for delivery to the AP before low priority traffic but after VoIP traffic.
Low Priority: All Multicast traffic sent over the uplink is prioritized as low priority and is delivered to the AP after scheduled high priority and
VoIP traffic.
High Priority: All Multicast traffic sent over the uplink is prioritized as high priority and is scheduled for delivery to the AP before low priority traffic but after VoIP traffic.
Normal:
SM gives priority to the packets as defined in the rules which could be "Low", "High", or "VoIP". "Normal" priority will allow data to be added to the appropriate "High", "Low", and "VoIP" queues based on the
QoS rules. This is the default setting. If no rule is defined for a packet, then the packet priority will be “Low”.
High: SM places all data other than VoIP in the "High" queue. It will be given higher priority than SMs configured with “Low” and “Normal” when there is contention for bandwidth under the AP.
Low: "Low" priority will place all data that is not VoIP in "Low" priority queue. It will be given lower priority than SMs configured with “High” when there is contention for bandwidth under the same AP.
"VoIP" queue is the highest priority queue followed by "High" queue and then by "Low" queue. Higher priority queues have preference over lower priority queues, but will not starve them.
026v003
203
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Attribute
QoS Classification
Rules
Type
Details
Priority
Meaning
The QoS Classification Rules table contains all of the rules enforced by the device when passing traffic over the radio downlink. Traffic passed through the device is matched against each rule in the table; when a match is made the traffic is sent over the radio link using the priority defined in column Traffic Priority.
DSCP: Differentiated Services Code Point; traffic prioritization is based on the 6-bit Differentiated Services field in the IP header present in the packet entering the Ethernet port.
CoS: Class of Service; traffic prioritization is based on the 3-bit header present in the 802.1Q VLAN-tagged Ethernet frame header in the packet entering the SM’s Ethernet port.
VLAN ID: Traffic prioritization is based on the VLAN ID of the packet entering the SM’s Ethernet port.
EtherType: Traffic prioritization is based on 2 octet Ethertype field in the
Ethernet frame entering the SM’s Ethernet port. The Ethertype is used to identify the protocol of the data in the payload of the Ethernet frame.
IP: Traffic prioritization is based on the source and/or destination IP addresses of the packet entering the SM’s Ethernet port. A subnet mask may be included to define a range of IP addresses to match.
MAC: Traffic prioritization is based on the source and/or destination
MAC addresses of the packet entering the SM’s Ethernet port. A mask may be included to define a range of MAC addresses to match. The mask is made up of a hex representation of a series of 1s to start the mask and 0s that end the mask. A 1 may not follow a 0. Thus,
FF:FF:FF:FF:00:00 is allowed, but FF:00:FF:FF:FF:FF is not. The MAC address is combined with the mask to define the range of allowed MAC addresses.
The Rule Details column is used to further configure each classification rule specified in column Rule Type.
High: Traffic entering the SM’s Ethernet port is prioritized as “high priority” for sending over the radio link (traffic will be sent after VOIPclassified traffic, but before Low-classified traffic).
Low: Traffic entering the SM’s Ethernet port is prioritized as “low priority” for sending over the radio link (traffic will be sent after VOIPclassified and High-classified traffic is sent).
026v003
204
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
SM System page
The SM’s System page is used to configure system parameters, services, time settings, SNMP and syslog.
Figure 63 SM System page
026v003
205
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Table 102 SM System attributes
Attribute
General
Meaning
Device Name
Webpage Auto
Update
Web Access
HTTP Port
HTTPS Port
SSH Access
Telnet Access
MAC-Telnet Access
The Device Name is used to identify the SM on the network, and may be retrieved by a NMS such as the Cambium Network Services Server
(CNSS).
Configure the interval for which the device retrieves system statistics for display on the management interface. For example, if this setting is configured to 5 seconds, the statistics and status parameters displayed on the management interface will be refreshed every 5 seconds
(default). Webpage Auto Update is a session only configuration change.
It is updated with the <Enter> key and is not savable when using the save button.
HTTP: Access to the device management GUI is conducted via HTTP.
HTTPS: Access to the device management GUI is conducted via HTTPS.
If Web Service is set to HTTP, configure the port which the device uses to service incoming HTTP requests for management GUI access.
If Web Service is set to HTTPS, configure the port which the device uses to service incoming HTTPS requests for management GUI access.
Disabled: If the SSH port to the device is ‘Disabled’, access to the device through SSH is not possible.
Enabled: If the SSH port to the device is ‘Enabled’, Cambium engineers can access the device through SSH which enables them to login to the radio and troubleshoot. SSH port is ‘Enabled’ by default.
Disabled: CLI access via telnet is not allowed for the device.
Enabled: CLI access via telnet is allowed for the device.
Disabled: Disables connections to the radio on the link layer via MAC address from RouterOS or mactelnet-enabled devices.
Enabled: Enables connections to the radio on the link layer via MAC address from RouterOS or mactelnet-enabled devices.
Note
In order to use MAC-Telnet the first time, the Administrator account password must be changed on the GUI or the CLI. This password can then be used for MAC-Telnet.
MAC-Telnet Protocol
MAC-Telnet: Use the MAC-Telnet subservice for access
MAC-SSH: Use the secured MAC-SSH subservice for access
Network Time Protocol (NTP)
IP Assignment Static: The device retrieves NTP time data from the servers configured in fields Preferred NTP Server and Alternate NTP Server.
DHCP: The device retrieves NTP time data from the server IP issued via a network DHCP server.
026v003
206
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Attribute Meaning
Preferred NTP Server Configure primary NTP server IP address from which the device retrieves time and date information.
Alternate NTP Server Configure secondary or alternate NTP server IP address from which the device retrieves time and date information.
Time Zone The Time Zone option may be used to offset the received NTP time to match the operator’s local time zone.
Location Services
Device Latitude
Device Longitude
Device Height
Read-Only
Community String
Read-Write
Community String
Configure Latitude information for the device in decimal format.
Configure Longitude information for the device in decimal format.
Configure the Height above sea level for the device, in meters.
Device Location Hyperlink to display the device location on Google Maps
Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP)
Specify a community string that allows a Network Management Station
(NMS) such as the Cambium Networks Services Server (CNSS) to read
SNMP information. No spaces are allowed in this string. This password will never authenticate an SNMP user or an NMS to read/write access.
The SNMP Read-only Community String value is clear text and is readable by a packet monitor.
Specify a community string that allows a Network Management Station
(NMS) to not only read SNMP information but also write SNMP values that are defined as writeable in the radio. No spaces are allowed in this string.
System Name
System Description
Traps
Specify a string to associate with the physical module. This parameter can be polled by the Cambium Networks Services Server (CNSS) or an
NMS. Special characters are supported.
Specify a description string to associate with the physical module. This parameter can be polled by the Cambium Networks Services Server
(CNSS) or an NMS. Special characters are supported.
Disabled: With this setting, the radio does not send traps
Enabled: Setting this enables the radio to send SNMP traps to the configured SNMP Trap Server.
Trap Community
String
Trap Servers
Specify a control string to match the Trap Community String on the
SNMP Trap server. No spaces are allowed in this string.
The SNMP Trap Servers table contains all of the SNMP Trap servers the radio can send SNMP traps.
Configure the IP Address which the device uses to send SNMP traps.
026v003
207
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Attribute
Server IP
Server Port Configure port which the device uses to send SNMP traps.
System Logging (Syslog)
Server 1-4
SysLog Mask
Meaning
Specify up to four SNMP Trap Servers to which the device will send
SNMP traps.
Specify up to four syslog servers to which the device sends syslog messages.
Configure the levels of syslog messages which the devices send to the servers configured in parameters Syslog Server IP 1-4 cnMaestro
Remote Management When Enabled, the device will be managed by cnMaestro - the Cambium
Remote Management System, which allows all Cambium devices to be managed in the cloud. cnMaestro URL
Cambium ID
Configure the URL of cnMaestro. The default value is https://cloud.cambiumnetworks.com
.
Configure the Cambium ID that the device will use for on-boarding on to cnMaestro.
Onboarding key Configure the password/key associated with the Cambium-ID that the device will use for on-boarding on to cnMaestro.
Account Management
(Administrator)
Username
Read-only listing of available login levels.
ADMINISTRATOR, full read write permissions.
INSTALLER, permissions to read and write parameters applicable to unit installation and monitoring.
HOME USER, permissions only to access pertinent information for support purposes.
READONLY, permissions only to view the Monitor page.
(Administrator)
Password
Configure a custom password configuration for each user to secure the device. The password character display may be toggled using the
Installer Account visibility icon .
Disabled: The disabled user is not granted access to the device management interface. The administrator user level cannot be disabled.
Enabled: The user is granted access to the device management interface.
026v003
208
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Attribute Meaning
(Installer) Username Read-only listing of available login levels:
INSTALLER, permissions to read and write parameters applicable to unit installation and monitoring.
HOME USER, permissions only to access pertinent information for support purposes.
READONLY, permissions only to view the Monitor page.
(Installer) Password Configure a custom password configuration for each user to secure the device. The password character display may be toggled using the visibility icon .
Home User Account Disabled: The disabled user is not granted access to the device management interface. The administrator user level cannot be disabled.
Enabled: The user is granted access to the device management interface.
(Home) User
Username
Read-only listing of available login levels:
HOME USER, permissions only to access pertinent information for support purposes.
READONLY, permissions only to view the Monitor page.
(Home) User
Password
Configure a custom password configuration for each user to secure the device. The password character display may be toggled using the
Read-Only Account visibility icon .
Disabled: The disabled user is not granted access to the device management interface. The administrator user level cannot be disabled.
Enabled: The user is granted access to the device management interface.
READONLY, permissions only to view the Monitor page. (Read-Only)
Username
(Read-Only)
Password
Configure a custom password configuration for each user to secure the device.
026v003
209
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
SM Network page
The SM’s Network page is used to configure system networking parameters and VLAN parameters. Parameter availability is based on the configuration of the SM Network Mode parameter.
Figure 64 SM Network page, NAT mode
026v003
210
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Table 103 SM Network attributes, NAT mode
Attribute
General
Meaning
Network Mode NAT: The SM acts as a router and packets are forwarded or filtered based on their IP header (source or destination).
Bridge: The SM acts as a switch and packets are forwarded or filtered based on their MAC destination address.
Router: The SM acts as a router and packets are forwarded or filtered based on their IP header (source or destination) using specific static routes and IP aliases configured by the operator.
Wireless IP Assignment Static: Wireless IP addressing is configured manually in fields
Wireless IP Address, Wireless IP Subnet Mask, Wireless Gateway IP
Address, Preferred DNS IP Address and Alternate DNS IP Address.
DHCP: Device management IP addressing (IP address, subnet mask, gateway and DNS server) is assigned via a network DHCP server.
Wireless IP Address
Wireless Subnet Mask
Wireless Internet protocol (IP) address. This address is used by the family of Internet protocols to uniquely identify this unit on a network.
Defines the address range of the connected IP network. For example, if Wireless IP Address is configured to 192.168.2.1 and Wireless IP
Subnet Mask is configured to 255.255.255.0, the device wireless interface will belong to subnet 192.168.2.X.
Wireless Gateway
Preferred DNS Server
Alternate DNS Server
Wireless IPv6
Assignment
Configure the IP address of a computer on the current network that acts as a gateway. A gateway acts as an entrance and exit to packets from and to other networks.
Configure The IP address of the preferred server used for DNS resolution.
Configure The IP address of the alternate server used for DNS resolution.
Wireless IPv6 Assignment specifies how the IPv6 address for the wireless interface is obtained.
Static: Device management IP addressing is configured manually in fields Wireless IPv6 Address and Wireless IPv6 Gateway.
DHCPv6: Device management IP addressing (IP address and gateway) is assigned via a network DHCP server, and parameters
Wireless IPv6 Address and Wireless IPv6 Gateway are unused. If the
DHCPv6 server is not available previous static IPv6 address will be used as a fallback IPv6 address. If no previous static IPv6 address is available, no IPv6 address will be assigned. DHCPv6 will occur over the wireless interface by default.
026v003
211
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Attribute
Wireless IPv6 Address
Wireless IPv6 Gateway
Ethernet Port Security
Secure MAC Limit
MAC Aging Time
Meaning
Internet protocol version 6 (IPv6) address. This address is used by the family of Internet protocols to uniquely identify this unit
(wireless interface) on a network.
IPv6 addresses are represented by eight groups of four hexadecimal digits separated by colons.
Configure the IPv6 address of the device on the current network that acts as a gateway. A gateway acts as an entrance and exit to packets from and to other networks.
Disabled: When disabled, any number of devices (MAC Addresses) can connect via the SM’s Ethernet (LAN) port.
Enabled: When enabled, the number of devices (MAC Addresses) that can connect via the SM’s Ethernet (LAN) port can be restricted with the fields below.
Specify the maximum number of unique devices (MAC Addresses) that can connect via the SM’s Ethernet (LAN) port. Range is 1 – 254 devices.
Specify the aging timer in seconds. The aging timer will determine the duration for which the SM will maintain the MAC Address in its bridge table. The timer is restarted any time traffic from a specific
MAC address is received on the LAN port. Once the timer expires, the MAC Address is removed from the SM’s bridge table.
Ethernet Interface
IP Address
Subnet Mask
IPv6 Address
Gateway
Internet protocol (IP) address. This address is used by the family of
Internet protocols to uniquely identify this unit on a network.
Defines the address range of the connected IP network. For example, if Device IP Address (LAN) is configured to 192.168.2.1 and IP Subnet
Mask (LAN) is configured to 255.255.255.0, the device will belong to subnet 192.168.2.X.
Internet protocol version 6 (IPv6) address. This address is used by the family of Internet protocols to uniquely identify this unit
(Ethernet interface) on a network.
IPv6 addresses are represented by eight groups of four hexadecimal digits separated by colons.
Configure the IP address of a computer on the current network that acts as a gateway. A gateway acts as an entrance and exit to packets from and to other networks.
026v003
212
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Attribute
DHCP Server
DHCP Start IP
DHCP End IP
Preferred DHCP DNS
Server
Alternate DHCP DNS
Server
DHCP Lease Time
DHCP Clients
Meaning
Disabled: Use this setting when SM is in NAT mode, if there is an existing DHCP Server below the SM handing out IP Addresses or if all devices below the SM will be configured with static IP Addresses.
Enabled: Use this setting when SM is in NAT mode, to use the SM’s local/onboard DHCP server to hand out IP addresses to its clients.
Configure the first address which will be issued to a DHCP client.
Upon additional DHCP requests, the DHCP Start IP is incremented until Local DHCP End IP is reached.
Configure the highest IP address in the DHCP pool that can be issued to a DHCP client.
Configure the primary DNS Server IP address which will be used to configure DHCP clients (if Local DHCP Server is set to Enabled).
Configure the secondary DNS Server IP address which will be used to configure DHCP clients (if Local DHCP Server is set to Enabled).
Configure the time for which a DHCP IP address is leased. When the lease time expires, the DHCP client must renew IP addressing via
DHCP request.
The DHCP Client List table identifies hardware situated below the
SM which shall be issued DHCP IP addressing information. The SM acts as a DHCP server, responding to requests from hardware connected to the SM.
MAC Configure the physical address of the device which will retrieve
DHCP IP addressing information from the SM.
Configure the IP address which will be assigned to the device. IP
Name
Separate Wireless Management Interface
Separate Management IP Disabled: When disabled, the Wireless IP is the management interface for the SM.
Enabled: When enabled, the IP Address below is the management interface for the SM.
IP Assignment Static: Separate Wireless Management Interface is configured manually in fields IP Address, Subnet Mask and Gateway.
DHCP: Management IP addressing (IP address, subnet mask, gateway and DNS server) is assigned via a network DHCP server.
IP Address
Configure a logical name for the device configured (i.e. VoIP Phone1, or Network Camera1).
Configure the IP address that will be used to access the SM’s management interface when in NAT mode. The Wireless IP (public
IP) will not allow management access.
026v003
213
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Attribute
Subnet Mask
Gateway
IPv6 Assignment
IPv6 Address
IPv6 Gateway
Separate Management
VLAN
VLAN ID
Meaning
Defines the address range of the connected IP network. For example, if IP Address is configured to 192.168.2.1 and Subnet Mask is configured to 255.255.255.0, the device wireless interface will belong to subnet 192.168.2.X.
Configure the IP address of a computer on the current network that acts as a gateway. A gateway acts as an entrance and exit to packets from and to other networks.
IPv6 Assignment specifies how the IPv6 address for the separate wireless interface is obtained.
Static: Device management IP addressing is configured manually in fields IPv6 Address and IPv6 Gateway.
DHCPv6: Device management IP addressing (IP address and gateway) is assigned via a network DHCP server, and parameters
IPv6 Address and IPv6 Gateway are unused. If the DHCPv6 server is not available previous static IPv6 address will be used as a fallback
IPv6 address. If no previous static IPv6 address is available, no IPv6 address will be assigned. DHCPv6 will occur over the wireless interface by default.
Internet protocol version 6 (IPv6) address. This address is used by the family of Internet protocols to uniquely identify this unit
(separate wireless interface) on a network.
IPv6 addresses are represented by eight groups of four hexadecimal digits separated by colons.
Configure the IPv6 address of the device on the current network that acts as a gateway. A gateway acts as an entrance and exit to packets from and to other networks.
Enabled: A VLAN configuration establishes a logical group within the network. Each computer in the VLAN, regardless of initial or eventual physical location, has access to the same data based on the
VLAN architecture. For the network operator, this provides flexibility in network segmentation, simpler management and enhanced security. When the SM is in NAT mode, the Separate Wireless
Management VLAN configuration is applicable to management data.
Disabled: When disabled, the SM does not have a unique management VLAN.
Configure this parameter to include the device’s management traffic on a separate VLAN network.
026v003
214
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Attribute
VLAN Priority
Meaning ePMP radios can prioritize VLAN traffic based on the eight priorities described in the IEEE 802.1p specification. Data VLAN Priority represents the VLAN Priority or Class of Service (CoS). Operators may use this prioritization field to give precedence to device management data.
This parameter only takes effect if the Separate Wireless
Management VLAN parameter is enabled. Configure this parameter to set the value of the Priority code point field in the 802.1q tag for management traffic on the configured VLAN ID originating from the
SM. The default value is 0.
Virtual Local Area Management (VLAN)
VLAN (Management +
Data)
Enabled: A VLAN configuration establishes a logical group within the network. Each computer in the VLAN, regardless of initial or eventual physical location, has access to the same data based on the
VLAN architecture. For the network operator, this provides flexibility in network segmentation, simpler management and enhanced security. When the SM is in NAT or Router mode, the VLAN configuration is applicable to both management and user data.
Disabled: When disabled, all IP management and data traffic is allowed to the device.
VLAN ID
VLAN Priority
Configure this parameter to include the device’s management and user traffic on a separate VLAN network. ePMP radios can prioritize VLAN traffic based on the eight priorities described in the IEEE 802.1p specification. Data VLAN Priority represents the VLAN Priority or Class of Service (CoS). Operators may use this prioritization field to give precedence to device user and management data.
This parameter only takes effect if the VLAN parameter is enabled.
Configure this parameter to set the value of the Priority code point field in the 802.1q tag for traffic on the configured VLAN ID originating from the SM. The default value is 0.
Ethernet Port
Ethernet MTU
Ethernet Port
Maximum Transmission Unit; the size in bytes of the largest data unit that the device is configured to process. Larger MTU configurations can enable the network to operate with greater efficiency, but in the case of retransmissions due to packet errors, efficiency is reduced since large packets must be resent in the event of an error.
Disabled: The primary Ethernet port is disabled
Enabled: The primary Ethernet port is enabled
026v003
215
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Attribute
Port Speed
Port Setting
Port Duplex Mode
Auxiliary Port
Auxiliary Port Setting
Auxiliary Port Speed
Auxiliary Port Duplex
Mode
Auxiliary Port PoE
Meaning
Manual: The LAN Ethernet port speed and duplex mode can be manually configured.
Auto-negotiate: The AP auto negotiates the LAN Ethernet port speed and duplex mode with the device connected to it.
With “Ethernet Port Configuration” set to Manual, the LAN Ethernet port speed can be forced to 1000 Mbps (only GPS Synchronized radio), 100 Mbps or 10 Mbps.
With “Ethernet Port Configuration” set to Manual, the LAN Ethernet port duplex mode can be forced to Full or Half.
Disabled: When disabled, the LAN Auxiliary port on the SM is shut down.
Enabled: When enabled, LAN Auxiliary port on the SM is up and able to bridge traffic with the primary Ethernet port. Default value is
Enabled.
Manual: The LAN Auxiliary port speed and duplex mode can be manually configured.
Auto-negotiate: The AP auto negotiates the LAN Auxiliary port speed and duplex mode with the device connected to it.
With “Auxiliary Port Configuration” set to Manual, the LAN Auxiliary port speed can be forced to 1000 Mbps (only GPS Synchronized radio), 100 Mbps or 10 Mbps.
With “Auxiliary Port Configuration” set to Manual, the LAN Auxiliary port duplex mode can be forced to Full or Half.
Disabled: When disabled, the LAN Auxiliary port on the SM will not provide proprietary PoE out. Default value is Disabled.
Enabled: When enabled, LAN Auxiliary port on the SM will provide proprietary PoE out to power external PoE devices such as another ePMP radio or a PoE camera.
Port Forwarding
Port Forwarding The SM port forwarding functionality may be used to configure the
SM to route external network services to an internal IP address so that end devices (situated below the SM) are reachable from external networks.
Caution
Opening ports for forwarding may introduce a network security risk.
026v003
216
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Attribute
UPnP IGD
NAT PMP (PCP)
Data Port Forwarding
Protocol
Meaning
Universal Plug and Play (UPnP) is a set of networking protocols that permits networked devices, such as personal computers, printers,
Internet gateways, Wi-Fi access points and mobile devices to seamlessly discover each other's presence on the network and establish functional network services for data sharing, communications, and entertainment. UPnP is intended primarily for residential networks without enterprise-class devices. With UPnP
IGD and PCP protocols ePMP will support explicit dynamic port mappings.
Enable UPnP IGD (Internet Gateway Device) to allow the ePMP device to use IGD profile for UPnP support.
The PCP (Port Control Protocol) allows an IPv6 or IPv4 host to control how incoming IPv6 or IPv4 packets are translated and forwarded by a Network Address Translator (NAT) or simple firewall, and also allows a host to optimize its outgoing NAT keepalive messages. PCP was standardized as a successor to the NAT Port
Mapping Protocol (NAT-PMP), with which it shares similar protocol concepts and packet formats.
Enable this parameter to allow the ePMP device to use PCP protocol for UPnP support.
The Data Port Forwarding Table is used to define which range of wireless ports that are forwarded to a LAN (SM local network) IP address below the SM.
UDP: Packet forwarding decisions are based on UDP packets.
TCP: Packet forwarding decisions are based on TCP packets.
Port Begin
Port End
Forwarding IP
Mapped Port
Configure the beginning of the range of wireless ports to match for forwarding to LAN IP.
Configure the end of the range of wireless ports to match for forwarding to LAN IP.
Configure the LAN IP of the device situated below the SM which receives the packets forwarded based on the Separate Management
IP Port Forwarding Table configuration.
Configure the port of the device situated below the SM which receives the packets forwarded based on the Data Port Forwarding
Table configuration.
Separate Management IP
Port Forwarding
The Separate Management IP Port Forwarding Table is used to define which range of wireless ports from which Management traffic on the Separate Management IP is forwarded to a LAN (SM local network) IP address below the SM.
026v003
217
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Attribute
Protocol
Port Begin
Port End
Meaning
UDP: Packet forwarding decisions are based on UDP packets.
TCP: Packet forwarding decisions are based on TCP packets.
Configure the beginning of the range of wireless ports to match for forwarding to LAN IP.
Configure the end of the range of wireless ports to match for forwarding to LAN IP.
Forwarding IP
Mapped Port
Point-to-Point Protocol over Ethernet (PPPoE)
PPPoE Point-to-Point Protocol over Ethernet: Used for frames inside Ethernet frames.
Encapsulating PPP
Service Name
Access Concentrator
An optional entry to set a specific service name to connect to for the
PPPoE session. If this is left blank the SM accepts the first service option that comes back from the Access Concentrator specified below, if any. This is limited to 32 characters.
An optional entry to set a specific Access Concentrator to connect to for the PPPoE session. If this is blank, the SM accepts the first Access
Concentrator which matches the service name (if specified). This is limited to 32 characters.
Authentication
Configure the LAN IP of the device situated below the SM which receives the packets forwarded based on the Separate Management
IP Port Forwarding Table configuration.
Configure the port of the device situated below the SM which receives the packets forwarded based on the Separate Management
IP Port Forwarding Table configuration.
Username
Password
MTU Size
ALL: This means that CHAP authentication will be attempted first, then PAP authentication. The same password is used for both types.
CHAP: This means that CHAP authentication will be attempted.
PAP: This means that PAP authentication will be attempted.
This is the CHAP/PAP username that is used. This is limited to 32 characters.
This is the CHAP/PAP password that is used. This is limited to 32 characters.
Maximum Transmission Unit; the size in bytes of the largest data unit that the device is configured to process inside the PPPoE tunnel.
This field allows the operator to specify the largest MTU value to use in the PPPoE session, if PPPoE MSS Clamping is Enabled. The user will be able to enter an MTU value up to 1492. However, if the MTU determined in LCP negotiations is less than this user-specified value, the SM uses the smaller value as its MTU for the PPPoE link.
026v003
218
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Attribute
Keep Alive Time
Meaning
Configure the Keep Alive Time to allow the radio to keep the PPPoE session up after establishment. As an example, if this field is set to 5, the PPPoE client will send a keep alive message to the PPPoE server every 5 seconds. If there is no acknowledgement, it sends the ‘Keep alive’ message to the server 4 more times (for a total or 5 times) before tearing down the PPPoE session. Setting this to 12 will mean the keep alive message will be sent every 12 seconds and when there is no acknowledgement, the client will try for a total of 12 times every 12 seconds before tearing down the PPPoE session.
MSS Clamping Disabled: The SM PPPoE session allows any MTU size determined by other devices in the PPPoE session during the LCP negotiations.
Enabled: The SM PPPoE session enforces a max MTU size determined by the PPPoE MTU Size setting for all devices in the
PPPoE session during the LCP negotiations, unless one of the devices enforces a MTU setting that is smaller in value.
De-Militarized Zone (DMZ)
DMZ Disabled: Packets arriving on the Wireless Interface destined for the
Ethernet side of the network are dropped if a session does not exist between the Source IP (Wireless) and Destination IP (Ethernet). By default NAT requires the sessions to be initiated from the Ethernet side before a packet is accepted from the Wireless to the Wired side."
Enabled: Any packets with an unknown destination port (not associated to an existing session or not defined in the port forwarding rules) is automatically sent to the device configured with
DMZ IP Address."
IP Address Configure the IP address of an SM connected device which is allowed to provide network services to the wide-area network.
Advanced
IPv6 Support Systemwide IPv6 Protocol Support. When enabled, appropriate IPv6 modules and services will be loaded.
026v003
219
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Attribute
ARP-NAT
Meaning
ARP-NAT or Wireless Client Bridging is a special MAC address translation mechanism. It is similar to NAT for IP networks, except it works one layer deeper. Instead of translating IP network addresses, the ePMP device translates between the MAC hardware addresses on both sides of the interface. If a device on the wired side of the router makes an ARP request for the MAC address of an IP on the wireless side, then the ePMP device forwards the request as if it came from the ePMP device. When the response comes back, it translates the address again. Instead of passing back the real MAC
(which resides on the wireless network), the ePMP device gives its own wired MAC address. Then, when it receives frames for IP addresses on the wireless network, it forwards them through
(conducted on both sides of the bridge).
ARP-NAT is configured on the SM in section Configuration >
Network > Advanced.
Note
PPPoE Client on PCs connected to the SM is not supported and throughput decreases when ARP-NAT feature is enabled.
Spanning Tree Protocol Disabled: When disabled, Spanning Tree Protocol (802.1d) functionality is disabled at the SM.
Enabled: When enabled, Spanning Tree Protocol (802.1d) functionality is enabled at the SM, allowing for the prevention of
Ethernet bridge loops.
DHCP Server Below SM Disabled: This blocks DHCP servers connected to the SM’s LAN side from handing out IP addresses to DHCP clients above the SM
(wireless side).
Enabled: This allows DHCP servers connected to the SM’s LAN side to assign IP addresses to DHCP clients above the SM (wireless side).
This configuration is typical in PTP links.
NAT Helper For SIP Disabled: When disabled, the SM does not perform any deep packet manipulation on the SIP request packet from a SIP Client.
Enabled: When enabled, the SM in NAT mode replaces the Source
IP within the SIP request to the Wireless IP of the SM. Please note that this translation is often times handled by the SIP server so this option may not always be needed.
026v003
220
Attribute
LLDP
LLDP Mode
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Meaning
The Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP) is a vendor-neutral link layer protocol (as specified in IEEE 802.1AB) used by ePMP for advertising its identity, capabilities, and neighbors on the
Ethernet/wired interface.
Disabled: ePMP does not Receive or Transmit LLDP packets from/to its neighbors.
Enabled: ePMP can Receive LLDP packets from its neighbors and
Send LLDP packets to its neighbors, depending on the LLDP Mode configuration below.
Receive and Transmit: ePMP sends and receives LLDP packets to/from its neighbors on the Ethernet/LAN interface.
Receive Only: ePMP receives LLDP packets from its neighbors on the
Ethernet/LAN interface and discovers them.
026v003
221
Figure 65 SM Network page, Bridge mode
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Table 104 SM Network attributes, Bridge mode
Attribute Meaning
General
Network Mode NAT: The SM acts as a router and packets are forwarded or filtered based on their IP header (source or destination).
Bridge: The SM acts as a switch and packets are forwarded or filtered based on their MAC destination address.
Router: The SM acts as a router and packets are forwarded or filtered based on their IP header (source or destination) using specific static routes and IP aliases configured by the operator.
026v003
222
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Attribute
IP Assignment
IP Address
Meaning
Static: Device management IP addressing is configured manually in fields IP Address, Subnet Mask, Gateway, Preferred DNS Server and
Alternate DNS Server.
DHCP: Device management IP addressing (IP address, subnet mask, gateway, and DNS server) is assigned via a network DHCP server, and parameters IP Address, Subnet Mask, Gateway, Preferred DNS Server and Alternate DNS Server are unused.
Internet protocol (IP) address. This address is used by the family of
Internet protocols to uniquely identify this unit on a network.
Subnet Mask
Gateway
Note
If Device IP address Mode is set to DHCP and the device is unable to retrieve IP address information via DHCP, the device management IP is set to fall back to IP 192.168.0.1 (AP mode), 192.168.0.2 (SM mode),
192.168.0.3 (Spectrum Analyzer mode) or the previously-configured static Device IP Address. Units may always be accessed via the
Ethernet port with IP 169.254.1.1. 169.254.1.1 is a local IP and is independent of the NAT local subnet or the wireless IP.
Defines the address range of the connected IP network. For example, if
IP Address, Subnet Mask, Gateway, Preferred DNS Server and
Alternate DNS Server are configured to 255.255.255.0, the device will belong to subnet 192.168.2.X.
Configure the IP address of a computer on the current network that acts as a gateway. A gateway acts as an entrance and exit to packets from and to other networks.
Preferred DNS Server Configure the IP address of the preferred server used for DNS resolution.
Alternate DNS Server Configure the IP address of the alternate server used for DNS resolution.
IPv6 Assignment IPv6 Assignment specifies how the IPv6 address is obtained.
Static: Device management IP addressing is configured manually in fields IPv6 Address and IPv6 Gateway.
DHCPv6: Device management IP addressing (IP address and gateway) is assigned via a network DHCP server, and parameters IPv6 Address and IPv6 Gateway are unused. If the DHCPv6 server is not available previous static IPv6 address will be used as a fallback IPv6 address. If no previous static IPv6 address is available, no IPv6 address will be assigned. DHCPv6 will occur over the wireless interface by default.
026v003
223
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Attribute
IPv6 Address
IPv6 Gateway Configure the IPv6 address of the device on the current network that acts as a gateway. A gateway acts as an entrance and exit to packets from and to other networks.
Ethernet Port Security Disabled: When disabled, any number of devices (MAC Addresses) can connect via the SM’s Ethernet (LAN) port.
Enabled: When enabled, the number of devices (MAC Addresses) that can connect via the SM’s Ethernet (LAN) port can be restricted with the fields below.
Secure MAC Limit
Meaning
Internet protocol version 6 (IPv6) address. This address is used by the family of Internet protocols to uniquely identify this unit on a network.
IPv6 addresses are represented by eight groups of four hexadecimal digits separated by colons.
MAC Aging Time
Specify the maximum number of unique devices (MAC Addresses) that can connect via the SM’s Ethernet (LAN) port. Range is 1 – 254 devices.
Specify the aging timer in seconds. The aging timer will determine the duration for which the SM will maintain the MAC Address in its bridge table. The timer is restarted any time traffic from a specific MAC address is received on the LAN port. Once the timer expires, the MAC
Address is removed from the SM’s bridge table.
Virtual Local Area Network (VLAN)
Management VLAN Enabled: The SM management interface can be assigned to a
Management VLAN to separate management traffic (remote module management via SNMP or HTTP) from user traffic (such as internet browsing, voice, or video). Once the management interface is enabled for a VLAN, an SM’s management interface can be accessed only by packets tagged with a VLAN ID matching the management VLAN ID.
A VLAN configuration establishes a logical group within the network.
For the network operator, this provides flexibility in network segmentation, simpler management and enhanced security.
Disabled: When disabled, all untagged IP management traffic is allowed to the device.
Management VLAN ID Configure this parameter to include the device’s management traffic on a separate VLAN network. For example, if MGMT VLAN ID is set to 2,
GUI access will only be allowed from frames tagged with VLAN ID 2.
This parameter only takes effect if the MGMT VLAN parameter is enabled.
026v003
224
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Attribute
Management VLAN
Priority
Data VLAN
Data VLAN ID
Data VLAN Priority
Membership VLANs
VLAN ID Begin
VLAN ID End
Meaning ePMP radios can prioritize VLAN traffic based on the eight priorities described in the IEEE 802.1p specification. MGMT VLAN Priority represents the VLAN Priority or Class of Service (CoS). Operators may use this prioritization field to give precedence to device management traffic.
This parameter only takes effect if the MGMT VLAN parameter is enabled. Configure this parameter to set the value of the Priority code point field in the 802.1q tag for traffic on the management VLAN originating from the SM. The default value is 0.
Enabled: A VLAN tag will be added to all untagged traffic entering the
SM’s LAN port before sending it to the AP and remove tags in the opposite direction from traffic (tagged with Data VLAN ID) entering on the SM’s WAN port before sending to the SM’s LAN port.
Disabled: When disabled, no changes are made to untagged traffic passing through the SM.
Configure this parameter to include this VLAN tag to all untagged traffic entering on the SM’s LAN port before sending it to the AP and remove tags in the opposite direction from traffic (tagged with Data VLAN ID) entering on the SM’s WAN port before sending to the SM’s LAN port. ePMP radios can prioritize VLAN traffic based on the eight priorities described in the IEEE 802.1p specification. Data VLAN Priority represents the VLAN Priority or Class of Service (CoS). Operators may use this prioritization field to give precedence to device user data.
This parameter only takes effect if the Data VLAN parameter is enabled.
Configure this parameter to set the value of the Priority code point field in the 802.1q tag for traffic on the Data VLAN originating from the SM.
The default value is 0.
Configure the Membership VLAN Table to include the SM in one or more VLANs. When the SM receives a packet tagged from either the
Ethernet (LAN) or Wireless (WAN) side with a VLAN ID which is contained in the Membership VLAN Table, the packet is forwarded and sent out the other interface. When the SM receives a packet tagged with a VLAN ID which is not present in the Membership VLAN Table, the frame is dropped (assuming there is at least one VLAN ID present in the
Membership VLAN table or configured as a Data VLAN).
Configure the first VLAN ID for the VLAN range.
Configure the last VLAN ID for the VLAN range.
026v003
225
C-VLAN
S-VLAN
Attribute
VLAN Mapping
Ethernet Port
Ethernet MTU
Ethernet Port
Port Setting
Port Speed
Port Duplex Mode
Auxiliary Port
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Meaning
Configure the VLAN Mapping Table to map the C-VLAN of traffic ingressing the Ethernet (LAN) port of the SM to a S-VLAN before being forwarded to the air interface on the UL. In the DL direction, the SM will automatically un-map the S-VLAN to the C-VLAN before forwarding the tagged packets to the Ethernet (LAN) interface of the SM.
Configure the C-VLAN ID of the tagged traffic for which the mapping needs to occur
Note
The C-VLAN ID must be entered in the SM VLAN Membership
VLAN table.
Configure the S-VLAN ID to which the tagged traffic needs to be mapped to.
Note
The S-VLAN ID must be entered in the SM VLAN Membership
VLAN table.
Maximum Transmission Unit; the size in bytes of the largest data unit that the device is configured to process. Larger MTU configurations can enable the network to operate with greater efficiency, but in the case of retransmissions due to packet errors, efficiency is reduced since large packets must be resent in the event of an error.
Disabled: The primary Ethernet port is disabled
Enabled: The primary Ethernet port is enabled
Manual: The LAN Ethernet port speed and duplex mode can be manually configured.
Auto-negotiate: The AP auto negotiates the LAN Ethernet port speed and duplex mode with the device connected to it.
With “Ethernet Port Configuration”, the LAN Ethernet port speed can be forced to 1000 Mbps (only GPS Sync’d radio), 100 Mbps or 10 Mbps.
With “Ethernet Port Configuration”, the LAN Ethernet port duplex mode can be forced to Full or Half.
Disabled: When disabled, the LAN Auxiliary port on the SM is shut down.
Enabled: When enabled, LAN Auxiliary port on the SM is up and able to bridge traffic with the primary Ethernet port. Default value is
Enabled.
026v003
226
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Attribute Meaning
Auxiliary Port Setting Manual: The LAN Auxiliary port speed and duplex mode can be manually configured.
Auto-negotiate: The AP auto negotiates the LAN Auxiliary port speed and duplex mode with the device connected to it.
Auxiliary Port Speed With “Auxiliary Port Configuration” set to Manual, the LAN Auxiliary port speed can be forced to 1000 Mbps (only GPS Synchronized radio),
100 Mbps or 10 Mbps.
Auxiliary Port Duplex
Mode
With “Auxiliary Port Configuration” set to Manual, the LAN Auxiliary port duplex mode can be forced to Full or Half.
Auxiliary Port PoE Disabled: When disabled, the LAN Auxiliary port on the SM will not provide proprietary PoE out. Default value is Disabled.
Enabled: When enabled, LAN Auxiliary port on the SM will provide proprietary PoE out to power external PoE devices such as another ePMP radio or a PoE camera.
Broadcast/Multicast Traffic Shaping
Broadcast Packet
Limit
Enabled: This allows the user to set the Broadcast Packet Rate below.
Configure this parameter to limit the amount of broadcast packets that will be allowed on the ingress of the radio’s Ethernet port. Set the packets per second value to limit the impact of events such as broadcast storms.
Disabled: There is no limit on the amount of broadcast traffic that will be allowed into the ingress of the radio’s Ethernet port.
Broadcast Packet Rate Set the packets per second value to limit the amount of broadcast traffic that will be allowed on the ingress on the radio’s Ethernet port. The packets per second limit can be set individually on each ePMP radio.
The range is 100 to 16000 packets per second. The default is 1000.
Multicast Group Limit Configure the maximum number of simultaneous multicast groups that the SM will allow from devices below it. The default (and maximum) is
5.
Multicast VLAN Enabled: A VLAN tag will be added to all untagged multicast traffic entering the SM’s LAN port before sending it to the AP and remove tags in the opposite direction from traffic (tagged with Multicast VLAN
ID) entering on the SM’s WAN port before sending to the SM’s LAN port.
Disabled: When disabled, no changes are made to untagged multicast traffic passing through the SM.
026v003
227
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Attribute
Multicast VLAN ID
Multicast VLAN
Priority
Meaning
Configure this parameter to include this VLAN tag to all untagged multicast traffic entering on the SM’s LAN port before sending it to the
AP and remove tags in the opposite direction from multicast traffic
(tagged with Multicast VLAN ID) entering on the SM’s WAN port before sending to the SM’s LAN port. ePMP radios can prioritize VLAN traffic based on the eight priorities described in the IEEE 802.1p specification. Multicast VLAN Priority represents the VLAN Priority or Class of Service (CoS). Operators may use this prioritization field to give precedence to device multicast data.
This parameter only takes effect if the Multicast VLAN parameter is enabled. Configure this parameter to set the value of the Priority code point field in the 802.1q tag for traffic on the Multicast VLAN originating from the SM. The default value is 0.
Advanced
Spanning Tree
Protocol
DHCP Servers Below
SM
NAT Helper For SIP
Disabled: When disabled, Spanning Tree Protocol (802.1d) functionality is disabled at the SM.
Enabled: When enabled, Spanning Tree Protocol (802.1d) functionality is enabled at the SM, allowing for the prevention of Ethernet bridge loops.
Disabled: This blocks DHCP servers connected to the SM’s LAN side from handing out IP addresses to DHCP clients above the SM (wireless side).
Enabled: This allows DHCP servers connected to the SM’s LAN side to assign IP addresses to DHCP clients above the SM (wireless side). This configuration is typical in PTP links.
Disabled: When disabled, the SM does not perform any deep packet manipulation on the SIP request packet from a SIP Client.
Enabled: When enabled, the SM in NAT mode replaces the Source IP within the SIP request to the Wireless IP of the SM. Please note that this translation is often times handled by the SIP server so this option may not always be needed.
026v003
228
Attribute
LLDP
LLDP Mode
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Meaning
The Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP) is a vendor-neutral link layer protocol (as specified in IEEE 802.1AB) used by ePMP for advertising its identity, capabilities, and neighbors on the Ethernet/wired interface.
Disabled: ePMP does not Receive or Transmit LLDP packets from/to its neighbors.
Enabled: ePMP can Receive LLDP packets from its neighbors and Send
LLDP packets to its neighbors, depending on the LLDP Mode configuration below.
Note
LLDP packets are Received/Transmitted ONLY to the neighbors on the
Ethernet Interface of the ePMP radio.
Receive and Transmit: ePMP sends and receives LLDP packets to/from its neighbors on the Ethernet/LAN interface.
Receive Only: ePMP receives LLDP packets from its neighbors on the
Ethernet/LAN interface and discovers them.
026v003
229
Figure 66 SM Network page, Router mode
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
026v003
230
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Table 105 SM Network attributes, Router mode
Attribute
General
Meaning
Network Mode NAT: The SM acts as a router and packets are forwarded or filtered based on their IP header (source or destination).
Bridge: The SM acts as a switch and packets are forwarded or filtered based on their MAC destination address.
Router: The SM acts as a router and packets are forwarded or filtered based on their IP header (source or destination) using specific static routes and IP aliases configured by the operator.
Wireless IP Assignment Static: Wireless IP addressing is configured manually in fields
Wireless IP Address, Wireless IP Subnet Mask, Wireless Gateway IP
Address, Preferred DNS IP Address and Alternate DNS IP Address.
DHCP: Device management IP addressing (IP address, subnet mask, gateway and DNS server) is assigned via a network DHCP server.
Wireless IP Address
Wireless Subnet Mask
Wireless Internet protocol (IP) address. This address is used by the family of Internet protocols to uniquely identify this unit on a network.
Defines the address range of the connected IP network. For example, if Wireless IP Address is configured to 192.168.2.1 and Wireless IP
Subnet Mask is configured to 255.255.255.0, the device wireless interface will belong to subnet 192.168.2.X.
Wireless Gateway
Preferred DNS Server
Alternate DNS Server
Ethernet Port Security
Secure MAC Limit
Configure the IP address of a computer on the current network that acts as a gateway. A gateway acts as an entrance and exit to packets from and to other networks.
Configure The IP address of the preferred server used for DNS resolution.
Configure The IP address of the alternate server used for DNS resolution.
Disabled: When disabled, any number of devices (MAC Addresses) can connect via the SM’s Ethernet (LAN) port.
Enabled: When enabled, the number of devices (MAC Addresses) that can connect via the SM’s Ethernet (LAN) port can be restricted with the fields below.
Specify the maximum number of unique devices (MAC Addresses) that can connect via the SM’s Ethernet (LAN) port. Range is 1 – 254 devices.
026v003
231
Attribute
MAC Aging Time
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Meaning
Specify the aging timer in seconds. The aging timer will determine the duration for which the SM will maintain the MAC Address in its bridge table. The timer is restarted any time traffic from a specific
MAC address is received on the LAN port. Once the timer expires, the MAC Address is removed from the SM’s bridge table.
Ethernet Interface
IP Address
Subnet Mask
DHCP Server
DHCP Start IP
DHCP End IP
Preferred DHCP DNS
Server
Alternate DHCP DNS
Server
DHCP Lease Time
DHCP Clients
MAC
IP
Name
Internet protocol (IP) address. This address is used by the family of
Internet protocols to uniquely identify this unit on a network.
Defines the address range of the connected IP network. For example, if Device IP Address (LAN) is configured to 192.168.2.1 and IP Subnet
Mask (LAN) is configured to 255.255.255.0, the device will belong to subnet 192.168.2.X.
Disabled: Use this setting when SM is in NAT mode, if there is an existing DHCP Server below the SM handing out IP Addresses or if all devices below the SM will be configured with static IP Addresses.
Enabled: Use this setting when SM is in NAT mode, to use the SM’s local/onboard DHCP server to hand out IP addresses to its clients.
Configure the first address which will be issued to a DHCP client.
Upon additional DHCP requests, the DHCP Start IP is incremented until Local DHCP End IP is reached.
Configure the highest IP address in the DHCP pool that can be issued to a DHCP client.
Configure the primary DNS Server IP address which will be used to configure DHCP clients (if Local DHCP Server is set to Enabled).
Configure the secondary DNS Server IP address which will be used to configure DHCP clients (if Local DHCP Server is set to Enabled).
Configure the time for which a DHCP IP address is leased. When the lease time expires, the DHCP client must renew IP addressing via
DHCP request.
The DHCP Client List table identifies hardware situated below the
SM which shall be issued DHCP IP addressing information. The SM acts as a DHCP server, responding to requests from hardware connected to the SM.
Configure the physical address of the device which will retrieve
DHCP IP addressing information from the SM.
Configure the IP address which will be assigned to the device.
Configure a logical name for the device configured (i.e. VoIP Phone1, or Network Camera1).
026v003
232
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Attribute
Static Routes
Route
Meaning
When Enabled, it allows the operator to create static routes that will apply to both the Wireless and Ethernet interface of the SM.
This allows operators to configure a custom table of explicit paths between networks. Static routing is often used as a method to reduce the overhead of processing dynamic routes through a network when the specific path is known (or, it is simpler to define a specific path). Static routing is also used as a backup when dynamic routing protocols fail to complete a route from one network to another.
In router mode, the Static Routes table is referenced by the SM to forward/filter packets to a particular destination configured by the user based on the IP addressing information contained in the table.
Since static routes do not change with network changes, it is recommended to only use static routes for simple network paths which are not prone to frequent changes (requiring updates to the routes configured on the ePMP SM).
It is important to consider each hop in a static route’s path to ensure that the routing equipment has been configured to statically or dynamically route packets to the proper destination. Otherwise, the network communication will fail.
Target Network IP
Subnet Mask
Gateway
Description
Note
Network Address Translation (NAT) is not performed when the SM is in Router mode.
Configure the target subnet/network’s IP address to which the SM should route the packets.
Configure the subnet mask for the Target Network IP address.
Configure the gateway to which packets that match the Target
Network IP Address and Subnet Mask are sent.
Provide a description to easily identify the static route and its purpose.
Separate Wireless Management Interface
Separate Management IP Disabled: When disabled, the Wireless IP is the management interface for the SM.
Enabled: When enabled, the IP Address below is the management interface for the SM.
026v003
233
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Attribute
IP Assignment
IP Address
Subnet Mask
Gateway
Meaning
Static: Separate Wireless Management Interface is configured manually in fields IP Address, Subnet Mask and Gateway.
DHCP: Management IP addressing (IP address, subnet mask, gateway and DNS server) is assigned via a network DHCP server.
Configure the IP address that will be used to access the SM’s management interface when in NAT mode. The Wireless IP (public
IP) will not allow management access.
Defines the address range of the connected IP network. For example, if IP Address is configured to 192.168.2.1 and Subnet Mask is configured to 255.255.255.0, the device wireless interface will belong to subnet 192.168.2.X.
Configure the IP address of a computer on the current network that acts as a gateway. A gateway acts as an entrance and exit to packets from and to other networks.
Separate Management
VLAN
VLAN ID
Enabled: A VLAN configuration establishes a logical group within the network. Each computer in the VLAN, regardless of initial or eventual physical location, has access to the same data based on the
VLAN architecture. For the network operator, this provides flexibility in network segmentation, simpler management and enhanced security. When the SM is in NAT mode, the Separate Wireless
Management VLAN configuration is applicable to management data.
Disabled: When disabled, the SM does not have a unique management VLAN.
Configure this parameter to include the device’s management traffic on a separate VLAN network.
VLAN Priority ePMP radios can prioritize VLAN traffic based on the eight priorities described in the IEEE 802.1p specification. Data VLAN Priority represents the VLAN Priority or Class of Service (CoS). Operators may use this prioritization field to give precedence to device management data.
This parameter only takes effect if the Separate Wireless
Management VLAN parameter is enabled. Configure this parameter to set the value of the Priority code point field in the 802.1q tag for management traffic on the configured VLAN ID originating from the
SM. The default value is 0.
Virtual Local Area Management (VLAN)
026v003
234
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Attribute
VLAN (Management +
Data)
VLAN ID
VLAN Priority
Meaning
Enabled: A VLAN configuration establishes a logical group within the network. Each computer in the VLAN, regardless of initial or eventual physical location, has access to the same data based on the
VLAN architecture. For the network operator, this provides flexibility in network segmentation, simpler management and enhanced security. When the SM is in NAT or Router mode, the VLAN configuration is applicable to both management and user data.
Disabled: When disabled, all IP management and data traffic is allowed to the device.
Configure this parameter to include the device’s management and user traffic on a separate VLAN network. ePMP radios can prioritize VLAN traffic based on the eight priorities described in the IEEE 802.1p specification. Data VLAN Priority represents the VLAN Priority or Class of Service (CoS). Operators may use this prioritization field to give precedence to device user and management data.
This parameter only takes effect if the VLAN parameter is enabled.
Configure this parameter to set the value of the Priority code point field in the 802.1q tag for traffic on the configured VLAN ID originating from the SM. The default value is 0.
IP Aliases
IP aliases
IP Address
Subnet Mask
Description
Ethernet Port
Ethernet MTU
When Enabled, IP aliases allow the operator to associate more than one IP address to the Ethernet interface of the SM.
This configuration of multiple IP addresses for the SM’s Ethernet interface allows connections to multiple networks, often used as a mechanism for management access to the device from a convenient networking path.
Configure the IP address for the alias.
Configure the subnet mask for the alias.
Provide a description to easily identify the IP alias and its purpose/connected network.
Maximum Transmission Unit; the size in bytes of the largest data unit that the device is configured to process. Larger MTU configurations can enable the network to operate with greater efficiency, but in the case of retransmissions due to packet errors, efficiency is reduced since large packets must be resent in the event of an error.
026v003
235
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Attribute
Ethernet Port
Port Setting
Port Speed
Port Duplex Mode
Auxiliary Port
Auxiliary Port
Configuration
Meaning
Disabled: The primary Ethernet port is disabled
Enabled: The primary Ethernet port is enabled
Manual: The LAN Ethernet port speed and duplex mode can be manually configured.
Auto-negotiate: The AP auto negotiates the LAN Ethernet port speed and duplex mode with the device connected to it.
With “Ethernet Port Configuration” set to Manual, the LAN Ethernet port speed can be forced to 1000 Mbps (only GPS Synchronized radio), 100 Mbps or 10 Mbps.
With “Ethernet Port Configuration” set to Manual, the LAN Ethernet port duplex mode can be forced to Full or Half.
Disabled: When disabled, the LAN Auxiliary port on the SM is shut down.
Enabled: When enabled, LAN Auxiliary port on the SM is up and able to bridge traffic with the primary Ethernet port. Default value is
Enabled.
Manual: The LAN Auxiliary port speed and duplex mode can be manually configured.
Auto-negotiate: The AP auto negotiates the LAN Auxiliary port speed and duplex mode with the device connected to it.
Auxiliary Port Speed
Auxiliary Port Duplex
Mode
Auxiliary Port PoE
With “Auxiliary Port Configuration” set to Manual, the LAN Auxiliary port speed can be forced to 1000 Mbps (only GPS Synchronized radio), 100 Mbps or 10 Mbps.
With “Auxiliary Port Configuration” set to Manual, the LAN Auxiliary port duplex mode can be forced to Full or Half.
Disabled: When disabled, the LAN Auxiliary port on the SM will not provide proprietary PoE out. Default value is Disabled.
Enabled: When enabled, LAN Auxiliary port on the SM will provide proprietary PoE out to power external PoE devices such as another ePMP radio or a PoE camera.
Advanced
Spanning Tree Protocol Disabled: When disabled, Spanning Tree Protocol (802.1d) functionality is disabled at the SM.
Enabled: When enabled, Spanning Tree Protocol (802.1d) functionality is enabled at the SM, allowing for the prevention of
Ethernet bridge loops.
026v003
236
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Attribute Meaning
DHCP Servers Below SM Disabled: This blocks DHCP servers connected to the SM’s LAN side from handing out IP addresses to DHCP clients above the SM
(wireless side).
Enabled: This allows DHCP servers connected to the SM’s LAN side to assign IP addresses to DHCP clients above the SM (wireless side).
This configuration is typical in PTP links.
NAT Helper For SIP
LLDP
Disabled: When disabled, the SM does not perform any deep packet manipulation on the SIP request packet from a SIP Client.
Enabled: When enabled, the SM in NAT mode replaces the Source
IP within the SIP request to the Wireless IP of the SM. Please note that this translation is often times handled by the SIP server so this option may not always be needed.
The Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP) is a vendor-neutral link layer protocol (as specified in IEEE 802.1AB) used by ePMP for advertising its identity, capabilities, and neighbors on the
Ethernet/wired interface.
Disabled: ePMP does not Receive or Transmit LLDP packets from/to its neighbors.
Enabled: ePMP can Receive LLDP packets from its neighbors and
Send LLDP packets to its neighbors, depending on the LLDP Mode configuration below.
LLDP Mode
Note
LLDP packets are Received/Transmitted ONLY to the neighbors on the Ethernet Interface of the ePMP radio.
Receive and Transmit: ePMP sends and receives LLDP packets to/from its neighbors on the Ethernet/LAN interface.
Receive Only: ePMP receives LLDP packets from its neighbors on the
Ethernet/LAN interface and discovers them.
Point-to-Point Protocol over Ethernet (PPPoE)
PPPoE Point-to-Point Protocol over Ethernet: Used for Encapsulating PPP frames inside Ethernet frames.
Service Name
Access Concentrator
An optional entry to set a specific service name to connect to for the
PPPoE session. If this is left blank the SM accepts the first service option that comes back from the Access Concentrator specified below, if any. This is limited to 32 characters.
An optional entry to set a specific Access Concentrator to connect to for the PPPoE session. If this is blank, the SM accepts the first Access
Concentrator which matches the service name (if specified). This is limited to 32 characters.
026v003
237
Attribute
Authentication
Username
Password
MTU Size
Keep Alive Time
MSS Clamping
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Meaning
ALL: This means that CHAP authentication will be attempted first, then PAP authentication. The same password is used for both types.
CHAP: This means that CHAP authentication will be attempted.
PAP: This means that PAP authentication will be attempted.
This is the CHAP/PAP username that is used. This is limited to 32 characters.
This is the CHAP/PAP password that is used. This is limited to 32 characters.
Maximum Transmission Unit; the size in bytes of the largest data unit that the device is configured to process inside the PPPoE tunnel.
This field allows the operator to specify the largest MTU value to use in the PPPoE session, if PPPoE MSS Clamping is Enabled. The user will be able to enter an MTU value up to 1492. However, if the MTU determined in LCP negotiations is less than this user-specified value, the SM uses the smaller value as its MTU for the PPPoE link.
Configure the Keep Alive Time to allow the radio to keep the PPPoE session up after establishment. As an example, if this field is set to 5, the PPPoE client will send a keep alive message to the PPPoE server every 5 seconds. If there is no acknowledgement, it sends the ‘Keep alive’ message to the server 4 more times (for a total or 5 times) before tearing down the PPPoE session. Setting this to 12 will mean the keep alive message will be sent every 12 seconds and when there is no acknowledgement, the client will try for a total of 12 times every 12 seconds before tearing down the PPPoE session.
Disabled: The SM PPPoE session allows any MTU size determined by other devices in the PPPoE session during the LCP negotiations.
Enabled: The SM PPPoE session enforces a max MTU size determined by the PPPoE MTU Size setting for all devices in the
PPPoE session during the LCP negotiations, unless one of the devices enforces a MTU setting that is smaller in value.
026v003
238
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
SM Security page
The SM’s Security page is used to configure system security features including SM authentication and Layer2/Layer3 Firewall rules.
Caution
If a device firewall rule is added with Action set to Deny and Interface set to LAN or WAN and no other rule attribute are configured, the device will drop all Ethernet or wireless traffic, respectively. Ensure that all firewall rules are specific to the type of traffic which must be denied, and that no rules exist in the devices with only Action set to Deny and Interface set to LAN or
WAN. To regain access to the device, perform a factory default.
Figure 67 SM Security page
026v003
239
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Table 106 SM Security attributes
Attribute
Security Options
Meaning
Wireless Security Select the type of authentication preferred, whether RADIUS, WPA2,
Open or a combination of the three.
WPA2
WPA2 Pre-shared Key Configure this key on the AP and then configure each of the network
SMs with this key to complete the authentication configuration. This key must be between 8 to 128 symbols.
RADIUS
EAP-TTLS Username
Use Ethernet MAC
Address at EAP-TTLS
Username
EAP-TTLS Password
Configure the EAP-TTLS Username to match the credentials on the
RADIUS server being used for the network.
The device MAC Address can be used as the EAP-TTLS Username in either “:” or “-“ delimited format.
Authentication Identity
String
Configure the EAP-TTLS Password to match the credentials on the
RADIUS server being used for the network.
Configure this Identity string to match the credentials on the RADIUS server being used for the network. Default value for this parameter is
“anonymous”.
Authentication Identity
Realm
Configure this Identity string to match the credentials on the RADIUS server being used for the network. Default value for this parameter is
“cambiumnetworks.com”.
Default Root Certificate Default EAP-TTLS root certificate that must match the certificate on the RADIUS server.
Canopy Root Certificate PMP 450 default EAP-TTLS root certificate to match the certificate on the RADIUS server used with current PMP 450 deployments.
User Provisioned Root
Cert 1
Import a user certificate if a certificate different from the default certificates is needed.
User Provisioned Root
Cert 2
Firewalls
Layer 2 Firewall
Import a second user certificate if a certificate different from the default or 1 st
user provisioned certificate is needed.
Enabled: Modifications to the Layer 2 Firewall Table are allowed and rules are enforced.
Disabled: Modifications to the Layer 2 Firewall Table are not allowed and rules are not enforced.
026v003
240
Attribute
Firewall Rules
Layer 3 Firewall
Firewall Rules
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Meaning
The Layer 2 firewall table may be used to configure rules matching layer 2 (MAC layer) traffic which result in forwarding or dropping the traffic over the radio link or Ethernet interface.
Note
When the SM is in NAT mode, only the Src MAC filtering functionality is supported
Disabled: Modifications to the Layer 3 Firewall Table are not allowed and rules are not enforced.
Enabled: Modifications to the Layer 3 Firewall Table are allowed and rules are enforced.
The Layer 3 firewall table may be used to configure rules matching layer 3 (IP layer) traffic which result in forwarding or dropping the traffic over the radio link or Ethernet interface.
026v003
241
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
SM MONITOR MENU
Use the Monitor menu to access device and network statistics and status information. This section may be used to analyze and troubleshoot network performance and operation.
The Monitor menu contains the following pages:
SM Performance page on page 243
on page
SM System Log page on page 263
026v003
242
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
SM Performance page
Use the Performance page to monitor system status and statistics to analyze and troubleshoot network performance and operation.
Figure 68 SM Performance page
026v003
243
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Table 107 SM Performance attributes
Attribute Meaning
Time Since Last Reset Time since the stats were last reset.
Reset Stats Resets all statistics for both Ethernet and Wireless.
Ethernet Statistics - Transmitted
Total Traffic
Total Packets
Total amount of traffic in Kbits transferred from the SM’s Ethernet interface.
Total number of packets transferred from the SM’s Ethernet interface.
Packet Errors Total number of packets transmitted out of the SM’s Ethernet interface with errors due to collisions, CRC errors, or irregular packet size.
Packet Drops
Multicast / Broadcast
Traffic
Broadcast Packets
Total number of packets dropped prior to sending out of the SM’s
Ethernet interface due to Ethernet setup or filtering issues.
Total amount of multicast and broadcast traffic in Kbits sent via the
SM’s Ethernet interface.
Total number of broadcast packets sent via the SM’s Ethernet interface.
Total number of multicast packets sent via the SM’s Ethernet interface.
Multicast Packets
Ethernet Statistics - Received
Total Traffic
Total Packets
Packet Errors
Packet Drops
Total amount of traffic in Kbits received by the SM’s Ethernet interface.
Total number of packets received by the SM’s Ethernet interface.
Total number of packets received by the SM’s Ethernet interface with errors due to collisions, CRC errors, or irregular packet size.
Total number of packets dropped prior to sending out of the SM’s wireless interface due to Ethernet setup or filtering issues.
Multicast / Broadcast
Traffic
Broadcast Packets
Total amount of multicast and broadcast traffic in Kbits received by the SM’s Ethernet interface.
Total number of broadcast packets received via the SM’s Ethernet interface.
Multicast Packets Total number of multicast packets received via the SM’s Ethernet interface.
Wireless Statistics - Downlink
Total Traffic
Total Packets
Total amount of traffic received via the SM’s wireless interface in
Kbits.
Total number of packets received via the SM’s wireless interface.
026v003
244
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Attribute
Error Drop Packets
Multicast / Broadcast
Traffic
Broadcast Packets
Meaning
Total number of packets dropped prior to sending out of the SM’s
Ethernet interface due to RF errors (packet integrity error and other RF related packet error).
Total amount of multicast and broadcast traffic transmitted out of the
SM’s wireless interface in Kbits.
Total number of broadcast packets transmitted out of the SM’s wireless interface.
Multicast Packets Total number of multicast packets transmitted out of the SM’s wireless interface.
Wireless Statistics - Uplink
Total Traffic
Total Packets
Total amount of traffic transmitted out of the SM’s wireless interface in Kbits.
Total number of packets transmitted out of the SM’s wireless interface.
Error Drop Packets
Capacity Drop Packets Total number of packets dropped after transmitting out of the SM’s
Wireless interface due to capacity issues (data buffer/queue overflow or other performance or internal packet errors).
Retransmission
Packets
Total number of packets dropped after transmitting out of the SM’s
Wireless interface due to RF errors (No acknowledgement and other
RF related packet error).
Total number of packets re-transmitted after transmitting out of the
SM’s Wireless interface due to the packets not being received by the
AP.
Multicast / Broadcast
Traffic
Broadcast Packets
Multicast Packets
Total amount of multicast and broadcast traffic received on the SM’s wireless interface in Kbits.
Total number of broadcast packets transmitted on the SM’s wireless interface.
Total number of multicast packets transmitted on the SM’s wireless interface.
Link Quality (Uplink)
Link Capacity (Uplink)
System Statistics
Session Drops
The Uplink quality based on the current MCS and PER.
The uplink capacity based on the current MCS with respect to the highest supported MCS (MCS15).
Total number of sessions dropped by the SM.
Device Reboots Total number of reboots of the SM.
Radar (DFS) Detections Total number of DFS events that were detected by the SM.
026v003
245
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Attribute
Downlink Packets Per
MCS
Uplink Packets Per
MCS
Meaning
Number of packets (and percentage of total packets) received on the
SM’s wireless interface for every modulation mode, based on radio conditions.
Number of packets (and percentage of total packets) transmitted out of the SM’s wireless interface for every modulation mode used by the
SM’s transmitter, based on radio conditions.
026v003
246
SM System page
Use the System page to reference key system information.
Figure 69 SM System page
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Table 108 SM System page attributes
Attribute Meaning
Hardware Version
Serial Number
(MSN)
Board hardware version information.
Unit serial number (MSN).
Firmware Version
Software Version
Device-Agent
Version
Date and Time
System Uptime
Wireless MAC
Address
Ethernet MAC
Address
U-Boot version information.
Current operating version of software on the device. This listing is also present on the GUI footer bar (which contains a hyperlink to download new system software).
The operating version of the device agent, which is used for communication with cnMaestro.
Current date and time, subject to time zone offsets introduced by the configuration of the device Time Zone parameter. This shows a factoryconfigured time until a valid NTP server is configured.
The total system uptime since the last device reset.
The hardware address of the device wireless interface.
The hardware address of the device Ethernet interface.
026v003
247
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Attribute
DFS Status
Meaning
N/A: DFS operation is not required for the region configured in parameter Country Code
Channel Availability Check: Prior to transmitting, the device must check the configured Frequency Carrier for radar pulses for 60 seconds). If no radar pulses are detected, the device transitions to state In-Service
Monitoring.
In-Service Monitoring: Radio is transmitting and receiving normally while monitoring for radar pulses which require a channel move.
Radar Signal Detected: The receiver has detected a valid radar pulse and is carrying out detect-and-avoid mechanisms (moving to an alternate channel).
In-Service Monitoring at Alternative Channel: The radio has detected a radar pulse and has moved operation to a frequency configured in DFS
Alternative Frequency Carrier 1 or DFS Alternative Frequency Carrier 2.
System Not In Service due to DFS: The radio has detected a radar pulse and has failed channel availability checks on all alternative frequencies.
The non-occupancy time for the radio frequencies in which radar was detected is 30 minutes.
Contains FCC ID(s) Displays listing of FCC IDs applicable to the device.
Read-Only Users
Read-Write Users
Displays the number of active Read-Only users logged into the radio.
Displays the number of active Read-Write users logged into the radio.
SM Current GUI
User Authentication
Factory Reset Via
Power Sequence cnMaestro
Connection Status cnMaestro Account
ID
Displays the mechanism used for authentication of web management interface users.
Enabled: When Enabled under Tools->Backup/Restore->Reset Via Power
Sequence, it is possible to reset the radio’s configuration to factory
Disabled: When Disabled, it is not possible to factory default the radio’s configuration using the power cycle sequence.
The current management status of the device with respect to the
Cambium Cloud Server. When Enabled under Configuration->System, the device will be managed by the Cambium Remote Management
System, which allows all Cambium devices to be managed from the
Cambium Cloud Server.
The ID that the device is currently using to be managed by the Cambium
Cloud Server.
026v003
248
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
SM Wireless page
Use the Wireless page to reference key information about the radio’s wireless interface.
Figure 70 SM Wireless page
Table 109 SM Wireless page attributes
Attribute
Registered AP SSID
Meaning
SSID of the AP to which the SM is registered.
Registered AP MAC address
Distance from AP
Operating Frequency
Transmitter Output Power
Wireless MAC address of the AP to which the SM is registered.
The distance from the AP, determined by radio signal propagation delay.
The current frequency at which the SM is transmitting and receiving.
Operating Channel Bandwidth The current channel size at which the SM is transmitting and receiving.
Downlink RSSI The Received Signal Strength Indicator, which is a measurement of the power level being received by the SM’s antenna.
Downlink SNR The Signal to Noise Ratio, which is an expression of the carrier signal quality with respect to signal noise.
The current power level at which the SM is transmitting.
026v003
249
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Attribute
Uplink MCS
Downlink MCS
Power Control Mode from AP Open Loop: In this mode, the SM will not receive any power change information in the Group Poll Frame. SM calculates the
UL transmit power based on path loss calculations only.
Closed Loop: In closed loop UL power control, Subscriber
Module will get the AP actual transmit power of beacon frame and SM Target Received Power Level in the beacon. Based on these two values, SM calculates the path loss. Based on path loss and TRL values it calculates it’s transmit power such that the signal from SM arrives at AP at the configured target level.
Path loss calculation will be updated by SM every time there is a change in values of AP actual TX power or TRL in the
Beacon.
Forced Sector Antenna
Modulation and Coding Scheme – indicates the modulation mode used for the radio downlink, based on radio conditions
(MCS 1-7, 9-15).
When an ePMP 2000 AP is deployed with a Sector Antenna and a Smart Antenna, this parameter forces the AP to use only
Sector Antenna for all Subscriber Modules.
Ethernet Interface
Meaning
Modulation and Coding Scheme – indicates the modulation mode used for the radio uplink, based on radio conditions
(MCS 1-7, 9-15).
Wireless Interface
Country
Time since last scan
Up: The radio (LAN) interface is functioning properly.
Down: The radio (LAN) interface has encountered an error and is not servicing traffic.
Up: The radio (WAN) interface is functioning properly.
Down: The radio (WAN) interface has encountered an error and is not servicing traffic.
The current code the SM is operating under.
Amount of time elapsed since the last scan was completed by the SM for available APs.
Registration Status
Available APs
The current registration status of the SM.
The Available AP list may be referenced to view which APs are available for SM network entry, and also to view the status of the current AP to SM radio link.
Add as Preferred
SSID
MAC Address
Click the button to add the AP to the Preferred AP List under Configuration->Radio.
The SSID of the visible AP.
The MAC address of the visible AP.
026v003
250
Attribute
Frequency Carrier (MHz)
Channel Bandwidth
RSSI (dBm)
SNR (dB)
Registration State
Session Time (hh:mm:ss)
Wireless Security
Meets Reg Criteria
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Meaning
The current operating frequency of the visible AP.
The current operating channel bandwidth of the visible AP.
The current measured Received Signal Strength Indicator at the AP.
The current measured Signal-to-Noise Ratio of the SM to AP link.
The indication of the result of the SM’s network entry attempt:
Successful: SM registration is successful
Failed: Out of Range: The SM is out of the AP’s configured maximum range (Max Range parameter)
Failed: Capacity limit reached at AP: The AP is no longer allowing SM network entry due to capacity reached
Failed: No Allocation on AP: The SM to AP handshaking failed due to a misconfigured pre-shared key between the SM and AP
Failed: SW Version Incompatibility: The version of software resident on the AP is older than the software version on the
SM
Failed: PTP Mode: ACL Policy: The AP is configured with PTP
Access set to MAC Limited and the SM’s MAC address is not configured in the AP’s PTP MAC Address field
Failed: Other: The AP does not have the required available memory to allow network entry
This timer indicates the time elapsed since the SM registered to the AP.
This field indicates the security state of the AP to SM link.
Yes: The scanned AP meets the Network Entry criteria defined by the internal Network Algorithm.
No: The scanned AP does not meet the Network Entry criteria defined by the internal Network Algorithm.
026v003
251
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
SM Throughput Chart page
Use the Throughput page to reference a line chart visual representation of system throughput over time. The blue line indicates downlink throughput and the orange line indicates uplink throughput.
The X-axis may be configured to display data over seconds, minutes, or hours, and the Y-axis is adjusted automatically based on average throughput. Hover over data points to display details.
Figure 71 SM Throughput Chart page
Table 110 SM Throughput Chart page attributes
Attribute Meaning
Throughput
Measurement Period
Adjust the X-axis to display throughput intervals in seconds, minutes, or hours.
026v003
252
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
SM Network page
Use the SM Network page to reference key information about the device network status.
Figure 72 SM Network page, Bridge Mode
Table 111 SM Network page attributes, Bridge Mode
Attribute
Ethernet Interface
IP Address
Subnet Mask
IPv6 Link Local
Address
IPv6 Address
Meaning
The IP address for the device when the device is used in Bridge mode.
The currently configured device IP subnet mask.
A link-local address is required for the IPv6-enabled interface
(applications may rely on the link-local address even when there is no
IPv6 routing). The IPv6 link-local address is comparable to the autoconfigured IPv4 address 169.254.0.0/16.
The IPv6 address for device management.
026v003
253
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Attribute
MTU Size
Ethernet Status
Meaning
The currently configured Maximum Transmission Unit for the AP’s
Ethernet (LAN) interface. Larger MTU configurations can enable the network to operate with greater efficiency, but in the case of retransmissions due to packet errors, efficiency is reduced since large packets must be resent in the event of an error.
Up: The device Ethernet interface is functioning and passing data
Down: The device Ethernet interface has encountered an error disallowing full operation. Reset the device to reinitiate the Ethernet interface.
The current speed of the SM’s LAN port. Port Speed
Port Duplex Mode
Auxiliary Ethernet
Status
The current duplex mode of the SM’s LAN port.
The current status of the SM’s Auxiliary Ethernet Port.
Auxiliary Port Speed The current operating speed of the SM’s Auxiliary Ethernet Port.
Auxiliary Port Duplex
Mode
The current operating duplex mode of the SM’s Auxiliary Ethernet Port.
Wireless Status
Wireless Interface Up: The device wireless interface is functioning and passing data
Down: The device wireless interface has encountered an error disallowing full operation. Reset the device to reinitiate the wireless interface.
IP address
Subnet Mask
The IP address for the wireless interface is displayed only when the SM is in NAT Mode.
The subnet for the wireless interface is displayed only when the SM is in
NAT Mode.
The current configured gateway for the bridge network of the SM. Default Gateway
Network Status
Network Mode
DNS Server IP
Multicast Status
Bridge: The SM acts as a switch, and packets are forwarded or filtered based on their MAC destination address.
NAT: The SM acts as a router, and packets are forwarded or filtered based on their IP header (source or destination) which can be grouped into subnets for finer granularity.
Router: The SM acts as a router and packets are forwarded or filtered based on their IP header (source or destination) using specific static routes and IP aliases configured by the operator.
Represents the IP address of the DNS Server.
026v003
254
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Attribute
Multicast Group
Limit
Total Multicast
Groups
ARP Table
MAC Address
IP Address
Interface
Bridge Table
MAC Address
Port
Aging Timer (secs)
Meaning
The maximum number of simultaneous multicast groups that will be allowed through the SM.
The current number of Multicast groups that have subscribed under this
SM.
MAC Address of the devices on the bridge.
IP Address of the devices on the bridge.
Interface on which the SM identified the devices on.
MAC Address of the SM connected to the AP.
The port to which the device is connected.
Time set for the MAC addresses in the Bridge table.
Figure 73 SM Network page, NAT Mode
026v003
255
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Table 112 SM Network page attributes, NAT mode
Attribute
Ethernet Interface
IP Address
Meaning
Subnet Mask
MTU Size
Ethernet Status
The IP address for the subnet associated with the Ethernet interface when the device is used in NAT and Router modes.
The currently configured device IP subnet mask.
The currently configured Maximum Transmission Unit for the AP’s
Ethernet (LAN) interface. Larger MTU configurations can enable the network to operate with greater efficiency, but in the case of retransmissions due to packet errors, efficiency is reduced since large packets must be resent in the event of an error.
Up: The device Ethernet interface is functioning and passing data
Down: The device Ethernet interface has encountered an error disallowing full operation. Reset the device to reinitiate the Ethernet interface.
Port Speed
Port Duplex Mode
Auxiliary Ethernet
Status
The current speed of the SM’s LAN port.
The current duplex mode of the SM’s LAN port.
The current status of the SM’s Auxiliary Ethernet Port.
Auxiliary Port Speed The current operating speed of the SM’s Auxiliary Ethernet Port.
Auxiliary Port Duplex
Mode
The current operating duplex mode of the SM’s Auxiliary Ethernet Port.
Separate Wireless Management IP
Separate
Management IP
IP Assignment
Disabled: A separate wireless management interface is not available.
Enabled: A Separate Wireless Management IP has been configured and a management interface is available.
Static: Device management IP addressing is configured manually in fields IP Address, Subnet Mask, Gateway, Preferred DNS Server and
Alternate DNS Server.
DHCP: Device management IP addressing (IP address, subnet mask, gateway, and DNS server) is assigned via a network DHCP server, and parameters IP Address, Subnet Mask, Gateway, Preferred DNS Server and Alternate DNS Server are unused.
IP Address
Subnet Mask
Gateway
The IP address for the separate wireless management interface is displayed only when the Separate Wireless Management IP is enabled.
The subnet for the separate wireless management interface.
The default gateway for the separate wireless management interface.
026v003
256
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Attribute
Wireless Status
Wireless IP
Assignment
Meaning
Wireless Status
Static: Device management IP addressing is configured manually in fields IP Address, Subnet Mask, Gateway, Preferred DNS Server and
Alternate DNS Server.
DHCP: Device management IP addressing (IP address, subnet mask, gateway, and DNS server) is assigned via a network DHCP server, and parameters IP Address, Subnet Mask, Gateway, Preferred DNS Server and Alternate DNS Server are unused.
Up: The device wireless interface is functioning and passing data
Down: The device wireless interface has encountered an error disallowing full operation. Reset the device to reinitiate the wireless interface.
The IP address for the wireless interface of the SM.
The subnet for the wireless interface of the SM.
The default gateway for the wireless interface of the SM.
IP Address
Subnet Mask
Default Gateway
Network Status
Network Mode
DNS Server IP
PPPoE Mode
DHCP Lease Time
Bridge: The SM acts as a switch, and packets are forwarded or filtered based on their MAC destination address.
NAT: The SM acts as a router, and packets are forwarded or filtered based on their IP header (source or destination) which can be grouped into subnets for finer granularity.
Router: The SM acts as a router and packets are forwarded or filtered based on their IP header (source or destination) using specific static routes and IP aliases configured by the operator.
Represents the IP address of the DNS Server.
Disabled: If this is left blank the STA will accept the first service option that comes back from the Access Concentrator specified below, if any.
PPPoE is ‘Disabled’ by default.
Enabled: An optional entry is ‘Enabled’ to set a specific service name to connect to the PPPoE session. This is limited to 32 characters.
Current configured time for which a DHCP IP address is leased. When the lease time expires, the DHCP client must renew IP addressing via
DHCP request.
ARP Table
MAC Address
IP Address
Interface
MAC Address of the devices in the SM’s routing table.
IP Address of the devices in the SMs routing table.
Interface on which the SM identified the devices on.
026v003
257
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Attribute
Local DHCP Server
Meaning
DHCP Server Status Indicates if the local DHCP server on the SM in NAT mode is
Enabled/Disabled.
DHCP Server IP Start
Address
The first IP address in the DHCP pool which will be issued to a DHCP client. Upon additional DHCP requests, the DHCP Start IP is incremented until Local DHCP End IP is reached.
DHCP Server IP End
Address
DHCP Gateway IP
Address
DHCP DNS IP
Address
The last/highest address IP address in the DHCP pool of addresses which is issued to a DHCP client.
The gateway of the local DHCP server
DHCP Static MAC to IP Configuration Table
MAC Address MAC address of clients that were statically assigned an IP address in the
DHCP Static MAC to IP Configuration Table under Configuration >
Network
IP Address
DNS Server IP address which will be used to configure DHCP clients (if
Local DHCP Server is set to Enabled under Configuration=>Network).
IP address of clients that were statically assigned an IP address in the
DHCP Static MAC to IP Configuration Table under Configuration >
Network
DHCP Assigned IP Address Table
MAC Address MAC address of clients that were assigned a IP address through DHCP from the Local DHCP Server
IP Address
Device Name
IP address of clients that were assigned a IP address through DHCP from the Local DHCP Server
Device Name of clients that were assigned a IP address through DHCP from the Local DHCP Server
026v003
258
Figure 74 SM Network page, Router Mode
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Table 113 SM Network page attributes, Router mode
Attribute
Ethernet Interface
IP Address
Meaning
Subnet Mask
MTU Size
The IP address for the subnet associated with the Ethernet interface when the device is used in NAT and Router modes.
The currently configured device IP subnet mask.
The currently configured Maximum Transmission Unit for the AP’s
Ethernet (LAN) interface. Larger MTU configurations can enable the network to operate with greater efficiency, but in the case of retransmissions due to packet errors, efficiency is reduced since large packets must be resent in the event of an error.
026v003
259
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Attribute
Ethernet Status
Port Speed
Port Duplex Mode
Auxiliary Ethernet
Status
Meaning
Up: The device Ethernet interface is functioning and passing data
Down: The device Ethernet interface has encountered an error disallowing full operation. Reset the device to reinitiate the Ethernet interface.
The current speed of the SM’s LAN port.
The current duplex mode of the SM’s LAN port.
The current status of the SM’s Auxiliary Ethernet Port.
Auxiliary Port Speed The current operating speed of the SM’s Auxiliary Ethernet Port.
Auxiliary Port Duplex
Mode
Wireless Interface
The current operating duplex mode of the SM’s Auxiliary Ethernet Port.
Wireless IP
Assignment
Wireless IP
Assignment
Static: Device management IP addressing is configured manually in fields IP Address, Subnet Mask, Gateway, Preferred DNS Server and
Alternate DNS Server.
DHCP: Device management IP addressing (IP address, subnet mask, gateway, and DNS server) is assigned via a network DHCP server, and parameters IP Address, Subnet Mask, Gateway, Preferred DNS Server and Alternate DNS Server are unused.
Static: Device management IP addressing is configured manually in fields IP Address, Subnet Mask, Gateway, Preferred DNS Server and
Alternate DNS Server.
DHCP: Device management IP addressing (IP address, subnet mask, gateway, and DNS server) is assigned via a network DHCP server, and parameters IP Address, Subnet Mask, Gateway, Preferred DNS Server and Alternate DNS Server are unused.
IP Address
Subnet Mask
Default Gateway
The IP address for the separate wireless management interface is displayed only when the Separate Wireless Management IP is enabled.
The subnet for the separate wireless management interface of the SM.
The default gateway for the separate wireless management interface of the SM.
Network Status
026v003
260
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Attribute
Network Mode
DNS Server IP
PPPoE Mode
DHCP Lease Time
Meaning
Bridge: The SM acts as a switch, and packets are forwarded or filtered based on their MAC destination address.
NAT: The SM acts as a router, and packets are forwarded or filtered based on their IP header (source or destination) which can be grouped into subnets for finer granularity.
Router: The SM acts as a router and packets are forwarded or filtered based on their IP header (source or destination) using specific static routes and IP aliases configured by the operator.
Represents the IP address of the DNS Server.
Disabled: If this is left blank the STA will accept the first service option that comes back from the Access Concentrator specified below, if any.
PPPoE is ‘Disabled’ by default.
Enabled: An optional entry is ‘Enabled’ to set a specific service name to connect to the PPPoE session. This is limited to 32 characters.
Current configured time for which a DHCP IP address is leased. When the lease time expires, the DHCP client must renew IP addressing via
DHCP request.
ARP Table
MAC Address
IP Address
Interface
Local DHCP Server
MAC Address of the devices in the SM’s routing table.
IP Address of the devices in the SMs routing table.
Interface on which the SM identified the devices on.
DHCP Server Status Indicates if the local DHCP server on the SM in NAT mode is
Enabled/Disabled.
DHCP Server IP Start
Address
The first IP address in the DHCP pool which will be issued to a DHCP client. Upon additional DHCP requests, the DHCP Start IP is incremented until Local DHCP End IP is reached.
DHCP Server IP End
Address
The last/highest address IP address in the DHCP pool of addresses which is issued to a DHCP client.
The gateway of the local DHCP server DHCP Gateway IP
Address
DHCP DNS IP
Address
DNS Server IP address which will be used to configure DHCP clients (if
Local DHCP Server is set to Enabled under Configuration=>Network).
Static Routes
Target Network IP
Subnet Mask
Target subnet/network’s IP address to which the SM should route the packets.
Subnet mask for the Target Network IP address.
026v003
261
Attribute
Gateway
Interface
IP Aliases
IP Address
Subnet Mask
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Meaning
Gateway to which packets that match the Target Network IP Address and
Subnet Mask are sent.
Interface to which the static route is active.
IP address for the configured IP alias.
Subnet mask for the configured IP alias.
026v003
262
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
SM System Log page
Use the SM System Log page to view the device system log and to download the log file to the accessing PC or device.
Figure 75 SM System Log page
Table 114 SM System Log attributes
Attribute
Syslog Display
Meaning
Enabled: The system log file is displayed on the management GUI.
Disabled: The system log file is hidden on the management GUI.
Syslog file Use this button to download the full system log file to a connected PC or device.
026v003
263
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
SM TOOLS MENU
The SM Tools menu provides several options for upgrading device software, configuration backup/restore, analyzing RF spectrum, testing device throughput, running ping and traceroute tests.
SM Software Upgrade page on page 265
SM Backup / Restore page on page 268
on page
SM Spectrum Analyzer page on page 272
on page
SM Traceroute page on page 277
026v003
264
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
SM Software Upgrade page
Use the SM Software Upgrade page to update the device radio software to take advantage of new software features and improvements.
Caution
Please read the Release Notes associated with each software release for special notices, feature updates, resolved software issues, and known software issues.
The Release Notes may be accessed at the Cambium Support Center .
Figure 76 SM Software Upgrade page
Table 115 SM Software Upgrade attributes
Attribute Meaning
Software Version
Firmware Version
The current operating software version. ePMP boards that do not have an onboard GPS have one bank of flash memory which contains a version of software. The version of software last upgraded onto the
Flash memory is present on this bank of flash memory. This software will be used by the SM when the SM is rebooted.
Specifies the code used to boot the board.
026v003
265
Attribute
Upgrade Options
Select File
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Meaning
From URL: A webserver may be used to retrieve software upgrade packages (downloaded to the device via the webserver). For example, if a webserver is running at IP address 192.168.2.1 and the software upgrade packages are located in the home directory, an operator may select option From URL and configure the Software Upgrade Source Info field to http://192.168.2.1/<software_upgrade_package>
From Local File: Click Browse to select the local file containing the software upgrade package
Click Browse to select a local file (located on the device accessing the web management interface) for upgrading the device software.
026v003
266
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
To upgrade the device software, follow this procedure:
Procedure:
1
Download the software upgrade packages from https://support.cambiumnetworks.com/files/epmp
2 Clear the cache of the accessing browser
3 On the device GUI, navigate to Tools => Software Upgrade
4 Select the SW Upgrade Option which represents the location of your software upgrade packages
5 Based on the configuration of SW Upgrade Option, enter either the Software Upgrade
Source Info or click the Browse button and locate the software package
6 Click Upgrade
7 When the upgrade is completed successfully, click the Reset icon
026v003
267
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
SM Backup / Restore page
Use the SM Backup / Restore page to perform the following functions:
Back up the configuration in either text (.json) format or binary (.bin) format.
Restore the configuration of using a configuration file that was previously backed up.
Reset the device to its factory default configuration. For more factory defaulting methods, see: o
Using the device external reset button on page 300
o
Resetting ePMP to factory defaults by power cycling on page 301
Figure 77 SM Backup / Restore page
026v003
268
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Table 116 SM Backup / Restore attributes
Attribute
Backup Configuration
Meaning
Configuration File
Format
Text (Editable): Choosing this option will download the configuration file in the .json format, and can be viewed and/or edited using a standard text editor.
Binary (Secured): Choosing this option will download the configuration file in the .bin format, and cannot be viewed and/or edited using an editor. Use this format for a secure backup.
Restore Configuration
Select File Click Browse to select a local file (located on the device accessing the web management interface) for restoring the device configuration.
Factory Default Configuration
Reset Via Power
Sequence
Retain Passwords
Enabled: When Enabled, it is possible to reset the radio’s configuration to factory defaults using the power cycle sequence explained under
Resetting ePMP to factory defaults by power cycling
Disabled: When Disabled, it is not possible to factory default the radio’s configuration using the power cycle sequence.
When set to Enabled, then after a factory default of the radio for any reason, the passwords used for GUI and CLI access will not be defaulted and will remain unchanged. The default value of this field is Disabled.
Keep Passwords
Reset to Factory
Defaults
Caution
If the passwords cannot be retrieved after the factory default, access to the radio will be lost/unrecoverable. This feature prevents unauthorized users from gaining access to the radio for any reason, including theft.
When the Keep Passwords checkbox is selected, the passwords used for
GUI and CLI access will not be defaulted and will remain unchanged.
This is one-time option, and it does not apply to factory default procedures completed by power cycling (Reset Via Power Sequence).
Use this button to reset the device to its factory default configuration.
Caution
A reset to factory default configuration resets all device parameters.
With the SMs in default configuration it may not be able to register to an
AP configured for your network.
026v003
269
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
SM eDetect page
The eDetect tool (not available in ePTP Slave mode) is used to measure the 802.11 interference at the ePMP radio or system when run from the AP, on the current operating channel. When the tool is run, the ePMP device processes all frames received from devices not connected to the ePMP system and collects the interfering frame’s information such as MAC Address, RSSI, and MCS. Use the SM eDetect page to collect information about interferers locally at the SM to display on the
SM’s GUI.
Figure 78 SM eDetect page
026v003
270
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Table 117 SM eDetect attributes
Attribute eDetect
Meaning
Detection Duration Configure the duration for which the SM scans for interferers.
Caution
During the scanning period, the SM must be connected to the AP and passing user traffic, and there cannot be any outage (unlike running a Spectrum Analyzer). There may be a negligible degradation in the SM’s throughput.
Use to start or stop the interference detection. Start/Stop
Export to CSV
Status
Detection Results
Choose this option to export the detection results to .csv format.
Current status of the Interference Detection tool.
Use the Detection Results table to monitor interferers at the SM and their key RF parameters.
Device Instant Health This is an indicator of the device’s health in terms of channel conditions in the presence of interferer(s).
Green: Indicates that the channel is relatively clean and has good C/I levels (>25dB). The interference level is low.
Yellow: Indicates that the channel has moderate or intermittent interference (C/I between 10dB and 25dB).
Red: Indicates that the channel has high interference and poor C/I levels
(<10dB).
Device MAC
Device RSSI (dBm)
Device MCS
Interferers’ MAC
Interferers’ RSSI
(dBm)
Interferers’ MCS
The MAC address of the SM’s wireless interface.
The Received Signal Strength Indicator, which is a measurement of the power level being received by the device’s antenna.
Modulation and Coding Scheme – indicates the modulation mode used for a radio’s receiver side, based on radio conditions (MCS 1-7, 9-15).
The MAC address of the interferer’s wireless interface.
The Received Signal Strength Indicator, which is a measurement of the interferer’s power level being received by the device’s antenna.
Modulation and Coding Scheme – indicates the modulation mode used by the interferer, based on radio conditions (ex: MCS 1--15).
026v003
271
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
SM Spectrum Analyzer page
Use the SM Spectrum Analyzer page to configure SM spectrum analyzer parameters and to download the spectrum analyzer tool.
To download the spectrum analyzer tool, the AP Device Mode must be set to Spectrum Analyzer.
Java Runtime Environment is required to run the AP spectrum analyzer.
Caution
Conducting spectrum analysis causes the SM to enter scan mode and the SM drops all RF connections.
Vary the days and times when you analyze the spectrum in an area. The RF environment can change throughout the day or throughout the week.
To conduct a spectrum analysis, follow these steps:
Required Software:
Java Run-time Environment (JRE)
Procedure:
1 On the SM GUI, navigate to Configure => System
2 Configure Device mode to Spectrum Analyzer
3 Click the Save button
4 Click the Reset button
5 Login to the SM and navigate to Tools => Spectrum Analyzer.
6 Click Download Spectrum Analyzer Tool
7 Locate the folder to which the spectrum analyzer tool was saved, and double-click on file csa.jnlp
to launch the tool
8 If a security warning window is presented, tick the checkbox next to “I accept the risk and
want to run this application”
9 In the security warning window, click Run
The spectrum analyzer interface is displayed
10 Click Range to configure the range of frequencies to scan.
026v003
272
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
11 Click Start Scan to begin scanning
Display of the average, peak, current, and minimum power levels for the configured range
Statistical display of the number of times each frequency in the range was scanned
When scanning is complete, follow these steps to return the device to SM operation:
Spectrogram display of the energy levels detected throughout the configured range, over time
Procedure:
1 In the spectrum analyzer application, click Stop Scan
2 Close the spectrum analyzer application by clicking File => Exit
3 On the SM GUI, navigate to Configure => System
4 Configure Device Mode to SM
5 Click the Save button
6 Click the Reset button
026v003
273
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
SM eAlign page
Use the eAlign page to aid with link alignment. A valid link to an AP is required for eAlign to provide meaningful measurements.
Figure 79 SM eAlign page
Table 118 SM eAlign attributes
Attribute Meaning
Operating Frequency
Registered AP SSID
Current RSSI
The current frequency at which the SM is operating.
The SSID of the AP to which the SM is registered.
Current RSSI value measured on the uplink by the SM’s receiver.
Peak RSSI
Peak RSSI value measured by the SM’s receiver from the time the user navigated to the eAlign page.
Reset Measurements
Click this button to reset all current measurements.
026v003
274
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
SM Wireless Link Test page
Use the SM Wireless Link Test page to conduct a simple test of SM wireless throughput to the AP to which it is registered. This allows you to determine the throughput that can be expected on a particular link without having to use external tools.
Figure 80 SM Wireless Link Test page
Table 119 SM Wireless Link Test attributes
Attribute Meaning
Test Setup
AP MAC Address This is not an editable field. It is automatically populated with the wireless MAC address of the AP to which the SM is registered.
Packet Size
Duration
Uplink Antenna
Selection
Downlink
Choose the Packet Size to use for the throughput test.
Choose the time duration in seconds to use for the throughput test.
Uplink Antenna Selection specifies the antenna to be used in the uplink for the wireless link test. The antenna cannot be forced if it is already configured to Forced Sector Antenna or Forced Smart Antenna in the
AP.
This field indicates the result of the throughput test on the downlink, in
Mbps.
Uplink
Aggregate
This field indicates the result of the throughput test on the uplink, in
Mbps.
This field indicates the result of the aggregate throughput on the link, in
Mbps. Displayed only when Downlink/Uplink Ratio is set to 75/25, 50/50 or 30/70.
026v003
275
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
SM Ping page
Use the SM Ping page to conduct a simple test of SM IP connectivity to other devices which are reachable from the network. If no ping response is received or if “Destination Host Unreachable” is reported, the target may be down, there may be no route back to the SM, or there may be a failure in the network hardware (i.e. DNS server failure).
Figure 81 SM Ping page
Table 120 SM Ping attributes
Meaning Attribute
Ping
IP Address Version
IP Address
Number of packets (-c)
Buffer size (-s)
TTL (-t)
Ping Results
IPv4: The ping test is conducted via IPv4 protocol.
IPv6: The ping test is conducted via IPv6 protocol.
Enter the IP address of the ping target.
Enter the total number of ping requests to send to the target.
Enter the number of data bytes to be sent.
Set the IP Time-To-Live (TTL) for multicast packets. This flag applies if the ping target is a multicast address.
Displays the ping test results.
026v003
276
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
SM Traceroute page
Use the SM Traceroute page to display the route (path) and associated diagnostics for IP connectivity between the SM and the destination specified.
Figure 82 SM Traceroute page
Table 121 SM Traceroute attributes
Meaning Attribute
Traceroute
IP Address
Fragmentation (-F)
Trace method (-l)
Display TTL (-l)
Verbose (-v)
Traceroute Results
Enter the IP address of the target of the traceroute diagnostic.
ON: Allow source and target to fragment probe packets.
OFF: Do not fragment probe packets (on source or target).
ICMP ECHO: Use ICMP ECHO for traceroute probes.
UDP: Use UDP for traceroute probes.
ON: Display TTL values for each hop on the route.
OFF: Suppress display of TTL values for each hop on the route.
ON: ICMP packets other than TIME_EXCEEDED and UNREACHABLE are displayed in the output.
OFF: Suppress display of extraneous ICMP messaging.
Displays the results of the traceroute diagnostics.
026v003
277
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Radius Server
INSTALLING FREE-RADIUS ON UBUNTU 12.04 LTS
To install the Radius server on Ubuntu 12.04 LTS, follow these instructions:
1. On the free-radius web page http://freeradius.org
, download the latest package (currently
3.1), either from the main page or the download page.
2. Extract the archive file by using the command line as shown below:
To extract a tar.bz2 file, use the command (note the j option)
tar -jxvf freeradius-server-x.x.x.tar.bz2
To extract a tar.gz file, use the command (note the z option)
tar -zxvf freeradius-server-x.x.x.tar.gz
3. Once the files are extracted to a folder (cd freeradius-server-x.x.x), execute these commands:
sudo apt-get install libssl-dev
sudo apt-get install libtalloc-dev
./configure
make
make install
CONFIGURING FREE-RADIUS SERVER
To configure Free-Radius server, follow these steps:
Note
IP address or subnet of the client must be configured in the clients.conf file.
Ex. – For the examples listed in the document, the subnet of the external machine is
172.22.121.0 or 192.168.0.0.
1. For testing from external machines, edit /usr/local/etc/raddb/clients.conf and add an entry.
For example:
client 172.22.121.0/24 { ipaddr = 172.22.121.0
netmask = 24
secret = cambium
proto = *
shortname = epmp1
} client 127.0.0.0/24 { ipaddr = 172.22.121.0 netmask = 24
} secret = cambium proto = * shortname = epmp1 client 192.168.0.0/16 { ipaddr = 192.168.0.0 netmask = 16 secret = cambium proto = *
}
026v003
278
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
2. To add EAP-TTLS Username and EAP-TTLS Password, edit usr/local/etc/raddb/user.
For example put this string at the end of file:
cambium-SubscriberModule Cleartext-Password := "cambium",
where cambium-SubscriberModule - EAP-TTLS Username and “cambium” - EAP-TTLS
Password.
3. To configure free-radius key and certificate, edit /usr/local/etc/raddb/mods-available/eap and add your certificates to folder /usr/local/etc/raddb/certs.
Locate a string such as
default_eap_type, private_key_file, certificate_file in eap file and change the value to:
default_eap_type = ttls private_key_password = *** - according to your certificate private_key_file = ${certdir}/***.key certificate_file = ${certdir}/***.crt
Under the ttls section, change the following:
copy_request_to_tunnel=yes use_tunnel_reply=yes
Note
Once these steps are performed, free-radius in debug mode can be initiated: $
radiusd –X.
026v003
279
CONFIGURING RADIUS PARAMETERS ON AP
Figure 83 AP Radius configuration
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
To configure Radius parameters on the AP, follow these steps:
1. Open the GUI and login as admin.
2. Navigate to Configure -> Security -> Wireless Security.
3. Change the value to RADIUS.
4. Add IP Address of your RADIUS Server in the Radius Servers table.
5. Also configure Port (you may use default 1812) and Secret which has to be the same as in
clients.conf file.
6. Click Save, to keep the changes.
026v003
280
CONFIGURING RADIUS PARAMETERS ON SM
Figure 84 SM Radius configuration
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
To configure Radius parameters on SM, follow these steps:
1. Select Wireless Security as RADIUS.
2. Configure EAP-TTLS Username and EAP-TTLS Password, as configured in file users.
3. Choose the Default Root Certificate.
4. Click Save, to keep the changes.
026v003
281
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
CONFIGURING MIR PROFILES
To configure the MIR profiles, follow these steps:
1. Create a dictionary file with the MIR Profiles:
# touch dictionary.cambium
2. Edit dictionary.cambium according to the instructions that you can find under
/usr/local/etc/raddb directory in file dictionary.
For example:
ATTRIBUTE Cambium-ePMP-ULMIR 110 integer #Max Burst Uplink Rate
ATTRIBUTE Cambium-ePMP-DLMIR 110 integer #Max Burst Downlink Rate
VENDOR Cambium 17713
#
# Cambium vendor-specific attributes.
#
BEGIN-VENDOR Cambium
ATTRIBUTE Cambium-ePMP-ULMIR 26integer #Max Burst Uplink Rate
ATTRIBUTE Cambium-ePMP-DLMIR 27integer #Max Burst Downlink Rate
3. Create link on your dictionary:
#ln -s dictionary.cambium dictionary.local
4. To configure MIR profiles, edit usr/local/etc/raddb/users and add profiles for each client below users configuration :
SubscriberModule33 Cleartext-Password := "cambium33"
Cambium-ePMP-ULMIR = 100,
Cambium-ePMP-DLMIR = 100
SubscriberModule34 Cleartext-Password := "cambium34"
Cambium-ePMP-ULMIR = 110,
Cambium-ePMP-DLMIR = 110
SubscriberModule35 Cleartext-Password := "cambium35"
Cambium-ePMP-ULMIR = 120,
Cambium-ePMP-DLMIR = 120
026v003
282
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Example scenarios of MIR and RADIUS configurations are described in Table 122 .
Table 122 Example scenarios of MIR and RADIUS configurations
Scenario
No MIR control via
Radius
MIR control using only Radius
Hybrid control using both Radius and MIR profile on the AP GUI
Description
In a scenario where Radius is not in use for MIR profiles, the GUI will be the only place to configure MIR profiles and apply them to the corresponding SMs. Configure the MIR profiles in the Configure =->
Quality of Service menu option on the AP GUI and apply the corresponding profile # in the SM under the same menu option on SM.
In the case where only the Radius server is being used for MIR profiles, all settings in the GUI will be overridden for any SM being managed by the Radius Server. In this case, create the MIR profile with Subscriber
Module usernames and password on the Radius server. At the time of registration, the AP uses the radius information and applies the corresponding profile to the SM. In the wireless statistics page ( =>
Wireless Status), the MIR profile # from the Radius server along with UL and DL rate information will show up. In this scenario the QOS profiles in the AP GUI are irrelevant. Multiple SMs across multiple APs can then be managed via Radius.
The system also supports a hybrid mode where Radius and the GUI
QOS profiles can be used simultaneously as long as the same SM does not have a profile # associated from the AP & Radius. In case where it is redundant, Radius server setting will override the MIR profile settings from the GUI.
CREATING CERTIFICATE FOR RADIUS SERVER AND SM DEVICE
Create your own certification center
Creating a CA private key
1. Create a root (self-signed) certificate from our private certificate. Go to the directory where the database is stored for our certificates and start generating.
2. Create a private key CA (my own Certificate Authority). RSA key length of 2048 bits encryption algorithm 3DES. File name with a key - cambium-ca.key openssl genrsa -des3 -out cambium-ca.key 2048
Generating RSA private key, 2048 bit long modulus
...................... + + +
........... + + + e is 65537 (0x10001)
Enter pass phrase for cambium.key:
Verifying - Enter pass phrase for cambium-ca.key:
3. While creating the private key, you must enter a passphrase, which will be closed by key (and confirm it). Content key, can viewed from the following command: openssl rsa –noout –text -in cambium-ca.key
In this case you must enter the private key again.
026v003
283
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Creating a CA certificate
1. Generate a self-signed certificate CA: openssl req –new -x509 -days 3650 -key cambium-ca.key -out cambium-ca.crt
2. Enter pass phrase for cambium.key:
You are asked to enter information that will be incorporated into your certificate request.
What you enter is called a Distinguished Name or a DN. There are quite a few fields of which you can leave some blank. For some fields there is a default value,
If you enter '.', field is left blank.
-----
Country Name (2 letter country code)
State or Province Name (full name)
Locality Name (Ex. City)
Organization Name (Ex, Cambium Networks)
Organizational Unit Name (Ex. Cambium)
Common Name (Ex. cambium root CA)
Email Address (Ex. [email protected])
3. Generating the certificate, you must enter a passphrase, with a closed key CA, and then - to fill in the required fields (company name, email, etc.); the most important of these is the
Common Name - the unique name of the certification center.
In this case, as the Common name was chosen "cambium root CA", view the resulting certificate command as shown below: openssl x509 –noout –text -in cambium-ca.crt
As a result, we see:
Certificate:
Data:
Version: 3 (0x2)
Serial Number:
ea: 30:7 b: 69 : a2: 13:0 c: 70
Signature Algorithm: md5WithRSAEncryption
Issuer: C = UA, ST = Euro, L = Kiev, O = Cambium Networks, OU = Cambium,
CN = cambium root CA / email address = [email protected]
# Issued to (by us, that is self-signed)
Validity
Not Before: Dec 9, 2005 11:34:29 GMT
Not After: Dec 7, 2015 11:34:29 GMT
# Validity of the certificate
Subject: C = UA, ST = Euro, L = Kiev, O = Cambium Networks, OU = Cambium,
CN = cambium root CA / email address = [email protected]
# Filter (field) certificate
Subject Public Key Info:
Public Key Algorithm: rsaEncryption
RSA Public Key: (2048 bit)
Modulus (2048 bit):
00: c0: ff: 50 : fd: a8: eb: 07:9 b: 17 : d1: a9: e2: a5: dc:
59: a7: 97:28:9 f: bc: a4: 01:16:45:37: f5: 8d: ca: 1e:
12: ca: 25:02:8 a: cf: ee: ae: 35:59: ed: 57:89: c7: 2b:
17:9 f: 8b: de: 60 : db: e5: eb: b3: de: 09:30:3 b: a9: 68:
40: f7: f8: 84 : f4: 6c: b2: 24:3 d: ed: 45 : a3: 8a: 66:99:
026v003
284
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
40: a9: 53:0 c: 75 : e3: df: f3: ef: 20:0 c: a6: 3f: f2: dd:
e9: 1c: f5: d1: c1: 32:4 c: 44 : fd: c1: a2: d9: e6: e0: dc:
04:0 c: f8: dd: 9e: 31 : aa: 9d: 60 : b0: 84 : d2: e0: b7: a5:
eb: 82:31:4 f: 71 : c4: ee: ab: 5c: 8e: ef: 8c: a1: 1a: 2a:
62: e9: e9: 36 : ff: 12 : b9: c9: ac: 0e: 4d: ac: 08:97:87:
d2: 30:2 f: 41 : a1: 9e: ef: 8b: bf: c6: cf: 66:70:02: ab:
2d: b0: 9c: 56 : b8: 13 : e8: 92:59: f5: d9: 33 : d7: 33:6 a:
7c: cb: 9b: 92 : ee: 4b: 22:32:73:59:70:3 f: b1: f6: 1b:
67:1 d: 28 : eb: bb: 4b: 5e: 61:95:43:78: d5: 3b: db: e1:
37 : f1: ec: 0d: db: 50:65:22: cb: f4: f9: b8: 2a: c6: 1f:
2b: e9: f8: 64:03:4 f: 36 : dc: 72:8 e: be: 3d: 12:8 a: ca:
8b: 95
Exponent: 65537 (0x10001)
X509v3 extensions:
X509v3 Subject Key Identifier:
4C: 80 : F5: 82:4 C: A4: 52 : DF: 9E: 0C: 0D: 64:74:68:1 E: 45 : F6: C1: C7: 68
X509v3 Authority Key Identifier:
keyid: 4C: 80 : F5: 82:4 C: A4: 52 : DF: 9E: 0C: 0D: 64:74:68:1 E: 45 : F6: C1: C7: 68
DirName :/ C = UA / ST = Euro / L = Kiev / O = Cambium Networks / OU = Cambium /
CN = cambium root CA / emailAddress = [email protected]
serial: EA: 30:7 B: 69 : A2: 13:0 C: 70
X509v3 Basic Constraints:
CA: TUAE
Signature Algorithm: md5WithRSAEncryption
57 : db: 0d: 2b: 27 : eb: 0a: 97:7 f: b1: 37 : b3: d1: d7: 14 : a6: 80:66:
3d: 7c: 00:4 a: 45:1 f: 7c: 2b: 5e: 30 : b2: 72:74:9 f: 6d: 33:82: f7:
f7: de: 54 : a9: 2b: e7: ea: 1b: 93 : bd: cc: 74:4 f: 11 : ed: 94:0 b: b9:
b2: 1f: b1: 86:6 e: c6: 48:71:48:9 b: 2b: 0a: 36 : f3: ab: d6: f9: 75 :
c9: 0d: 1b: e9: 2c: 85:04: fc: 17:9 a: 94 : b9: 14:0 d: 15 : d1: 1e: 8b:
bb: 9e: 91 : ca: 40:8 c: d8: ef: dd: 4a: 75 : d0: b9: 62 : d4: ee: 1b: e5:
b5: 7e: fa: f1: 5d: 62 : d1: 78 : b0: 34:04: bb: 60:37:8 a: a8: 74:88:
f6: 94:3 b: c8: fb: c0: 98 : f4: 94 : e9: d5: 53:8 e: 31 : e6: 25:56: c3:
84:7 c: 46 : b9: 09:5 f: e3: 43 : a8: 57 : c9: 3a: d9: 3d: a7: b0: 41 : db:
ea: ca: 60:28:0 b: a3: f0: 0b: e6: d6: c0: 5b: 15:0 c: f8: 19:36:26:
d3: 2a: 8d: c9: 67 : fe: 04:6 f: e9: bf: f9: 55 : de: 2c: 92:04:81:6 f:
43 : d5: 94:25: af: 83 : b8: 01:22: c8: 1a: 7e: 2e: a9: 10 : b0: e5: 35 :
a7: 17 : bf: 65 : a1: 31:55:85: ba: 10:24:71:03:3 b: d6: 71 : a4: ad:
48:28:46:8 f: 7e: e6: b3: 8c: 37:97:4 f: 36:05:8 c: f6: d1: 40 : a8:
c4: 58:9 b: 28
4. Now copy the certificate and key of the CA in a public place, for example, in
/etc/ssl/cambium:
mkdir /etc /ssl /cambium cp cambium-ca. * /etc/ssl/cambium/
Issuance of certificates
Script certificate generation
Download (from the Cambium support web-site) the script sign_cert.sh. It allows you to create server/user.
026v003
285
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Edit the following lines:
ROOTCA = "cambium" root CA name - Filename of the root certificate (without the suffix 'ca')
O = "Cambium Networks" - Name of the organization
C = "UA" - country
ST = "Euro" - staff
L = "Kiev" - city
OU = "Cambium" - unit
EMAIL = [email protected] - email
BITS = 2048 - Size of the generated key in bits
CLIENT_DAYS = 730 - Client certificate validity period in days
SERVER_DAYS = 1461 - Server certificate validity period in days
Lines related to the country, city, department, email, etc must be fixed (though not necessarily, this is default values that can be changed in the process of creating the certificate). Variables related to the terms of validity of the certificate can be left without changes.
Creating a server certificate (for RADIUS)
1. Create a server certificate (option cerver_cert), file name (and certificate) radius.cambium.com.
. / sign_cert.sh server_cert radius.cambium.com
create certificate key: radius.cambium.com.key
Generating RSA private key, 2048 bit long modulus
....... + + +
.................................. + + + e is 65537 (0x10001)
# First generates key, it is necessary enter the password which will close the key
Enter pass phrase for radius.cambium.com.key:
Verifying - Enter pass phrase for radius.cambium.com.key: decrypt certificate key: radius.cambium.com.crt
Enter pass phrase for radius.cambium.com.key: writing RSA key
# Create a certificate request
Create certificate request: radius.cambium.com.csr
. / sign_cert.sh radius.cambium.com server_cert
You are about to be asked to enter information that will be incorporated into your certificate request.
What you are about to enter is what is called a Distinguished Name or a
DN.
There are quite a few fields but you can leave some blank
For some fields there will be a default value,
If you enter '.', the field will be left blank.
2. Then you must specify the fields you want, like for the root certificate. Default values have already populated in square brackets. To use them simply click ENTER.
Your Country Name (2 letter country code):
State or Province Name (full name):
026v003
286
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Locality Name (Ex.- city)
Organization Name (Ex.- Cambium Networks):
Organizational Unit Name (Ex.- Cambium):
Common Name (Ex.- radius.cambium.com):
Email Address (Ex.- [email protected]):
# Sign the certificate request sign certificate by CA: radius.cambium.com.crt sign ca is: cambium-ca
CA signing: radius.cambium.com.csr -> radius.cambium.com.crt:
Using configuration from ca.config
3. Since we sign new created certificate with root certificate, we must enter the password which we used to close root certificate of our center CA
Enter pass phrase for. /.. / cambium-ca.key:
Check that the request matches the signature
Signature ok
The Subject's Distinguished Name is as follows countryName: PRINTABLE: 'UA' stateOrProvinceName: PRINTABLE: 'Euro' localityName: PRINTABLE: 'Kiev' organizationName: PRINTABLE: 'Cambium Networks' organizationalUnitName: PRINTABLE: 'Cambium' commonName: T61STRING: 'radius.cambium.com' emailAddress: IA5STRING: '[email protected]'
Certificate is to be certified until Dec 25 12:05:18 2013 GMT (730 days)
Everything is OK, completing work
Server certificate is created.
VENDOR-SPECIFIC ATTRIBUTE (VSA) REFERENCE
The ePMP RADIUS Dictionary file defines all of the ePMP Vendor-specific Attributes that can be utilized in the radio network. This file must be stored on the RADIUS server to be able to provision
RADIUS users and clients with VSA configurations or to control administrator login credentials and privileges.
Table 123 ePMP VSA additional details
Attribute Name
CambiumePMP-VLIGVID
Number
1
Bridge
Mode
26.17713.21 Applicable
NAT /
Router
Mode
Not
Applicable
GUI Analogue
Data VLAN ID
Valid Values
Usage Examples
1-4094
CambiumePMP-
VLMGVID
26.17713.22 Applicable Applicable
AP or SM in
Bridge Mode:
Management
VLAN ID
SM in NAT or
Router Mode with Separate
1-4094
1
26 connotes Vendor-specific Attribute, per RFC 2865
026v003
287
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
CambiumePMP-ULMIR
CambiumePMP-DLMIR
26.17713.26 Applicable Applicable
26.17713.27 Applicable Applicable
Management IP
Enabled:
VLAN (Data) ->
VLAN ID
SM in NAT or
Router Mode with Separate
Management IP
Disabled:
VLAN
(Management +
Data) -> VLAN ID
Uplink
Maximum
Information Rate
(MIR)
Downlink
Maximum
Information Rate
(MIR)
100-1000000
(kbps)
100-1000000
(kbps)
CambiumePMP-
UserLevel
CambiumePMP-STAPRI
CambiumePMP-
VLANMEMSET
26.17713.50 Applicable Applicable
Section Account
Management
26.17713.51 Applicable Applicable
26.17713.52 Applicable
Not
Applicable
Subscriber
Module Priority
Membership
VLANs table
2-5
2 – Installer
(permission to read and write parameters applicable to unit installation and monitoring)
3 – Admininstrator
(full read and write permission)
4 – User
(permission only to access pertinent information for support purposes)
5 – Readonly
(permission to only view the
Monitor page)
0-2
0 – Normal
1 – High
2 - Low
1-4094 (for each
VLAN ID in the range)
026v003
288
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
CambiumePMP-
VLManagPVID
26.17713.53 Applicable Applicable
AP or SM in
Bridge Mode:
Management
VLAN Priority
SM in NAT or
Router Mode with Separate
Management IP
Enabled:
VLAN (Data) ->
VLAN Priority
SM in NAT or
Router Mode with Separate
Management IP
Disabled:
VLAN
(Management +
Data) -> VLAN
Priority
CambiumePMP-
VLDataPVID
CambiumePMP-
VLMG2VID
26.17713.54 Applicable
26.17713.55
Not
Applicable
Not
Applicable
Applicable
Data VLAN
Priority
Separate
Management
Example:
To set a VLAN
Membership range from VLAN
ID 256 (Begin) to
VLAN ID 300
(End), in the
RADIUS users file set:
Cambium-ePMP-
VLANMEMSET =
"16777516"
This decimal value in hex is
0x0100012C. In this case, the first two bytes represent the beginning of the range, 0x0100
(256 in decimal) and the last two bytes represent the end of the range, 0x012C
(300 in decimal).
0-7
0-7
1-4094
026v003
289
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
ePMP-
CambiumePMP-
VLMG2PVID
26.17713.56
Not
Applicable
Applicable
CambiumePMP-
VLMultiCastVID
26.17713.57 Applicable
Not
Applicable
VLAN -> VLAN
ID
Separate
Management
VLAN -> VLAN
Priority
Multicast VLAN
ID
Cambium-
VLMAPPING
26.17713.58 Applicable
Not
Applicable
0-7
1-4094
VLAN Mapping table
1-4094 (for each
VLAN ID in the range)
Example:
To map C-VLAN
23 to S-VLAN 400, in the RADIUS users file set:
Cambium-ePMP-
VLMAPPING =
"1507728"
This decimal value in hex is
0x00170190. In this case, the first two bytes represent the C-
VLAN value
0x0017 (23 in decimal) and the last two bytes represent the S-
VLAN value
0x0190 (400 in decimal).
026v003
290
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Operation and Troubleshooting
This chapter provides instructions for operators of ePMP networks. The following topics are described:
General Planning for Troubleshooting
on page
Upgrading device software on page 294
on page
Troubleshooting the radio link
on page
Using the device external reset button
on page
Resetting ePMP to factory defaults by power cycling
on page
026v003
291
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
General Planning for Troubleshooting
Effective troubleshooting depends in part on measures that you take before you experience trouble in your network. Cambium recommends the following measures for each site:
Procedure:
1 Identify troubleshooting tools that are available at your site (such as a protocol analyzer).
2 Identify commands and other sources that can capture baseline data for the site. These may include:
Ping
tracert or traceroute
Throughput Test results
Throughput data
Configure GUI page captures
Monitor GUI page captures
Session logs
3 Start a log for the site, including:
Operating procedures
Site-specific configuration records
Network topology
Software releases
Types of hardware deployed
Site-specific troubleshooting process
Escalation procedures
GPS latitude/longitude of each network element
GENERAL FAULT ISOLATION PROCESS
Effective troubleshooting also requires an effective fault isolation methodology that includes
Attempting to isolate the problem to the level of a system, subsystem, or link, such as o AP to SM o AP to CMM o AP to GPS o CMM to GPS o power
Researching System Logs of the involved equipment.
Answering the questions listed in the following section.
Reversing the last previous corrective attempt before proceeding to the next.
Performing only one corrective attempt at a time.
026v003
292
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
QUESTIONS TO HELP ISOLATE THE PROBLEM
When a problem occurs, attempt to answer the following questions:
1 What is the history of the problem?
Have we changed something recently?
Have we seen other symptoms before this?
2 How wide-spread is the symptom?
Is the problem on only a single SM? (If so, focus on that SM.)
Is the problem on multiple SMs? If so: o is the problem on one AP in the cluster? (If so, focus on that AP) o is the problem on multiple, but not all, APs in the cluster? (If so, focus on those
APs) o is the problem on all APs in the cluster? (If so, focus on the CMM and the GPS signal.)
3 Based on data in the System Log
Is intermittent connectivity indicated? (If so, verify your configuration, power level, CINR, cables and connections, and the speed duplex of both ends of the link).
Does the problem correlate to loss-of-sync events?
4 Are connections made via shielded cables?
5 Does the GPS antenna have an unobstructed view of the entire horizon?
026v003
293
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Upgrading device software
To take advantage of new features and software improvements for the ePMP system, monitor the
Cambium Networks PMP Software website: https://support.cambiumnetworks.com/files/epmp
To upgrade the device software (AP or SM), follow this:
Procedure:
1 When upgrading multiple v1.0.3 integrated devices, ensure that the browser cache is cleared at the beginning of the upgrade process.
2 Log in to the device GUI via the management IP
3 Navigate to page Tools, Software Upgrade
4 Under the Main Software section, set the Upgrade
Option to URL to pull the software file from a network software server or select
Local File to upload a file from the accessing device.
If URL is selected, enter the server IP address, Server
Port, and File path.
5 If Local File is selected, click Browse to launch the file selection dialogue
6 Click Upgrade
Caution
Do not power off the unit in the middle of an upgrade process.
7 Once the software upgrade is complete, click the Reset icon.
026v003
294
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Upgrading on-board GPS chip firmware
To upgrade the GPS Synchronized ePMP radio’s on-board GPS chip, follow this:
Procedure:
1
2
When upgrading multiple v1.0.3 (or later) integrated devices, ensure that the browser cache is cleared at the beginning of the upgrade process.
Log in to the device GUI via the management IP
3 Navigate to page Tools, Software Upgrade
4 Under the section GPS Firmware, set the Upgrade Options to URL to pull the software file from a network software server or select
Local File to upload a file from the accessing device.
Note
Use the same package that is used to upgrade the device’s software. The new GPS firmware is part of the software upgrade packages.
5 If Local File is selected, click Browse to launch the file selection dialogue and click Upgrade.
Caution
Do not power off the unit in the middle of an upgrade process.
7 Once the software upgrade is complete, click the Reset icon.
Caution
In case of a locked GPS device the upgrade typically has a "GPS Firmware Version" as
"Not Available"(although not always). The user must attempt the upgrade anyway. It is however likely to fail with a "GPS general communication error" displayed in the notification icon. If this occurs the user must power-cycle (not just reboot) the radio and attempt the upgrade again.
026v003
295
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Testing hardware
This section describes how to test the hardware when it fails on startup or during operation.
Before testing hardware, confirm that all outdoor cables, that is those that connect the AP or SM to
equipment inside the building, are of the supported type, as defined in Ethernet cabling on page
CHECKING THE POWER SUPPLY LED
When the power supply is connected to the main power supply, the expected LED behavior is:
The Power (green) LED illuminates steadily.
If the expected LED operation does not occur, or if a fault is suspected in the hardware, check the
LED states and choose the correct test procedure:
Ethernet LED is off on page 296
POWER LED IS OFF
Meaning: Either the power supply is not receiving power from the AC/DC outlet, or there is a wiring fault in the unit.
Action: Remove the AP/SM cable from the PSU and observe the effect on the Power LED. If the
Power LED does not illuminate, confirm that the mains power supply is working, for example, check the plug. If the power supply is working, report a suspected power supply fault to Cambium
Networks.
ETHERNET LED IS OFF
Meaning: There is no Ethernet traffic between the AP/SM and power supply.
Action: The fault may be in the LAN or AP/SM cable:
Remove the LAN cable from the power supply, examine it and confirm it is not faulty.
If the PC connection is working, remove the AP/SM cable from the power supply, examine it, and check that the wiring to pins 1&2 and 3&6 is correct and not crossed.
026v003
296
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Test Ethernet packet errors reported by AP/SM
Log into the AP or SM and click Monitor, Performance. Click Reset System Counters at the bottom of the page and wait until LAN RX – Total Packet Counter has reached 1 million. If the counter does not increment or increments too slowly, because for example the ePMP system is newly installed and there is no offered Ethernet traffic, then abandon this procedure and consider using
the procedure Test ping packet loss on page 297 .
Check the LAN RX – Error Packet Counter statistic. The test has passed if this is less than 10.
Test Ethernet packet errors reported by managed switch or router
If the AP/SM is connected to a managed Ethernet switch or router, it may be possible to monitor the error rate of Ethernet packets. Please refer to the user guide of the managed network equipment. The test has passed if the rate of packet errors reported by the managed Ethernet switch or router is less than 10 in 1 million packets.
Test ping packet loss
Using a computer, it is possible to generate and monitor packets lost between the power supply and the AP/SM. This can be achieved by executing the Command Prompt application which is supplied as standard with Windows and Mac operating systems.
Caution
This procedure disrupts network traffic carried by the AP or SM under test.
Procedure:
1. Ensure that the IP address of the computer is configured appropriately for connection to the AP or SM under test, and does not conflict with other devices connected to the network.
2. If the power supply is connected to an Ethernet switch or router then connect the computer to a spare port, if available.
3. If it is not possible to connect the computer to a spare port of an Ethernet switch or router, then the power supply must be disconnected from the network in order to execute this test:
Disconnect the power supply from the network.
Connect the computer directly to the LAN port of the power supply.
4. On the computer, open the Command Prompt application.
5. Send 1000 ping packets of length 1500 bytes. The process will take 1000 seconds, which is approximately 17 minutes.
If the computer is running a Windows operating system, this is achieved by typing (for an IPv6 address, use the ping6 command): ping –n 1000 –l 1500 <ipaddress> where <ipaddress> is the IP address of the AP or SM under test.
If the computer is running a MAC operating system, this is achieved by typing: ping –c 1000 –s 1492 <ipaddress> where <ipaddress> is the IP address of the AP/SM under test.
6. Record how many Ping packets are lost. This is reported by Command Prompt on completion of the test.
The test has passed if the number of lost packets is less than 2.
026v003
297
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Troubleshooting the radio link
This section describes how to test the link when there is no radio communication, when it is unreliable, or when the data throughput rate is too low. It may be necessary to test both the AP and the SM.
MODULE HAS LOST OR DOES NOT ESTABLISH RADIO CONNECTIVITY
If there is no wireless activity, follow this:
Procedure:
1 Check that the AP and SMs are configured with the same Frequency Carrier. Also, if operating in a region where DFS is required, ensure that the SM’s Frequency Carrier List contains the frequencies configured in the AP’s DFS Alternate Frequency Carrier 1 and DFS Alternate
Frequency Carrier 2 fields.
2 Check that the Channel Bandwidth is configured the same at the AP and at the SM
3 On the AP, verify that the Max Range setting is configured to a distance slightly greater than the distance between the AP and the furthest SM that must register to the AP.
4 Check that the AP’s Synchronization Source is configured properly based on the network configuration.
5 Verify the authentication settings on the AP and SM. if Authentication Type is set to WPA2, verify that the Pre-shared Key matches between the AP and the SM Preferred AP List
6 Check that the software at each end of the link is the same version.
7 Check that the desired AP’s SSID is configured in the SM Preferred AP List.
8 On the SM, check the DL RSSI and DL CINR values. Verify that for the SM installed distance, that the values are consistent with see
9 Check Tx Power on the AP and SM
10 Check that the link is not obstructed or the AP/SM misaligned.
11 Check the DFS status page (Monitor, System Status) at each end of the link and establish that there is a quiet wireless channel to use.
12 If there are no faults found in the configuration and there is absolutely no wireless signal, retry the installation procedure.
13 If this does not work then report a suspected AP/SM fault to Cambium Networks.
026v003
298
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
LINK IS UNRELIABLE OR DOES NOT ACHIEVE DATA RATES REQUIRED
If there is some activity but the link is unreliable or does not achieve the data rates required, proceed as follows:
Procedure:
1 Check that the interference has not increased by monitoring the uplink and downlink CINR values reported in the AP page Monitor, Wireless Status
2 Check that the RSSI values reported at the AP an SM are proper based on the distance of the
link – see Table 125 on page 426
3 Check that the path loss is low enough for the communication rates required.
4 Check that the AP or SM has not become misaligned.
5 Review your Quality of Service configuration and ensure that traffic is properly classified and prioritized.
MODULE HAS LOST OR DOES NOT GAIN GPS SYNCHRONIZATION
To troubleshoot a loss of sync, perform the following steps.
Procedure:
1 If the AP is receiving synchronization via CMM, verify that the CMM is properly receiving sync via its attached GPS antenna (see PMP Synchronization Solutions User Guide). Verify that the cables from the CMM to the network switch are at most 30 Ft (shielded) or 10 Ft (unshielded) and that the network switch is not PoE (802.3af) capable.
2 If the CMM is receiving GPS synchronization pulses, verify that the AP’s Synchronization
Source is set to CMM and that the AP’s GPS status bar icon is lit green.
3 If the AP is receiving synchronization via its internal GPS module and an external GPS antenna, verify the cabling from the AP to the GPS antenna, and verify that the AP’s
Synchronization Source is set to GPS.
026v003
299
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Using the device external reset button
ePMP APs and SMs feature an external button which serves two purposes:
To reset the device (briefly depress the button for more than two seconds but less than ten seconds then release)
Caution
If the reset button is pressed for more than ten seconds while powered on, the device will reset back to its factory default configuration
To reset the device to its factory default configuration (depress the button for more than ten seconds then release)
ePMP 1000
Connectorized Radio with
Sync / ePMP 1000
Connectorized Radio
Reset Button ePMP 1000
Integrated Radio
Reset Button
026v003
Force 180
Reset Button
Force 200
Reset Button ePMP 2000 Access Point with
Intelligent Filtering and Sync
Reset Button
300
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Resetting ePMP to factory defaults by power cycling
Operators may reset an ePMP radio to default factory configuration by a sequence of power cycling (removing and re-applying power to the device). This procedure allows operators to perform a factory default reset without a tower climb or additional tools. The procedure is depicted
Procedure:
1 Remove the Ethernet cable from PoE jack of the power supply for at least 10 seconds.
2 Reconnect the Ethernet cable to re-supply power to the ePMP device for 3-5 seconds and disconnect cable to power off the ePMP device for 3-5 seconds. (1 st power cycle)
3 Reconnect the Ethernet cable to re-supply power to the ePMP device for 3-5 seconds and disconnect cable to power off the ePMP device for 3-5 seconds. (2 nd power cycle)
4 Reconnect the Ethernet cable to re-supply power to the ePMP device for 3-5 seconds and disconnect cable to power off the ePMP device for 3-5 seconds. (3 rd power cycle)
5 Reconnect the Ethernet cable to re-supply power to the ePMP device for 3-5 seconds and disconnect cable to power off the ePMP device for 3-5 seconds. (4 th power cycle)
6 Reconnect the Ethernet cable to re-supply power to the ePMP device for at least 30 seconds and allow it to go through the boot up procedure (Note: Device will go through an additional reset automatically). This will reset the current configuration files to factory default configuration (e.g. IP addresses, Device mode, RF configuration etc.). The device can be pinged from a PC to check if boot up is complete (Successful ping replies indicates boot up is complete).
7 Access the ePMP device using the default IP address of 192.168.0.1 (AP) or 192.168.0.2 (SM).
Figure 85 Power cycle timings
Where:
V+(ON)
Off t on t off
Is:
Power through PoE has been applied to the device
Power through PoE has been removed from the device
Time duration for which the device has been powered on. This should be 3-5 seconds.
Time duration for which the device has been powered off. This should be 3-5 seconds.
026v003
301
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Recovery of flash-corrupted ePMP devices
All ePMP radios, except the Connectorized Radios with Sync, have a single flash bank. There is a high probability that the flash bank can get corrupted when power to the radio is interrupted during a flash write, i.e. software upgrade. This is not an issue with the Sync radio since there are two flash banks in them – one active and the other inactive. The inactive bank will take over if the active bank is corrupted.
Beginning with Release 2.6.2, it is now possible to recover an ePMP radio’s corrupted flash. In order to perform the recovery, the ePMP radio MUST be running Release 2.6.2 or higher. Recovery is not supported on devices running earlier releases or on Connectorized Radio with Sync (GPS radios).
Procedure:
To perform the recovery procedure, the following is needed:
1 ePMP radio (non-GPS radio) with corrupted flash, i.e. there was a power interruption during a software upgrade and the device is no longer accessible or boots up.
2 The ePMP radio must have already been running Release 2.6.2 (or higher).
3 Laptop or PC with a 3rd party TFTP server (ex: http://tftpd32.jounin.net)
Recovery Procedure:
1 Connect the PC/Laptop to the ePMP device (non-GPS radio).
2 The PC/Laptop must be deployed in the same network as the ePMP device.
3 TFTP Server IP address must be set to 192.168.1.10/255.255.255.0.
4 Extract the ePMP recovery image (firmware.bin) from the ePMP software bundle (ePMP-
NonGPS_Synced-v2.6.2.tar.gz or higher) and place it in the TFTP Server’s root directory.
5 Reboot the ePMP device.
6 After successful boot-up, the ePMP device will perform the recovery procedure. The procedure will take approximately 5 minutes. Once done, the ePMP device will reboot automatically.
7 After boot-up, the ePMP device will be accessible using the last configured IP address or default local IP of 192.168.0.2 or the fallback IP of 169.254.1.1.
8 IMPORTANT: Software Upgrade through the GUI must be performed one more time for successful recovery in order to reflash broken image.
NOTE: This recovery procedure will work in cases where the u-boot of the radio is intact. In rare cases where the u-boot may also be corrupted, recovery is not possible.
026v003
302
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Legal and reference information
This chapter provides legal notices including software license agreements.
Caution
Intentional or unintentional changes or modifications to the equipment must not be made unless under the express consent of the party responsible for compliance. Any such modifications could void the user’s authority to operate the equipment and will void the manufacturer’s warranty.
The following topics are described in this chapter:
Cambium Networks end user license agreement on page 304
on page
on page
Compliance with safety standards
on page 427 lists the safety specifications against which the
ePMP has been tested and certified. It also describes how to keep RF exposure within safe limits.
Compliance with radio regulations on page 444
describes how the ePMP complies with the radio regulations that are enforced in various countries.
on page 462 contain notes made to regulatory bodies for the ePMP.
Data throughput tables on page 474 contain tables and graphs to support calculation of the
data rate capacity that can be provided by ePMP configurations.
026v003
303
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Cambium Networks end user license agreement
ACCEPTANCE OF THIS AGREEMENT
In connection with Cambium Networks’ delivery of certain proprietary software or products containing embedded or pre-loaded proprietary software, or both, Cambium Networks is willing to license this certain proprietary software and the accompanying documentation to you only on the condition that you accept all the terms in this End User License Agreement (“Agreement”).
IF YOU DO NOT AGREE TO THE TERMS OF THIS AGREEMENT, DO NOT USE THE PRODUCT OR
INSTALL THE SOFTWARE. INSTEAD, YOU MAY, FOR A FULL REFUND, RETURN THIS PRODUCT
TO THE LOCATION WHERE YOU ACQUIRED IT OR PROVIDE WRITTEN VERIFICATION OF
DELETION OF ALL COPIES OF THE SOFTWARE. ANY USE OF THE SOFTWARE, INCLUDING BUT
NOT LIMITED TO USE ON THE PRODUCT, WILL CONSTITUTE YOUR ACCEPTANCE TO THE
TERMS OF THIS AGREEMENT.
DEFINITIONS
In this Agreement, the word “Software” refers to the set of instructions for computers, in executable form and in any media, (which may include diskette, CD-ROM, downloadable internet, hardware, or firmware) licensed to you. The word “Documentation” refers to electronic or printed manuals and accompanying instructional aids licensed to you. The word “Product” refers to
Cambium Networks’ fixed wireless broadband devices for which the Software and Documentation is licensed for use.
GRANT OF LICENSE
Cambium Networks Limited (“Cambium”) grants you (“Licensee” or “you”) a personal, nonexclusive, non-transferable license to use the Software and Documentation subject to the
Conditions of Use set forth in “Conditions of use” and the terms and conditions of this Agreement.
Any terms or conditions relating to the Software and Documentation appearing on the face or reverse side of any purchase order, purchase order acknowledgment or other order document that are different from, or in addition to, the terms of this Agreement will not be binding on the parties, even if payment is accepted.
CONDITIONS OF USE
Any use of the Software and Documentation outside of the conditions set forth in this Agreement is strictly prohibited and will be deemed a breach of this Agreement.
1. Only you, your employees or agents may use the Software and Documentation. You will take all necessary steps to insure that your employees and agents abide by the terms of this Agreement.
2. You will use the Software and Documentation (i) only for your internal business purposes; (ii) only as described in the Software and Documentation; and (iii) in strict accordance with this
Agreement.
3. You may use the Software and Documentation, provided that the use is in conformance with the terms set forth in this Agreement.
026v003
304
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
4. Portions of the Software and Documentation are protected by United States copyright laws, international treaty provisions, and other applicable laws. Therefore, you must treat the Software like any other copyrighted material (for example, a book or musical recording) except that you may either: (i) make 1 copy of the transportable part of the Software (which typically is supplied on diskette, CD-ROM, or downloadable internet), solely for back-up purposes; or (ii) copy the transportable part of the Software to a PC hard disk, provided you keep the original solely for backup purposes. If the Documentation is in printed form, it may not be copied. If the Documentation is in electronic form, you may print out 1 copy, which then may not be copied. With regard to the copy made for backup or archival purposes, you agree to reproduce any Cambium Networks copyright notice, and other proprietary legends appearing thereon. Such copyright notice(s) may appear in any of several forms, including machine-readable form, and you agree to reproduce such notice in each form in which it appears, to the extent it is physically possible to do so.
Unauthorized duplication of the Software or Documentation constitutes copyright infringement, and in the United States is punishable in federal court by fine and imprisonment.
5. You will not transfer, directly or indirectly, any product, technical data or software to any country for which the United States Government requires an export license or other governmental approval without first obtaining such license or approval.
TITLE AND RESTRICTIONS
If you transfer possession of any copy of the Software and Documentation to another party outside of the terms of this agreement, your license is automatically terminated. Title and copyrights to the Software and Documentation and any copies made by you remain with Cambium Networks and its licensors. You will not, and will not permit others to: (i) modify, translate, decompile, bootleg, reverse engineer, disassemble, or extract the inner workings of the Software or
Documentation, (ii) copy the look-and-feel or functionality of the Software or Documentation;
(iii) remove any proprietary notices, marks, labels, or logos from the Software or Documentation;
(iv) rent or transfer all or some of the Software or Documentation to any other party without
Cambium’s prior written consent; or (v) utilize any computer software or hardware which is designed to defeat any copy protection device, should the Software and Documentation be equipped with such a protection device. If the Software and Documentation is provided on multiple types of media (such as diskette, CD-ROM, downloadable internet), then you will only use the medium which best meets your specific needs, and will not loan, rent, lease, or transfer the other media contained in the package without Cambium’s written consent. Unauthorized copying of the Software or Documentation, or failure to comply with any of the provisions of this
Agreement, will result in automatic termination of this license.
026v003
305
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
CONFIDENTIALITY
You acknowledge that all Software and Documentation contain valuable proprietary information and trade secrets and that unauthorized or improper use of the Software and Documentation will result in irreparable harm to Cambium Networks for which monetary damages would be inadequate and for which Cambium Networks will be entitled to immediate injunctive relief. If applicable, you will limit access to the Software and Documentation to those of your employees and agents who need to use the Software and Documentation for your internal business purposes, and you will take appropriate action with those employees and agents to preserve the confidentiality of the Software and Documentation, using the same degree of care to avoid unauthorized or improper disclosure as you use for the protection of your own proprietary software, but in no event less than reasonable care.
You have no obligation to preserve the confidentiality of any proprietary information that: (i) was in the public domain at the time of disclosure; (ii) entered the public domain through no fault of yours; (iii) was given to you free of any obligation to keep it confidential; (iv) is independently developed by you; or (v) is disclosed as required by law provided that you notify Cambium
Networks prior to such disclosure and provide Cambium Networks with a reasonable opportunity to respond.
RIGHT TO USE CAMBIUM
’S NAME
Except as required in “Conditions of use”, you will not, during the term of this Agreement or thereafter, use any trademark of Cambium Networks, or any word or symbol likely to be confused with any Cambium Networks trademark, either alone or in any combination with another word or words.
TRANSFER
The Software and Documentation may not be transferred to another party without the express written consent of Cambium Networks, regardless of whether or not such transfer is accomplished by physical or electronic means. Cambium’s consent may be withheld at its discretion and may be conditioned upon transferee paying all applicable license fees and agreeing to be bound by this
Agreement.
UPDATES
During the first 12 months after purchase of a Product, or during the term of any executed
Maintenance and Support Agreement for the Product, you are entitled to receive Updates. An
“Update” means any code in any form which is a bug fix, patch, error correction, or minor enhancement, but excludes any major feature added to the Software. Updates are available for download at the support website.
Major features may be available from time to time for an additional license fee. If Cambium
Networks makes available to you major features and no other end user license agreement is provided, then the terms of this Agreement will apply.
MAINTENANCE
Except as provided above, Cambium Networks is not responsible for maintenance or field service of the Software under this Agreement.
026v003
306
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
DISCLAIMER
CAMBIUM NETWORKS DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, WHETHER EXPRESS,
IMPLIED, STATUTORY, OR IN ANY COMMUNICATION WITH YOU. CAMBIUM NETWORKS
SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS ANY WARRANTY INCLUDING THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILTY, NONINFRINGEMENT, OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE
SOFTWARE AND DOCUMENTATION ARE PROVIDED “AS IS.” CAMBIUM NETWORKS DOES NOT
WARRANT THAT THE SOFTWARE WILL MEET YOUR REQUIREMENTS, OR THAT THE OPERATION
OF THE SOFTWARE WILL BE UNINTERRUPTED OR ERROR FREE, OR THAT DEFECTS IN THE
SOFTWARE WILL BE CORRECTED. CAMBIUM NETWORKS MAKES NO WARRANTY WITH
RESPECT TO THE CORRECTNESS, ACCURACY, OR RELIABILITY OF THE SOFTWARE AND
DOCUMENTATION. Some jurisdictions do not allow the exclusion of implied warranties, so the above exclusion may not apply to you.
LIMITATION OF LIABILITY
IN NO EVENT SHALL CAMBIUM NETWORKS BE LIABLE TO YOU OR ANY OTHER PARTY FOR ANY
DIRECT, INDIRECT, GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL, EXEMPLARY OR OTHER
DAMAGE ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PRODUCT (INCLUDING,
WITHOUT LIMITATION, DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF BUSINESS PROFITS, BUSINESS
INTERRUPTION, LOSS OF BUSINESS INFORMATION OR ANY OTHER PECUNIARY LOSS, OR
FROM ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY, EVEN IF CAMBIUM NETWORKS HAS BEEN ADVISED OF
THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. (Some states do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages, so the above exclusion or limitation may not apply to you.)
IN NO CASE SHALL CAMBIUM’S LIABILITY EXCEED THE AMOUNT YOU PAID FOR THE PRODUCT.
U.S. GOVERNMENT
If you are acquiring the Product on behalf of any unit or agency of the U.S. Government, the following applies. Use, duplication, or disclosure of the Software and Documentation is subject to the restrictions set forth in subparagraphs (c) (1) and (2) of the Commercial Computer Software –
Restricted Rights clause at FAR 52.227-19 (JUNE 1987), if applicable, unless being provided to the
Department of Defense. If being provided to the Department of Defense, use, duplication, or disclosure of the Products is subject to the restricted rights set forth in subparagraph (c) (1) (ii) of the Rights in Technical Data and Computer Software clause at DFARS 252.227-7013 (OCT 1988), if applicable. Software and Documentation may or may not include a Restricted Rights notice, or other notice referring specifically to the terms and conditions of this Agreement. The terms and conditions of this Agreement will each continue to apply, but only to the extent that such terms and conditions are not inconsistent with the rights provided to you under the aforementioned provisions of the FAR and DFARS, as applicable to the particular procuring agency and procurement transaction.
026v003
307
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
TERM OF LICENSE
Your right to use the Software will continue in perpetuity unless terminated as follows. Your right to use the Software will terminate immediately without notice upon a breach of this Agreement by you. Within 30 days after termination of this Agreement, you will certify to Cambium Networks in writing that through your best efforts, and to the best of your knowledge, the original and all copies, in whole or in part, in any form, of the Software and all related material and
Documentation, have been destroyed, except that, with prior written consent from Cambium
Networks, you may retain one copy for archival or backup purposes. You may not sublicense, assign or transfer the license or the Product, except as expressly provided in this Agreement. Any attempt to otherwise sublicense, assign or transfer any of the rights, duties or obligations hereunder is null and void.
GOVERNING LAW
This Agreement is governed by the laws of the United States of America to the extent that they apply and otherwise by the laws of the State of Illinois.
ASSIGNMENT
This agreement may not be assigned by you without Cambium’s prior written consent.
SURVIVAL OF PROVISIONS
The parties agree that where the context of any provision indicates an intent that it survives the term of this Agreement, then it will survive.
ENTIRE AGREEMENT
This agreement contains the parties’ entire agreement regarding your use of the Software and may be amended only in writing signed by both parties, except that Cambium Networks may modify this Agreement as necessary to comply with applicable laws.
THIRD PARTY SOFTWARE
The software may contain one or more items of Third-Party Software supplied by other third-party suppliers. The terms of this Agreement govern your use of any Third-Party Software UNLESS A
SEPARATE THIRD-PARTY SOFTWARE LICENSE IS INCLUDED, IN WHICH CASE YOUR USE OF THE
THIRD-PARTY SOFTWARE WILL THEN BE GOVERNED BY THE SEPARATE THIRD-PARTY LICENSE.
SOURCE CODE REQUESTS
For at least three (3) years from the date of your receipt of this copy of the software, Cambium will give to any party who contacts us at the contact information provided below, for a charge of $10, a copy of the complete corresponding source code for this version of the software.
Cambium Networks
Atrium, 3800 Golf Rd #360
Rolling Meadows, IL 60008
026v003
308
Aquila
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Copyright (c) 2002-2010, Atheros Communications Inc.
Copyright (c) 2002-2005 Sam Leffler, Errno Consulting
Copyright (C) 2011 Denali Software Inc. All rights reserved
Permission to use, copy, modify, and/or distribute this software for any purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL
WARRANTIES
WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES
OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE
LIABLE FOR
ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY
DAMAGES
WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
WHETHER IN AN
ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
ARISING OUT OF
OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
SOFTWARE.
==================================================
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
1. The materials contained herein are unmodified and are used
unmodified.
2. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
notice, this list of conditions and the following NO
''WARRANTY'' disclaimer below (''Disclaimer''), without
modification.
3. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce at minimum a
disclaimer similar to the Disclaimer below and any redistribution
must be conditioned upon including a substantially similar
Disclaimer requirement for further binary redistribution.
4. Neither the names of the above-listed copyright holders nor the
names of any contributors may be used to endorse or promote
product derived from this software without specific prior written
permission.
NO WARRANTY
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND
CONTRIBUTORS ''AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES,
INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
026v003
309
026v003
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
NONINFRINGEMENT,MERCHANTIBILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED
AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN
ANY WAY OUT
OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
OF
SUCH DAMAGES.
# (C) Copyright 2002-2006
# Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, [email protected].
#
# See file CREDITS for list of people who contributed to this
# project.
#
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of
# the License, or (at your option) any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
# MA 02111-1307 USA
#
310
Linux Kernel
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Copyright (c) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation
NOTE! This copyright does *not* cover user programs that use kernel
services by normal system calls - this is merely considered normal use
of the kernel, and does *not* fall under the heading of "derived work".
Also note that the GPL below is copyrighted by the Free Software
Foundation, but the instance of code that it refers to (the Linux
kernel) is copyrighted by me and others who actually wrote it.
Also note that the only valid version of the GPL as far as the kernel
is concerned is _this_ particular version of the license (ie v2, not
v2.2 or v3.x or whatever), unless explicitly otherwise stated.
Linus Torvalds
----------------------------------------
GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
Version 2, June 1991
Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
See full license text on page 324 .
# (C) Copyright 2002-2006
# Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, [email protected].
#
# See file CREDITS for list of people who contributed to this
# project.
#
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of
# the License, or (at your option) any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
# MA 02111-1307 USA
#
026v003
311
gpio_keys
OpenWrt
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
/*
* Driver for keys on GPIO lines capable of generating interrupts.
*
* Copyright 2005 Phil Blundell
*
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 as
* published by the Free Software Foundation.
*/
# (C) Copyright 2002-2006
# Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, [email protected].
#
# See file CREDITS for list of people who contributed to this
# project.
#
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of
# the License, or (at your option) any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
# MA 02111-1307 USA
#
GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
Version 2, June 1991
Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
See full license text on page 324 .
# (C) Copyright 2002-2006
# Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, [email protected].
#
# See file CREDITS for list of people who contributed to this
# project.
#
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of
# the License, or (at your option) any later version.
026v003
312
uboot
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
# MA 02111-1307 USA
#
Copyright (c) 2007 Wolfgan Denk, DENIX Software Engeneering, [email protected]
# (C) Copyright 2000 - 2005
# Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, [email protected].
#
# See file CREDITS for list of people who contributed to this
# project.
#
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of
# the License, or (at your option) any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
# MA 02111-1307 USA
See full license text on page 324 .
026v003
313
jQuery
Data-Driven
Document
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
The MIT License (MIT)
Copyright (c) 2013 The jQuery Foundation.
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES
OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT
HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
# (C) Copyright 2002-2006
# Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, [email protected].
#
# See file CREDITS for list of people who contributed to this
# project.
#
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of
# the License, or (at your option) any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
# MA 02111-1307 USA
#
Copyright (c) 2012, Michael Bostock
Copyright (c) 2013, Michael Bostock
026v003
314
026v003
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this
list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* The name Michael Bostock may not be used to endorse or promote products
derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND
CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES,
INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL MICHAEL BOSTOCK BE LIABLE FOR ANY
DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED
AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN
ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
# (C) Copyright 2002-2006
# Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, [email protected].
#
# See file CREDITS for list of people who contributed to this
# project.
#
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of
# the License, or (at your option) any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
315
AjaxFileUpload
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
# MA 02111-1307 USA
#
The MIT License (MIT)
Copyright 2013-2014 powered by PHPLETTER
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES
OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT
HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
# (C) Copyright 2002-2006
# Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, [email protected].
#
# See file CREDITS for list of people who contributed to this
# project.
#
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of
# the License, or (at your option) any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
# MA 02111-1307 USA
#
026v003
316
jquery.caret
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
The MIT License (MIT)
Copyright (c) 2010 C. F., Wong
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES
OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT
HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
# (C) Copyright 2002-2006
# Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, [email protected].
#
# See file CREDITS for list of people who contributed to this
# project.
#
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of
# the License, or (at your option) any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
# MA 02111-1307 USA
#
026v003
317
jquery.cookie
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Copyright 2013 Klaus Hartl
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
"Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES
OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT
HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
# (C) Copyright 2002-2006
# Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, [email protected].
#
# See file CREDITS for list of people who contributed to this
# project.
#
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of
# the License, or (at your option) any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
# MA 02111-1307 USA
#
026v003
318
json2.js
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
http://www.JSON.org/json2.js
2010-08-25
Public Domain.
NO WARRANTY EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED. USE AT YOUR OWN RISK.
See http://www.JSON.org/js.html
This code must be minified before deployment.
See http://javascript.crockford.com/jsmin.html
USE YOUR OWN COPY. IT IS EXTREMELY UNWISE TO LOAD CODE FROM
SERVERS YOU DO NOT CONTROL.
# (C) Copyright 2002-2006
# Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, [email protected].
#
# See file CREDITS for list of people who contributed to this
# project.
#
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of
# the License, or (at your option) any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
# MA 02111-1307 USA
#
026v003
319
jquery.noty
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Copyright (c) 2012 Nedim Arabacı
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
"Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES
OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT
HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
# (C) Copyright 2002-2006
# Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, [email protected].
#
# See file CREDITS for list of people who contributed to this
# project.
#
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of
# the License, or (at your option) any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
# MA 02111-1307 USA
#
026v003
320
SlickGrid
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Copyright (c) 2009-2012 Michael Leibman
Copyright (c) 2010 Michael Leibman http://github.com/mleibman/slickgrid
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
"Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES
OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT
HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
# (C) Copyright 2002-2006
# Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, [email protected].
#
# See file CREDITS for list of people who contributed to this
# project.
#
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of
# the License, or (at your option) any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
# MA 02111-1307 USA
#
026v003
321
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
jquery.event.drag
The MIT License (MIT)
Copyright (c) 2010 Three Dub Media
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES
OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT
HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
# (C) Copyright 2002-2006
# Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, [email protected].
#
# See file CREDITS for list of people who contributed to this
# project.
#
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of
# the License, or (at your option) any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
# MA 02111-1307 USA
#
026v003
322
IE9.js
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
The MIT License (MIT)
Copyright (c) 2004-2010, Dean Edwards
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES
OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT
HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
# (C) Copyright 2002-2006
# Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, [email protected].
#
# See file CREDITS for list of people who contributed to this
# project.
#
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of
# the License, or (at your option) any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
# MA 02111-1307 USA
#
026v003
323
busybox
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
--- A note on GPL versions
BusyBox is distributed under version 2 of the General Public License
(included in its entirety, below). Version 2 is the only version of this license which this version of BusyBox (or modified versions derived from this one) may be distributed under.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
Version 2, June 1991
Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
Preamble
The licenses for most software are designed to take away your freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This General Public License applies to most of the Free Software Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by the GNU Lesser General Public License instead.) You can apply it to your programs, too.
When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not price. Our
General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things.
To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights. These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it.
For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their rights.
026v003
324
026v003
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and (2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy, distribute and/or modify the software.
Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original authors' reputations.
Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the program proprietary.
To prevent this, we have made it clear that any patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all.
The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and modification follow.
TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND
MODIFICATION
0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below, refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program" means either the
Program or any derivative work under copyright law: that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it, either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you".
Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the Program (independent of having been made by running the Program). Whether that is true depends on what the Program does.
1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice and
325
026v003
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; and give any other recipients of the
Program a copy of this License along with the Program.
You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee.
2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date of any change. b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third parties under the terms of this License. c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively when run, you must cause it, when started running for such interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this License.
(Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on the Program is not required to print an announcement.)
These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program, and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of this License, whose permissions for other
326
026v003
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
licensees extend to the entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it.
Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or collective works based on the
Program.
In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under the scope of this License.
3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it, under
Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following: a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machinereadable source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete machinereadable copy of the corresponding source code, to be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you received the program in object code or executable form with such an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.)
The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a special exception, the source code distributed
327
026v003
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
need not include anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component itself accompanies the executable.
If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the source code from the same place counts as distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not compelled to copy the source along with the object code.
4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance.
5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not signed it.
However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or distribute the
Program or its derivative works. These actions are prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by modifying or distributing the Program
(or any work based on the Program), you indicate your acceptance of this
License to do so, and all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying the Program or works based on it.
6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the
Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to this License.
7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you may not distribute the Program at all.
For example, if a patent license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through
328
026v003
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
you, then the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to refrain entirely from distribution of the Program.
If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances.
It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the integrity of the free software distribution system, which is implemented by public license practices. Many people have made generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed through that system in reliance on consistent application of that system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot impose that choice.
This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a consequence of the rest of this License.
8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the original copyright holder who places the Program under this License may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates the limitation as if written in the body of this License.
9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns.
Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions either of that version or of any later version published by the Free Software
Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software
Foundation.
10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author to ask for
329
026v003
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free Software
Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally.
NO WARRANTY
11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO
WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY
APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE
COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM
"AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE
ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM
IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME
THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO
IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO
MAY MODIFY AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED
ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL,
SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF
THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT
LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR
LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE
PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH
HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
SUCH DAMAGES.
END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
# (C) Copyright 2002-2006
# Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, [email protected].
#
# See file CREDITS for list of people who contributed to this
# project.
#
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of
# the License, or (at your option) any later version.
#
330
dnsmasq
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
# MA 02111-1307 USA
#
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation; version 2 dated June, 1991, or
# (at your option) version 3 dated 29 June, 2007.
See full license text on page 324 .
# (C) Copyright 2002-2006
# Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, [email protected].
#
# See file CREDITS for list of people who contributed to this
# project.
#
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of
# the License, or (at your option) any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
# MA 02111-1307 USA
#
026v003
331
dropbear
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Dropbear contains a number of components from different sources, hence there are a few licenses and authors involved. All licenses are fairly nonrestrictive.
The majority of code is written by Matt Johnston, under the license below.
Portions of the client-mode work are (c) 2004 Mihnea Stoenescu, under the same license:
Copyright (c) 2002-2008 Matt Johnston
Portions copyright (c) 2004 Mihnea Stoenescu
All rights reserved.
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES
OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT
HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
=====
LibTomCrypt and LibTomMath are written by Tom St Denis, and are Public
Domain.
===== sshpty.c is taken from OpenSSH 3.5p1,
Copyright (c) 1995 Tatu Ylonen <[email protected]>, Espoo, Finland
All rights reserved
"As far as I am concerned, the code I have written for this software
can be used freely for any purpose. Any derived versions of this
software must be clearly marked as such, and if the derived work is
incompatible with the protocol description in the RFC file, it must be
called by a name other than "ssh" or "Secure Shell". "
026v003
332
026v003
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
===== loginrec.c loginrec.h atomicio.h atomicio.c and strlcat() (included in util.c) are from OpenSSH 3.6.1p2, and are licensed under the 2 point BSD license. loginrec is written primarily by Andre Lucas, atomicio.c by Theo de Raadt. strlcat() is (c) Todd C. Miller
=====
Import code in keyimport.c is modified from PuTTY's import.c, licensed as follows:
PuTTY is copyright 1997-2003 Simon Tatham.
Portions copyright Robert de Bath, Joris van Rantwijk, Delian
Delchev, Andreas Schultz, Jeroen Massar, Wez Furlong, Nicolas Barry,
Justin Bradford, and CORE SDI S.A.
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files
(the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES
OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE
LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR
IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS
IN THE SOFTWARE.
# (C) Copyright 2002-2006
333
ebtables
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
# Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, [email protected].
#
# See file CREDITS for list of people who contributed to this
# project.
#
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of
# the License, or (at your option) any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
# MA 02111-1307 USA
#
Copyright (C) 1999 Paul `Rusty' Russell & Michael J. Neuling
Copyright (C) 2001-2002 Bart De Schuymer
All code in this package, including the code from the extensions, is released under the GPL license, which you find hereafter.
GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
Version 2, June 1991
Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA
Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
See full license text on page 324 .
# (C) Copyright 2002-2006
# Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, [email protected].
#
# See file CREDITS for list of people who contributed to this
# project.
#
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of
# the License, or (at your option) any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
026v003
334
eventlog
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
# MA 02111-1307 USA
#
Copyright (c) 2003 BalaBit IT Ltd.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
are met:
1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
3. Neither the name of BalaBit nor the names of its contributors
may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY BALABIT AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS''
AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT,
INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR
BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF
THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
SUCH DAMAGE.
# (C) Copyright 2002-2006
# Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, [email protected].
#
# See file CREDITS for list of people who contributed to this
# project.
#
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of
# the License, or (at your option) any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
026v003
335
firewall glib2
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
# MA 02111-1307 USA
#
# Copyright (C) 2009-2010 OpenWrt.org
# (C) Copyright 2002-2006
# Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, [email protected].
#
# See file CREDITS for list of people who contributed to this
# project.
#
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of
# the License, or (at your option) any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
# MA 02111-1307 USA
#
Copyright (C) 2007-2011 OpenWrt.org
Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003,
2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Copyright © 2004 Scott James Remnant <[email protected]>.
Copyright (c) 1997-2006 University of Cambridge.
Copyright © 2009 Codethink Limited
Copyright (C) 2008-2010 Red Hat, Inc.
Copyright (C) 2008 Hans Breuer
Copyright (C) 2008, 2010 Collabora, Ltd.
026v003
336
hostapd
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
GNU LIBRARY GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
Version 2, June 1991
Copyright (C) 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
[This is the first released version of the library GPL. It is
numbered 2 because it goes with version 2 of the ordinary GPL.]
See full license text on page 324 .
# (C) Copyright 2002-2006
# Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, [email protected].
#
# See file CREDITS for list of people who contributed to this
# project.
#
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of
# the License, or (at your option) any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
# MA 02111-1307 USA
#
Copyright (c) 2002-2011, Jouni Malinen <[email protected]> and contributors
All Rights Reserved.
These programs are dual-licensed under both the GPL version 2 and BSD license (the one with advertisement clause removed). Either license may be used at your option.
This package may include either wpa_supplicant, hostapd, or both. See
README file respective subdirectories (wpa_supplicant/README or hostapd/README) for more details.
See full license text on page 324 .
# (C) Copyright 2002-2006
# Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, [email protected].
026v003
337
hotplug
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
#
# See file CREDITS for list of people who contributed to this
# project.
#
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of
# the License, or (at your option) any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
# MA 02111-1307 USA
#
GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
Version 2, June 1991
See full license text on page 324 .
# (C) Copyright 2002-2006
# Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, [email protected].
#
# See file CREDITS for list of people who contributed to this
# project.
#
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of
# the License, or (at your option) any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
# MA 02111-1307 USA
#
026v003
338
iperf
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Copyright 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004 The Board of Trustees of the
University of Illinois All rights reserved
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software (Iperf) and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimers.
Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimers in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
Neither the names of the University of Illinois, NCSA, nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this
Software without specific prior written permission.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES
OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE CONTIBUTORS OR
COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR
THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
# (C) Copyright 2002-2006
# Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, [email protected].
#
# See file CREDITS for list of people who contributed to this
# project.
#
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of
# the License, or (at your option) any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
# MA 02111-1307 USA
#
026v003
339
iproute2 iptables
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
Version 2, June 1991
Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
See full license text on page 324 .
# (C) Copyright 2002-2006
# Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, [email protected].
#
# See file CREDITS for list of people who contributed to this
# project.
#
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of
# the License, or (at your option) any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
# MA 02111-1307 USA
#
GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
Version 2, June 1991
Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA
Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
See full license text on page 324 .
# (C) Copyright 2002-2006
# Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, [email protected].
#
# See file CREDITS for list of people who contributed to this
# project.
#
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
026v003
340
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of
# the License, or (at your option) any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
# MA 02111-1307 USA
#
026v003
341
iputils
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
/*
* Copyright (c) 1989 The Regents of the University of California.
* All rights reserved.
*
* This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
* Mike Muuss.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
* are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
* documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
* must display the following acknowledgement:
* This product includes software developed by the University of
* California, Berkeley and its contributors.
* 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS
``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT
NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT,
INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR
BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF
THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
SUCH DAMAGE.
*/
# (C) Copyright 2002-2006
# Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, [email protected].
#
# See file CREDITS for list of people who contributed to this
# project.
#
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of
026v003
342
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Button-hotplug
# the License, or (at your option) any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
# MA 02111-1307 USA
#
Copyright (C) 2008 Gabor Juhos <[email protected]>
Based on the diag.c - GPIO interface driver for Broadcom boards
Copyright (C) 2006 Mike Baker <[email protected]>,
Copyright (C) 2006-2007 Felix Fietkau <[email protected]>
Copyright (C) 2008 Andy Boyett <[email protected]>
GPL v2
See full license text on page 324 .
# (C) Copyright 2002-2006
# Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, [email protected].
#
# See file CREDITS for list of people who contributed to this
# project.
#
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of
# the License, or (at your option) any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
# MA 02111-1307 USA
#
026v003
343
libdbi
libiconv
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
GNU LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
Version 2.1, February 1999
Copyright (C) 1991, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
[This is the first released version of the Lesser GPL. It also counts
as the successor of the GNU Library Public License, version 2, hence
the version number 2.1.]
See full license text on page 348 .
# (C) Copyright 2002-2006
# Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, [email protected].
#
# See file CREDITS for list of people who contributed to this
# project.
#
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of
# the License, or (at your option) any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
# MA 02111-1307 USA
#
# Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004,
# 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
/* Copyright (C) 1992,1995-1999,2000-2002,2005-2006 Free Software
Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of the GNU C Library.
/* Copyright (C) 1999-2001, 2003 Bruno Haible.
This file is not part of the GNU LIBICONV Library. This file is put into the public domain. */
026v003
344
026v003
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
/*
* Copyright (C) 1999-2001, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
* This file is part of the GNU LIBICONV Library.
*
* The GNU LIBICONV Library is free software; you can redistribute it
* and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
* of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* The GNU LIBICONV Library is distributed in the hope that it will be
* useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU
* Library General Public License for more details.
*/
/* Copyright (C) 1999-2004, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of the GNU LIBICONV Tools.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
*/
/* Copyright (C) 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of the GNU CHARSET Library.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
*/
# This originates from X11R5 (mit/util/scripts/install.sh), which was
# later released in X11R6 (xc/config/util/install.sh) with the
# following copyright and license.
#
# Copyright (C) 1994 X Consortium
#
# Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
# of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to
345
026v003
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
# deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the
# rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or
# sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
# furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
#
# The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
# all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
#
# THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY
KIND, EXPRESS OR
# IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY,
# FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO
EVENT SHALL THE
# X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
# AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT
OF OR IN CONNEC-
# TION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
SOFTWARE.
#
# Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not
# be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other deal-
# ings in this Software without prior written authorization from the X Consor-
# tium.
#
#
# FSF changes to this file are in the public domain.
#
# Calling this script install-sh is preferred over install.sh, to prevent
# `make' implicit rules from creating a file called install from it
# when there is no Makefile.
#
# This script is compatible with the BSD install script, but was written
# from scratch. It can only install one file at a time, a restriction
# shared with many OS's install programs.
See full license text on page 324 .
# (C) Copyright 2002-2006
# Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, [email protected].
#
# See file CREDITS for list of people who contributed to this
# project.
#
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
346
libiwinfo
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of
# the License, or (at your option) any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
# MA 02111-1307 USA
#
Copyright (C) 2010-2012 Jo-Philipp Wich <[email protected]>
Copyright (C) 2003-2004 Greg Kroah-Hartman <[email protected]>
Copyright (C) 2004-2006 Kay Sievers <[email protected]>
Copyright (C) 2004 Harald Hoyer <[email protected]>
Copyright (C) 2004 Harald Hoyer <[email protected]>
Copyright (c) 2001 Atsushi Onoe
Copyright (c) 2002-2005 Sam Leffler, Errno Consulting
Copyright (c) 1997-2007 Jean Tourrilhes, All Rights Reserved.
Copyright 2008 Michael Buesch <[email protected]>
Copyright 2008, 2009 Luis R. Rodriguez <[email protected]>
Copyright 2008 Jouni Malinen <[email protected]>
Copyright 2008 Colin McCabe <[email protected]>
Copyright 2006, Broadcom Corporation
Copyright 2006-2010 Johannes Berg <[email protected]>
/*
* iwinfo - Wireless Information Library - Command line frontend
*
* Copyright (C) 2011 Jo-Philipp Wich <[email protected]>
*
* The iwinfo library is free software: you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2
* as published by the Free Software Foundation.
*
* The iwinfo library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
* See the GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
* with the iwinfo library. If not, see http://www.gnu.org/licenses/.
*/
See full license text on page 324 .
# (C) Copyright 2002-2006
026v003
347
Libnl-tiny
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
# Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, [email protected].
#
# See file CREDITS for list of people who contributed to this
# project.
#
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of
# the License, or (at your option) any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
# MA 02111-1307 USA
#
LGPLv2.1
/*
* lib/attr.c Netlink Attributes
*
* This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation version 2.1
* of the License.
*
* Copyright (c) 2003-2008 Thomas Graf <[email protected]>
*/
GNU LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
Version 2.1, February 1999
Copyright (C) 1991, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
[This is the first released version of the Lesser GPL. It also counts
as the successor of the GNU Library Public License, version 2, hence
026v003
348
026v003
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
the version number 2.1.]
Preamble
The licenses for most software are designed to take away your freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public Licenses are intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free software--to make sure the software is free for all its users.
This license, the Lesser General Public License, applies to some specially designated software packages--typically libraries--of the Free Software
Foundation and other authors who decide to use it. You can use it too, but we suggest you first think carefully about whether this license or the ordinary
General Public License is the better strategy to use in any particular case, based on the explanations below.
When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom of use, not price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for this service if you wish); that you receive source code or can get it if you want it; that you can change the software and use pieces of it in new free programs; and that you are informed that you can do these things.
To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid distributors to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender these rights. These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you distribute copies of the library or if you modify it.
For example, if you distribute copies of the library, whether gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that we gave you. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the source code. If you link other code with the library, you must provide complete object files to the recipients, so that they can relink them with the library after making changes to the library and recompiling it. And you must show them these terms so they know their rights.
We protect your rights with a two-step method: (1) we copyright the library, and (2) we offer you this license, which gives you legal permission to copy, distribute and/or modify the library.
To protect each distributor, we want to make it very clear that there is no warranty for the free library. Also, if the library is modified by someone else and passed on, the recipients should know that what they have is not the original version, so that the original author's reputation will not be affected by problems that might be introduced by others.
349
026v003
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Finally, software patents pose a constant threat to the existence of any free program. We wish to make sure that a company cannot effectively restrict the users of a free program by obtaining a restrictive license from a patent holder. Therefore, we insist that any patent license obtained for a version of the library must be consistent with the full freedom of use specified in this license.
Most GNU software, including some libraries, is covered by the ordinary
GNU General Public License. This license, the GNU Lesser General Public
License, applies to certain designated libraries, and is quite different from the ordinary General Public License. We use this license for certain libraries in order to permit linking those libraries into non-free programs. When a program is linked with a library, whether statically or using a shared library, the combination of the two is legally speaking a combined work, a derivative of the original library. The ordinary General Public License therefore permits such linking only if the entire combination fits its criteria of freedom. The
Lesser General Public License permits more lax criteria for linking other code with the library.
We call this license the "Lesser" General Public License because it does Less to protect the user's freedom than the ordinary General Public License. It also provides other free software developers Less of an advantage over competing non-free programs. These disadvantages are the reason we use the ordinary General Public License for many libraries. However, the Lesser license provides advantages in certain special circumstances.
For example, on rare occasions, there may be a special need to encourage the widest possible use of a certain library, so that it becomes a de-facto standard. To achieve this, non-free programs must be allowed to use the library. A more frequent case is that a free library does the same job as widely used non-free libraries. In this case, there is little to gain by limiting the free library to free software only, so we use the Lesser General Public
License.
In other cases, permission to use a particular library in non-free programs enables a greater number of people to use a large body of free software. For example, permission to use the GNU C Library in non-free programs enables many more people to use the whole GNU operating system, as well as its variant, the GNU/Linux operating system.
Although the Lesser General Public License is Less protective of the users' freedom, it does ensure that the user of a program that is linked with the
Library has the freedom and the wherewithal to run that program using a modified version of the Library.
350
026v003
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and modification follow. Pay close attention to the difference between a "work based on the library" and a "work that uses the library". The former contains code derived from the library, whereas the latter must be combined with the library in order to run.
TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND
MODIFICATION
0. This License Agreement applies to any software library or other program which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder or other authorized party saying it may be distributed under the terms of this Lesser General
Public License (also called "this License"). Each licensee is addressed as
"you".
A "library" means a collection of software functions and/or data prepared so as to be conveniently linked with application programs (which use some of those functions and data) to form executables.
The "Library", below, refers to any such software library or work which has been distributed under these terms. A "work based on the Library" means either the Library or any derivative work under copyright law: that is to say, a work containing the Library or a portion of it, either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated straightforwardly into another language.
(Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in the term
"modification".)
"Source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work for making modifications to it. For a library, complete source code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to control compilation and installation of the library.
Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of running a program using the Library is not restricted, and output from such a program is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the Library
(independent of the use of the Library in a tool for writing it). Whether that is true depends on what the Library does and what the program that uses the
Library does.
1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Library's complete source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; and distribute a copy of this License along with the Library.
351
026v003
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee.
2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Library or any portion of it, thus forming a work based on the Library, and copy and distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: a) The modified work must itself be a software library. b) You must cause the files modified to carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date of any change. c) You must cause the whole of the work to be licensed at no charge to all third parties under the terms of this License. d) If a facility in the modified Library refers to a function or a table of data to be supplied by an application program that uses the facility, other than as an argument passed when the facility is invoked, then you must make a good faith effort to ensure that, in the event an application does not supply such function or table, the facility still operates, and performs whatever part of its purpose remains meaningful.
(For example, a function in a library to compute square roots has a purpose that is entirely well-defined independent of the application. Therefore,
Subsection 2d requires that any application-supplied function or table used by this function must be optional: if the application does not supply it, the square root function must still compute square roots.)
These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Library, and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based on the Library, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it.
Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or collective works based on the Library.
In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Library with the Library (or with a work based on the Library) on a volume of a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under the scope of this
License.
352
026v003
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
3. You may opt to apply the terms of the ordinary GNU General Public
License instead of this License to a given copy of the Library. To do this, you must alter all the notices that refer to this License, so that they refer to the ordinary GNU General Public License, version 2, instead of to this License. (If a newer version than version 2 of the ordinary GNU General Public License has appeared, then you can specify that version instead if you wish.) Do not make any other change in these notices.
Once this change is made in a given copy, it is irreversible for that copy, so the ordinary GNU General Public License applies to all subsequent copies and derivative works made from that copy.
This option is useful when you wish to copy part of the code of the Library into a program that is not a library.
4. You may copy and distribute the Library (or a portion or derivative of it, under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of
Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange.
If distribution of object code is made by offering access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the source code from the same place satisfies the requirement to distribute the source code, even though third parties are not compelled to copy the source along with the object code.
5. A program that contains no derivative of any portion of the Library, but is designed to work with the Library by being compiled or linked with it, is called a "work that uses the Library". Such a work, in isolation, is not a derivative work of the Library, and therefore falls outside the scope of this
License.
However, linking a "work that uses the Library" with the Library creates an executable that is a derivative of the Library (because it contains portions of the Library), rather than a "work that uses the library". The executable is therefore covered by this License. Section 6 states terms for distribution of such executables.
When a "work that uses the Library" uses material from a header file that is part of the Library, the object code for the work may be a derivative work of the Library even though the source code is not. Whether this is true is especially significant if the work can be linked without the Library, or if the work is itself a library. The threshold for this to be true is not precisely defined by law.
353
026v003
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
If such an object file uses only numerical parameters, data structure layouts and accessors, and small macros and small inline functions (ten lines or less in length), then the use of the object file is unrestricted, regardless of whether it is legally a derivative work. (Executables containing this object code plus portions of the Library will still fall under Section 6.)
Otherwise, if the work is a derivative of the Library, you may distribute the object code for the work under the terms of Section 6. Any executables containing that work also fall under Section 6, whether or not they are linked directly with the Library itself.
6. As an exception to the Sections above, you may also combine or link a
"work that uses the Library" with the Library to produce a work containing portions of the Library, and distribute that work under terms of your choice, provided that the terms permit modification of the work for the customer's own use and reverse engineering for debugging such modifications.
You must give prominent notice with each copy of the work that the Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are covered by this License. You must supply a copy of this License. If the work during execution displays copyright notices, you must include the copyright notice for the Library among them, as well as a reference directing the user to the copy of this
License. Also, you must do one of these things: a) Accompany the work with the complete corresponding machine-readable source code for the Library including whatever changes were used in the work (which must be distributed under Sections 1 and 2 above); and, if the work is an executable linked with the Library, with the complete machinereadable "work that uses the Library", as object code and/or source code, so that the user can modify the Library and then relink to produce a modified executable containing the modified Library. (It is understood that the user who changes the contents of definitions files in the Library will not necessarily be able to recompile the application to use the modified definitions.) b) Use a suitable shared library mechanism for linking with the Library. A suitable mechanism is one that (1) uses at run time a copy of the library already present on the user's computer system, rather than copying library functions into the executable, and (2) will operate properly with a modified version of the library, if the user installs one, as long as the modified version is interface-compatible with the version that the work was made with. c) Accompany the work with a written offer, valid for at least three years, to give the same user the materials specified in Subsection 6a, above, for a charge no more than the cost of performing this distribution.
354
026v003
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
d) If distribution of the work is made by offering access to copy from a designated place, offer equivalent access to copy the above specified materials from the same place. e) Verify that the user has already received a copy of these materials or that you have already sent this user a copy.
For an executable, the required form of the "work that uses the Library" must include any data and utility programs needed for reproducing the executable from it. However, as a special exception, the materials to be distributed need not include anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component itself accompanies the executable.
It may happen that this requirement contradicts the license restrictions of other proprietary libraries that do not normally accompany the operating system. Such a contradiction means you cannot use both them and the
Library together in an executable that you distribute.
7. You may place library facilities that are a work based on the Library sideby-side in a single library together with other library facilities not covered by this License, and distribute such a combined library, provided that the separate distribution of the work based on the Library and of the other library facilities is otherwise permitted, and provided that you do these two things: a) Accompany the combined library with a copy of the same work based on the Library, uncombined with any other library facilities. This must be distributed under the terms of the Sections above. b) Give prominent notice with the combined library of the fact that part of it is a work based on the Library, and explaining where to find the accompanying uncombined form of the same work.
8. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, link with, or distribute the Library except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense, link with, or distribute the Library is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance.
9. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not signed it.
However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or distribute the
Library or its derivative works. These actions are prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by modifying or distributing the Library
(or any work based on the Library), you indicate your acceptance of this
License to do so, and all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying the Library or works based on it.
355
026v003
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
10. Each time you redistribute the Library (or any work based on the Library), the recipient automatically receives a license from the original licensor to copy, distribute, link with or modify the Library subject to these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties with this License.
11. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you may not distribute the Library at all.
For example, if a patent license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Library by all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to refrain entirely from distribution of the Library.
If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply, and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances.
It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the integrity of the free software distribution system which is implemented by public license practices. Many people have made generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed through that system in reliance on consistent application of that system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot impose that choice.
This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a consequence of the rest of this License.
12. If the distribution and/or use of the Library is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the original copyright holder who places the Library under this License may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates the limitation as if written in the body of this License.
356
026v003
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
13. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of the Lesser General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns.
Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Library specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions either of that version or of any later version published by the Free Software Foundation. If the Library does not specify a license version number, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software Foundation.
14. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Library into other free programs whose distribution conditions are incompatible with these, write to the author to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free
Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally.
NO WARRANTY
15. BECAUSE THE LIBRARY IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO
WARRANTY FOR THE LIBRARY, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY
APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE
COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE LIBRARY "AS
IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED,
INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE
ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE LIBRARY IS
WITH YOU. SHOULD THE LIBRARY PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE
COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
16. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO
IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO
MAY MODIFY AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE THE LIBRARY AS PERMITTED ABOVE,
BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL,
INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE
OR INABILITY TO USE THE LIBRARY (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES
SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE LIBRARY TO
OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER SOFTWARE), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR
OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
DAMAGES.
END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
How to Apply These Terms to Your New Libraries
357
026v003
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
If you develop a new library, and you want it to be of the greatest possible use to the public, we recommend making it free software that everyone can redistribute and change. You can do so by permitting redistribution under these terms (or, alternatively, under the terms of the ordinary General Public
License).
To apply these terms, attach the following notices to the library. It is safest to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
one line to give the library's name and an idea of what it does.
Copyright (C) year name of author
This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU
Lesser General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the library, if necessary.
Here is a sample; alter the names:
Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the library `Frob' (a library for tweaking knobs) written
358
026v003
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
by James Random Hacker.
signature of Ty Coon, 1 April 1990
Ty Coon, President of Vice
That's all there is to it!
# (C) Copyright 2002-2006
# Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, [email protected].
#
# See file CREDITS for list of people who contributed to this
# project.
#
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of
# the License, or (at your option) any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
# MA 02111-1307 USA
#
359
libpcap
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Copyright (c) 1999 - 2005 NetGroup, Politecnico di Torino (Italy)
Copyright (c) 2005 - 2008 CACE Technologies, Davis (California)
Copyright (c) 1997 Yen Yen Lim and North Dakota State University
Copyright (c) 1995-1999 Kungliga Tekniska Högskolan
Copyright (c) 1982, 1986, 1988 - 1998, 2000 The Regents of the University of
California
Copyright (c) 2000 Torsten Landschoff <[email protected]>, Sebastian
Krahmer <[email protected]>
Copyright (c) 2006 Paolo Abeni (Italy)
Copyright (c) 2007 Fulko Hew, SITA INC Canada, Inc <[email protected]>
Copyright (c) 2001 Atsushi Onoe
Copyright (c) 2002-2005 Sam Leffler, Errno Consulting
Copyright 1989 by Carnegie Mellon
Copyright (c) 1996 Juniper Networks, Inc.
Copyright (c) 1993,1994 Texas A&M University.
Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997, and 1998 WIDE Project.
Portions Copyright (c) 1993 by Digital Equipment Corporation.
Copyright (C) 1999 WIDE Project.
Copyright (c) 2005 - 2006 CACE Technologies, Davis (California)
(Ref: libpcap-1.0.0/LICENSE)
License: BSD
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
distribution.
3. The names of the authors may not be used to endorse or promote
products derived from this software without specific prior
written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS'' AND WITHOUT ANY EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE IMPLIED
WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE.
# (C) Copyright 2002-2006
# Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, [email protected].
#
# See file CREDITS for list of people who contributed to this
026v003
360
libtool libjson-c
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
# project.
#
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of
# the License, or (at your option) any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
# MA 02111-1307 USA
#
GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
Version 2, June 1991
Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
See full license text on page 324 .
# (C) Copyright 2002-2006
# Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, [email protected].
#
# See file CREDITS for list of people who contributed to this
# project.
#
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of
# the License, or (at your option) any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
# MA 02111-1307 USA
#
Copyright (c) 2009-2012 Eric Haszlakiewicz
026v003
361
026v003
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES
OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT
HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
OTHER DEALINGS IN THESOFTWARE.
----------------------------------------------------------------
Copyright (c) 2004, 2005 Metaparadigm Pte Ltd
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES
OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT
HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
OTHER DEALINGS IN THESOFTWARE.
# (C) Copyright 2002-2006
# Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, [email protected].
#
# See file CREDITS for list of people who contributed to this
# project.
#
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
362
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
LibWebSockets
# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of
# the License, or (at your option) any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
# MA 02111-1307 USA
#
Libwebsockets and included programs are provided under the terms of the
GNU
Library General Public License (LGPL) 2.1, with the following exceptions:
1) Static linking of programs with the libwebsockets library does not constitute a derivative work and does not require the author to provide source code for the program, use the shared libwebsockets libraries, or link their program against a user-supplied version of libwebsockets.
If you link the program to a modified version of libwebsockets, then the changes to libwebsockets must be provided under the terms of the LGPL in sections 1, 2, and 4.
2) You do not have to provide a copy of the libwebsockets license with programs that are linked to the libwebsockets library, nor do you have to identify the libwebsockets license in your program or documentation as required by section 6 of the LGPL.
However, programs must still identify their use of libwebsockets. The following example statement can be included in user documentation to satisfy this requirement:
"[program] is based in part on the work of the libwebsockets project
( http://libwebsockets.org
)"
GNU LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
Version 2.1, February 1999
Copyright (C) 1991, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
026v003
363
Libjansson
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
[This is the first released version of the Lesser GPL. It also counts as the successor of the GNU Library Public License, version 2, hence the version number 2.1.]
See full license text on page 348 .
# (C) Copyright 2002-2006
# Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, [email protected].
#
# See file CREDITS for list of people who contributed to this
# project.
#
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of
# the License, or (at your option) any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
# MA 02111-1307 USA
#
Copyright (c) 2009-2013 Petri Lehtinen < [email protected]
>
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES
OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT
HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
OTHER DEALINGS IN THESOFTWARE.
# (C) Copyright 2002-2006
# Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, [email protected].
#
026v003
364
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
# See file CREDITS for list of people who contributed to this
# project.
#
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of
# the License, or (at your option) any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
# MA 02111-1307 USA
#
026v003
365
lua
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Lua License
-----------
Lua is licensed under the terms of the MIT license reproduced below.
This means that Lua is free software and can be used for both academic and commercial purposes at absolutely no cost.
For details and rationale, see http://www.lua.org/license.html .
==============================================================
=================
Copyright (C) 1994-2008 Lua.org, PUC-Rio.
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES
OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,
DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT,
TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH
THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
# (C) Copyright 2002-2006
# Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, [email protected].
#
# See file CREDITS for list of people who contributed to this
# project.
#
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of
# the License, or (at your option) any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
026v003
366
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
# MA 02111-1307 USA
#
026v003
367
LuCi
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Copyright (C) 2003-2012 Edgewall Software
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
distribution.
3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote
products derived from this software without specific prior
written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR `AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS
OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE
FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED
AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN
ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
# (C) Copyright 2002-2006
# Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, [email protected].
#
# See file CREDITS for list of people who contributed to this
# project.
#
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of
# the License, or (at your option) any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
026v003
368
mtd
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
# MA 02111-1307 USA
#
Copyright © 2005 Waldemar Brodkorb <[email protected]>
Copyright (C) 2005-2009 Felix Fietkau < [email protected]>
#
# Copyright (C) 2006-2009 OpenWrt.org
#
# This is free software, licensed under the GNU General Public License v2.
#
See full license text on page 324 .
# (C) Copyright 2002-2006
# Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, [email protected].
#
# See file CREDITS for list of people who contributed to this
# project.
#
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of
# the License, or (at your option) any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
# MA 02111-1307 USA
#
026v003
369
ncurses
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Copyright (c) 1998-2004,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
"Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES
OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT
HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization.
# (C) Copyright 2002-2006
# Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, [email protected].
#
# See file CREDITS for list of people who contributed to this
# project.
#
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of
# the License, or (at your option) any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
# MA 02111-1307 USA
#
026v003
370
nginx
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Copyright (C) 2002-2012 Igor Sysoev
Copyright (C) 2011,2012 Nginx, Inc.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS''
AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
SHALL AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT,
INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR
BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF
THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
SUCH DAMAGE.
# (C) Copyright 2002-2006
# Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, [email protected].
#
# See file CREDITS for list of people who contributed to this
# project.
#
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of
# the License, or (at your option) any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
# MA 02111-1307 USA
#
026v003
371
Net-snmp
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Copyright 1989, 1991, 1992 by Carnegie Mellon University
Derivative Work - 1996, 1998-2000
Copyright 1996, 1998-2000 The Regents of the University of California
Networks Associates Technology, Inc copyright notice (BSD)
Copyright (c) 2001-2003, Networks Associates Technology, Inc
Cambridge Broadband Ltd. copyright notice (BSD)
Portions of this code are copyright (c) 2001-2003, Cambridge Broadband Ltd.
Copyright © 2003 Sun Microsystems, Inc., 4150 Network Circle, Santa Clara,
California 95054, U.S.A.
Copyright (c) 2003-2008, Sparta, Inc
Copyright (c) 2004, Cisco, Inc and Information Network
Center of Beijing University of Posts and Telecommunications.
Fabasoft R&D Software GmbH & Co KG copyright notice (BSD)
Copyright (c) Fabasoft R&D Software GmbH & Co KG, 2003 [email protected]
Author: Bernhard Penz [email protected]
# (C) Copyright 2002-2006
# Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, [email protected].
#
# See file CREDITS for list of people who contributed to this
# project.
#
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of
# the License, or (at your option) any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
# MA 02111-1307 USA
#
026v003
372
026v003
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
BSD like:
Permission to use, copy, modify and distribute this software and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above copyright notice appears in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the name of CMU and The Regents of the University of California not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific written permission.
CMU AND THE REGENTS OF THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA DISCLAIM
ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT
SHALL CMU OR THE REGENTS OF THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA BE
LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM THE LOSS OF USE, DATA
OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR
OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH
THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
BSD:
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* Neither the name of the Networks Associates Technology, Inc nor the
names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote
products derived from this software without specific prior written
permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND
CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES,
INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR
CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT
NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR
373
openssh
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
# (C) Copyright 2002-2006
# Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, [email protected].
#
# See file CREDITS for list of people who contributed to this
# project.
#
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of
# the License, or (at your option) any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
# MA 02111-1307 USA
#
#
# Copyright (C) 2006, 2008-2011 OpenWrt.org
#
# This is free software, licensed under the GNU General Public License v2.
#
#
See full license text on page 324 .
# (C) Copyright 2002-2006
# Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, [email protected].
#
# See file CREDITS for list of people who contributed to this
# project.
#
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of
# the License, or (at your option) any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
026v003
374
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
# MA 02111-1307 USA
#
026v003
375
openssl
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
LICENSE ISSUES
==============
The OpenSSL toolkit stays under a dual license, i.e. both the conditions of the OpenSSL License and the original SSLeay license apply to the toolkit. See below for the actual license texts. Actually both licenses are BSD-style Open
Source licenses. In case of any license issues related to OpenSSL please contact [email protected].
OpenSSL License
---------------
/*
==============================================================
======
* Copyright (c) 1998-2011 The OpenSSL Project. All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
* are met:
*
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
*
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
* the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
* distribution.
*
* 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this
* software must display the following acknowledgment:
* "This product includes software developed by the OpenSSL Project
* for use in the OpenSSL Toolkit. (http://www.openssl.org/)"
*
* 4. The names "OpenSSL Toolkit" and "OpenSSL Project" must not be used to
* endorse or promote products derived from this software without
* prior written permission. For written permission, please contact
*
* 5. Products derived from this software may not be called "OpenSSL"
* nor may "OpenSSL" appear in their names without prior written
* permission of the OpenSSL Project.
*
* 6. Redistributions of any form whatsoever must retain the following
026v003
376
026v003
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
acknowledgment:
* "This product includes software developed by the OpenSSL Project
* for use in the OpenSSL Toolkit (http://www.openssl.org/)"
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE OpenSSL PROJECT ``AS IS'' AND
ANY EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
SHALL THE OpenSSL PROJECT OR ITS CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY
DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED
AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN
ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
==============================================================
======
*
* This product includes cryptographic software written by Eric Young
* ([email protected]). This product includes software written by Tim
* Hudson ([email protected]).
*
*/
Original SSLeay License
-----------------------
/* Copyright (C) 1995-1998 Eric Young ([email protected])
* All rights reserved.
*
* This package is an SSL implementation written
* by Eric Young ([email protected]).
* The implementation was written so as to conform with Netscapes SSL.
*
* This library is free for commercial and non-commercial use as long as
* the following conditions are aheared to. The following conditions
* apply to all code found in this distribution, be it the RC4, RSA,
* lhash, DES, etc., code; not just the SSL code. The SSL documentation
* included with this distribution is covered by the same copyright terms
* except that the holder is Tim Hudson ([email protected]).
*
* Copyright remains Eric Young's, and as such any Copyright notices in
* the code are not to be removed.
377
026v003
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
* If this package is used in a product, Eric Young should be given attribution
* as the author of the parts of the library used.
* This can be in the form of a textual message at program startup or
* in documentation (online or textual) provided with the package.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
* are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
* documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
* must display the following acknowledgement:
* "This product includes cryptographic software written by
* Eric Young ([email protected])"
* The word 'cryptographic' can be left out if the rouines from the library
* being used are not cryptographic related :-).
* 4. If you include any Windows specific code (or a derivative thereof) from
* the apps directory (application code) you must include an acknowledgement:
* "This product includes software written by Tim Hudson
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ERIC YOUNG ``AS IS'' AND
* ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
(INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE
GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY,
WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
DAMAGE.
*
* The licence and distribution terms for any publically available version or
* derivative of this code cannot be changed. i.e. this code cannot simply be
* copied and put under another distribution licence
* [including the GNU Public Licence.]
*/
# (C) Copyright 2002-2006
378
opkg
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
# Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, [email protected].
#
# See file CREDITS for list of people who contributed to this
# project.
#
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of
# the License, or (at your option) any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
# MA 02111-1307 USA
#
GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
Version 2, June 1991
Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
See full license text on page 324 .
# (C) Copyright 2002-2006
# Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, [email protected].
#
# See file CREDITS for list of people who contributed to this
# project.
#
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of
# the License, or (at your option) any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
# MA 02111-1307 USA
026v003
379
pcre
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
#
Copyright (c) 1997-2010 University of Cambridge
Release 8 of PCRE is distributed under the terms of the "BSD" licence, as specified below. The documentation for PCRE, supplied in the "doc" directory, is distributed under the same terms as the software itself.
THE MAIN PCRE LIBRARY
---------------------
Written by: Philip Hazel
Email local part: ph10
Email domain: cam.ac.uk
University of Cambridge Computing Service,
Cambridge, England.
Copyright (c) 1997-2010 University of Cambridge
All rights reserved
THE C++ WRAPPER LIBRARY
-----------------------
Written by: Google Inc.
Copyright (c) 2007-2010 Google Inc
All rights reserved
# (C) Copyright 2002-2006
# Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, [email protected].
#
# See file CREDITS for list of people who contributed to this
# project.
#
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of
# the License, or (at your option) any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
# MA 02111-1307 USA
#
026v003
380
procps px5g
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
Version 2, June 1991
Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
See full license text on page 324 .
# (C) Copyright 2002-2006
# Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, [email protected].
#
# See file CREDITS for list of people who contributed to this
# project.
#
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of
# the License, or (at your option) any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
# MA 02111-1307 USA
#
Copyright (C) 2009 Steven Barth <[email protected]>
Copyright (C) 2009 Paul Bakker <polarssl_maintainer at polarssl dot org>
Copyright (C) 2006-2007 Pascal Vizeli <[email protected]>
This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
Modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
License, version 2.1 as published by the Free Software Foundation.
This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU
Lesser General Public License for more details.
See full license text on page 348 .
# (C) Copyright 2002-2006
# Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, [email protected].
026v003
381
relayed
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
#
# See file CREDITS for list of people who contributed to this
# project.
#
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of
# the License, or (at your option) any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
# MA 02111-1307 USA
#
Copyright (C) 2010-2011 OpenWrt.org
This is free software, licensed under the GNU General Public License v2.
See /LICENSE for more information.
# (C) Copyright 2002-2006
# Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, [email protected].
#
# See file CREDITS for list of people who contributed to this
# project.
#
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of
# the License, or (at your option) any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
# MA 02111-1307 USA
#
026v003
382
swconfig
Syslog-ng
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Copyright (C) 2008-2009 Felix Fietkau <[email protected]>
Copyright (C) 2010 Martin Mares <[email protected]>
#
# Copyright (C) 2008-2010 OpenWrt.org
#
# This is free software, licensed under the GNU General Public License v2.
# See /LICENSE for more information.
#
See full license text on page 324 .
# (C) Copyright 2002-2006
# Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, [email protected].
#
# See file CREDITS for list of people who contributed to this
# project.
#
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of
# the License, or (at your option) any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
# MA 02111-1307 USA
#
GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
Version 2, June 1991
See full license text on page 324 .
# (C) Copyright 2002-2006
# Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, [email protected].
#
# See file CREDITS for list of people who contributed to this
# project.
#
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of
# the License, or (at your option) any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
026v003
383
tcp_wrappers
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
# MA 02111-1307 USA
#
Copyright 1995 by Wietse Venema. All rights reserved. Some individual files may be covered by other copyrights.
Copyright (c) 1987 Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
/*****************************************************************
*******
* Copyright 1995 by Wietse Venema. All rights reserved. Some individual
* files may be covered by other copyrights.
*
* This material was originally written and compiled by Wietse Venema at
* Eindhoven University of Technology, The Netherlands, in 1990, 1991,
* 1992, 1993, 1994 and 1995.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
* modification, are permitted provided that this entire copyright notice
* is duplicated in all such copies.
*
* This software is provided "as is" and without any expressed or implied
* warranties, including, without limitation, the implied warranties of
* merchantibility and fitness for any particular purpose.
******************************************************************
******/
# (C) Copyright 2002-2006
# Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, [email protected].
#
# See file CREDITS for list of people who contributed to this
# project.
#
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of
# the License, or (at your option) any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
026v003
384
tcpdump
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
# MA 02111-1307 USA
#
Copyright (c) 2001 Seth Webster <[email protected]>
Copyright (C) Andrew Tridgell 1995-1999
Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 2000
The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
License: BSD
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
distribution.
3. The names of the authors may not be used to endorse or promote
products derived from this software without specific prior
written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS'' AND WITHOUT ANY EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE IMPLIED
WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE.
# (C) Copyright 2002-2006
# Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, [email protected].
#
# See file CREDITS for list of people who contributed to this
# project.
#
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of
# the License, or (at your option) any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
026v003
385
uClibc++
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
# MA 02111-1307 USA
#
LGPL v2.1
See full license text on page 348 .
GPL v2
See full license text on page 324 .
# (C) Copyright 2002-2006
# Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, [email protected].
#
# See file CREDITS for list of people who contributed to this
# project.
#
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of
# the License, or (at your option) any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
# MA 02111-1307 USA
#
026v003
386
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Uboot-envtools
#
# (C) Copyright 2002-2006
# Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, [email protected].
#
# See file CREDITS for list of people who contributed to this
# project.
#
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of
# the License, or (at your option) any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
# MA 02111-1307 USA
#
See full license text on page 324 .
026v003
387
uwsgi
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
LINKING EXCEPTION
In addition to the permissions in the GNU General Public License, the authors give you unlimited permission to link the compiled version of this library into combinations with other programs, and to distribute those combinations without any restriction coming from the use of this file. (The General Public License restrictions do apply in other respects; for example, they cover modification of the file, and distribution when not linked into a combined executable.)
----------------------------------------------------------------------
GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
Version 2, June 1991
Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
See full license text on page 324 .
# (C) Copyright 2002-2006
# Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, [email protected].
#
# See file CREDITS for list of people who contributed to this
# project.
#
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of
# the License, or (at your option) any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
# MA 02111-1307 USA
#
026v003
388
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
PPPd and PPPoE
Copyright to Michal Ostrowski for PPPoE and Paul Mackerras [email protected]
PPPoE
The PPPoE plugin included in this package is a component of the
Roaring Penguin PPPoE package, included in this package courtesy of
Roaring Penguin Software. ( http://www.roaringpenguin.com
).
PPPd
Copyrights:
***********
All of the code can be freely used and redistributed. The individual source files each have their own copyright and permission notice.
Pppd, pppstats and pppdump are under BSD-style notices. Some of the pppd plugins are GPL'd. Chat is public domain.
Distribution:
*************
The primary site for releases of this software is: ftp://ftp.samba.org/pub/ppp/
($Id: README,v 1.37 2006/05/29 23:51:29 paulus Exp $)
James Carlson < [email protected]
> for PPPd
See full license text on page 324.
# (C) Copyright 2002-2006
# Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, [email protected].
#
# See file CREDITS for list of people who contributed to this
# project.
#
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
026v003
389
uci
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of
# the License, or (at your option) any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
# MA 02111-1307 USA
#
Copyright (C) 2008-2010 OpenWrt.org
Copyright (C) 2008 Felix Fietkau [email protected]
Copyright (C) 2006 Fokus Fraunhofer <[email protected]
/*
* libuci - Library for the Unified Configuration Interface
* Copyright (C) 2008 Felix Fietkau <[email protected]>
*
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
* it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1
* as published by the Free Software Foundation
*
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*/
/*
* ucimap-example - sample code for the ucimap library
* Copyright (C) 2008-2009 Felix Fietkau <[email protected]>
*
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2
* as published by the Free Software Foundation
*
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*/
See full license text on page 348 .
# (C) Copyright 2002-2006
# Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, [email protected].
026v003
390
udevtigger
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
#
# See file CREDITS for list of people who contributed to this
# project.
#
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of
# the License, or (at your option) any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
# MA 02111-1307 USA
#
Copyright (C) 2003 Greg Kroah-Hartman <[email protected]>
Copyright (C) 2005-2006 Kay Sievers <[email protected]>
Copyright (C) 2004 Daniel Walsh
Copyright (C) 2004 Ling, Xiaofeng <[email protected]>
Copyright (C) 2006 Hannes Reinecke [email protected]
/*
* Copyright (C) 2005-2006 Kay Sievers <[email protected]>
*
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
* under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
* Free Software Foundation version 2 of the License.
*
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
* WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
* with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
* 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
*
*/
See full license text on page 324 .
# (C) Copyright 2002-2006
# Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, [email protected].
#
026v003
391
uhttpd
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
# See file CREDITS for list of people who contributed to this
# project.
#
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of
# the License, or (at your option) any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
# MA 02111-1307 USA
#
Apache License, Version 2.0
/*
* uhttpd - Tiny single-threaded httpd - Main component
*
* Copyright (C) 2010 Jo-Philipp Wich <[email protected]>
*
* Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
* you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
* You may obtain a copy of the License at
*
* http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
*
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
* distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
* WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
* See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
* limitations under the License.
*/
# (C) Copyright 2002-2006
# Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, [email protected].
#
# See file CREDITS for list of people who contributed to this
# project.
#
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
026v003
392
wget v 1.10.2
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of
# the License, or (at your option) any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
# MA 02111-1307 USA
#
Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
#
# Copyright (C) 2006-2012 OpenWrt.org
#
# This is free software, licensed under the GNU General Public License v2.
# See /LICENSE for more information.
#
Copyright (c) 2004, Jan Kneschke, incremental
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
- Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this
list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
- Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
026v003
393
026v003
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
- Neither the name of the 'incremental' nor the names of its contributors may
be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without
specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND
CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
LIMITED TO, THE
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE
ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR
CONTRIBUTORS BE
LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY,
OR
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
PROCUREMENT OF
SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR
BUSINESS
INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY,
WHETHER IN
CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR
OTHERWISE)
ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF
ADVISED OF
THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
# (C) Copyright 2002-2006
# Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, [email protected].
#
# See file CREDITS for list of people who contributed to this
# project.
#
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of
# the License, or (at your option) any later version.
#
394
Wireless-tools
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
# MA 02111-1307 USA
#
Copyright (c) 1997-2007 Jean Tourrilhes <[email protected]>
(Ref: wireless_tools.29/COPYING)
GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
Version 2, June 1991
Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
See full license text on page 324 .
# (C) Copyright 2002-2006
# Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, [email protected].
#
# See file CREDITS for list of people who contributed to this
# project.
#
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of
# the License, or (at your option) any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
# MA 02111-1307 USA
#
026v003
395
zlib
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
(C) 1995-2004 Jean-loup Gailly and Mark Adler [email protected] [email protected]
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
Jean-loup Gailly Mark Adler
[email protected] [email protected]
# (C) Copyright 2002-2006
# Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, [email protected].
#
# See file CREDITS for list of people who contributed to this
# project.
#
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of
# the License, or (at your option) any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
# MA 02111-1307 USA
#
026v003
396
lighttpd
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
#
# Copyright (C) 2006-2012 OpenWrt.org
#
# This is free software, licensed under the GNU General Public License v2.
# See /LICENSE for more information.
#
See full license text on page 324 .
Copyright (c) 2004, Jan Kneschke, incremental
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
- Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
- Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
- Neither the name of the 'incremental' nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND
CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES,
INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR
CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT
NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR
OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
# (C) Copyright 2002-2006
# Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, [email protected].
#
# See file CREDITS for list of people who contributed to this
# project.
#
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
026v003
397
klish
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of
# the License, or (at your option) any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
# MA 02111-1307 USA
#
Copyright (c) 2005, 3Com Corporation
Copyright (c) 2005,2006, Newport Networks Ltd
Copyright (c) 2010 Serj Kalichev
==============================================================
Overview
This package contains code which is copyrighted to multiple sources.
==============================================================
3Com Corporation
The intial public release of this software was developed by Graeme McKerrell whilst in the employment of 3Com Europe Ltd.
Copyright (c) 2005, 3Com Corporation
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
026v003
398
026v003
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
* Neither the name of 3Com Corporation nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND
CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES,
INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR
CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT
NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR
OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
==============================================================
Newport Networks Ltd.
The 0.6-0.7 releases of this software was developed by Graeme McKerrell whilst in the employment of Newport Networks Ltd. As well as enhancing the existing code the new modules were developed.
Copyright (c) 2005,2006, Newport Networks Ltd
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* Neither the name of Newport Networks Ltd nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
399
026v003
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND
CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES,
INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR
CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT
NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR
OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
==============================================================
Serj Kalichev
The klish is a fork of original clish.
Copyright (c) 2010 Serj Kalichev.
All Rights Reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
400
026v003
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND
CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES,
INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR
CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT
NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR
OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
# (C) Copyright 2002-2006
# Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, [email protected].
#
# See file CREDITS for list of people who contributed to this
# project.
#
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of
# the License, or (at your option) any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
# MA 02111-1307 USA
#
401
libroxml
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
* This is the source file for lib libroxml.so
* \author blunderer <[email protected]>
* \date 23 Dec 2008
*
* Copyright (C) 2009 blunderer
LGPL v2.1
See full license text on page 348 .
Copyright (C) 2010 blunderer
This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by the Free
Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. The author added a static linking exception, see License.txt.
This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU Lesser General Public
License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51
Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
As a special exception to the LGPL v2.1 (below), the copyright holders of this library give you permission to statically link this library with independent modules to produce an executable, regardless of the license terms of these independent modules, and to copy and distribute the resulting executable under terms of your choice, provided that you also meet, for each linked independent module, the terms and conditions of the license of that module.
The resulting executable may therefore be distributed without complying with the LGPL terms that state that recipients of your executable must be able to relink against modified versions of the library.
It is also appreciated if you mention in the README or CREDITS the use of this library.
026v003
402
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
conntrack-tools
An independent module is a module which is not derived from or based on this library. If you modify this library, you may extend this exception to your version of the library, but you are not obligated to do so. If you do not wish to do so, delete this exception statement from your version.
# (C) Copyright 2002-2006
# Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, [email protected].
#
# See file CREDITS for list of people who contributed to this
# project.
#
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of
# the License, or (at your option) any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
# MA 02111-1307 USA
#
/*
* (C) 2006-2007 by Pablo Neira Ayuso <[email protected]>
*
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
026v003
403
026v003
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
* along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
*/
/*
Red Black Trees
(C) 1999 Andrea Arcangeli <[email protected]>
(C) 2002 David Woodhouse <[email protected]>
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
linux/lib/rbtree.c
*/
GPLv2
See full license text on page 324 .
404
libmnl
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
# (C) Copyright 2002-2006
# Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, [email protected].
#
# See file CREDITS for list of people who contributed to this
# project.
#
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of
# the License, or (at your option) any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
# MA 02111-1307 USA
#
/*
* (C) 2008-2012 by Pablo Neira Ayuso <[email protected]>
*
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
* it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published
* by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*/
LGPL v2.1
See full license text on page 348 .
# (C) Copyright 2002-2006
# Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, [email protected].
#
# See file CREDITS for list of people who contributed to this
# project.
#
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of
# the License, or (at your option) any later version.
026v003
405
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
libnetfilter_conntra ck
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
# MA 02111-1307 USA
#
/*
* (C) 2005-2011 by Pablo Neira Ayuso <[email protected]>
*
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
* under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*/
/*
* (C) 2005-2011 by Pablo Neira Ayuso <[email protected]>
* Harald Welte <[email protected]>
*
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
* under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*/
GPLv2
See full license text on page 324 .
# (C) Copyright 2002-2006
# Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, [email protected].
026v003
406
libnfnetlink
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
#
# See file CREDITS for list of people who contributed to this
# project.
#
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of
# the License, or (at your option) any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
# MA 02111-1307 USA
#
/* iftable - table of network interfaces
*
* (C) 2004 by Astaro AG, written by Harald Welte <[email protected]>
* (C) 2008 by Pablo Neira Ayuso <[email protected]>
*
* This software is Free Software and licensed under GNU GPLv2+.
*/
/* libnfnetlink.c: generic library for communication with netfilter
*
* (C) 2002-2006 by Harald Welte <[email protected]>
* (C) 2006-2011 by Pablo Neira Ayuso <[email protected]>
*
* Based on some original ideas from Jay Schulist <[email protected]>
*
* Development of this code funded by Astaro AG (http://www.astaro.com)
*
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
026v003
407
026v003
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
* under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 as published
* by the Free Software Foundation.
*
* 2005-09-14 Pablo Neira Ayuso <[email protected]>:
* Define structure nfnlhdr
* Added __be64_to_cpu function
* Use NFA_TYPE macro to get the attribute type
*
* 2006-01-14 Harald Welte <[email protected]>:
* introduce nfnl_subsys_handle
*
* 2006-01-15 Pablo Neira Ayuso <[email protected]>:
* set missing subsys_id in nfnl_subsys_open
* set missing nfnlh->local.nl_pid in nfnl_open
*
* 2006-01-26 Harald Welte <[email protected]>:
* remove bogus nfnlh->local.nl_pid from nfnl_open ;)
* add 16bit attribute functions
*
* 2006-07-03 Pablo Neira Ayuso <[email protected]>:
* add iterator API
* add replacements for nfnl_listen and nfnl_talk
* fix error handling
* add assertions
* add documentation
* minor cleanups
*/
408
lua-cjson
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
/* rtnl - rtnetlink utility functions
*
* (C) 2004 by Astaro AG, written by Harald Welte <[email protected]>
*
* Adapted to nfnetlink by Eric Leblond <[email protected]>
*
* This software is free software and licensed under GNU GPLv2+.
*
*/
GPLv2
See full license text on page 324 .
# (C) Copyright 2002-2006
# Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, [email protected].
#
# See file CREDITS for list of people who contributed to this
# project.
#
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of
# the License, or (at your option) any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
# MA 02111-1307 USA
#
Copyright (c) 2010-2012 Mark Pulford <[email protected]>
026v003
409
026v003
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES
OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT
HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
/****************************************************************
*
* The author of this software is David M. Gay.
*
* Copyright (c) 1991, 2000, 2001 by Lucent Technologies.
*
* Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
* purpose without fee is hereby granted, provided that this entire notice
* is included in all copies of any software which is or includes a copy
* or modification of this software and in all copies of the supporting
* documentation for such software.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS BEING PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT ANY EXPRESS
OR IMPLIED
* WARRANTY. IN PARTICULAR, NEITHER THE AUTHOR NOR LUCENT
MAKES ANY
* REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY OF ANY KIND CONCERNING THE
MERCHANTABILITY
410
026v003
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
* OF THIS SOFTWARE OR ITS FITNESS FOR ANY PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
*
***************************************************************/
The MIT License (MIT)
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES
OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT
HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
# (C) Copyright 2002-2006
# Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, [email protected].
#
# See file CREDITS for list of people who contributed to this
# project.
#
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of
# the License, or (at your option) any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
# MA 02111-1307 USA
#
411
libubox
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
GPLv2
See full license text on page 324 .
Copyright (C) 2010-2016 Felix Fietkau <[email protected]>
Permission to use, copy, modify, and/or distribute this software for any purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL
WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED
WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL
THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER
RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE
OF THIS SOFTWARE.
# (C) Copyright 2002-2006
# Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, [email protected].
#
# See file CREDITS for list of people who contributed to this
# project.
#
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of
# the License, or (at your option) any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
# MA 02111-1307 USA
#
026v003
412
MAC-telnet
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
GPLv2
See full license text on page 324 .
Mac-Telnet - Connect to RouterOS or mactelnetd devices via MAC address
Copyright (C) 2010, Håkon Nessjøen <[email protected]>
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
# (C) Copyright 2002-2006
# Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, [email protected].
#
# See file CREDITS for list of people who contributed to this
# project.
#
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of
# the License, or (at your option) any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
# MA 02111-1307 USA
#
026v003
413
ARP-NAT
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
#######################################################
###############
# Client bridge hotplug script (/etc/hotplug.d/net/20-client_bridge)
# Copyright Eric Bishop, 2009
[email protected]
# Created for Gargoyle,
www.gargoyle-router.com
#
#This is free software licensed under the terms of the GNU GPL v2.0
#
# You must have the arpnat ebtables module for this to work
#######################################################
###############
/*
* ebt_arpnat
*
* Authors:
* Kestutis Barkauskas <
[email protected]
>
*
* November, 2005
*
* Rewritten by:
* Kestutis Barkauskas and Kestutis Kupciunas <
[email protected]
>
*
* June, 2010
*
* Updated to work with more recent kernel versions (e.g., 2.6.30)
* Ditched entry expiration in favor of wiping entries with duplicate ips, when situation arises
* Fixed arpnat procfs (though both arpnat_cache and arpnat_info are both in root procfs directory now)
*
* Eric Bishop <
[email protected]
>
*
* ebt_arpnat
*
* Authors:
* Kestutis Barkauskas <
[email protected]
>
*
* November, 2005
*
* Rewritten by:
* Kestutis Barkauskas and Kestutis Kupciunas <
[email protected]
>
*
* June, 2010
*
* Updated to work with more recent kernel versions (e.g., 2.6.30)
026v003
414
odhcp6c
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
* Ditched entry expiration in favor of wiping entries with duplicate ips, when situation arises
* Fixed arpnat procfs (though both arpnat_cache and arpnat_info are both in root procfs directory now)
*
* Eric Bishop <
[email protected]
>
*/
GPLv2
# (C) Copyright 2002-2006
# Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, [email protected].
#
# See file CREDITS for list of people who contributed to this
# project.
#
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of
# the License, or (at your option) any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
# MA 02111-1307 USA
#
/**
* Copyright (C) 2012-2014 Steven Barth [email protected]>
* modify
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License v2 as published by
* the Free Software Foundation.
*
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
026v003
415
memtester
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
*/
GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
Version 2, June 1991
Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
Preamble
The licenses for most software are designed to take away your freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public
License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This
General Public License applies to most of the Free Software
Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by the GNU Library General Public License instead.) You can apply it to your programs, too.
When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things.
To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights.
These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it.
For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their rights.
We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and
(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy, distribute and/or modify the software.
Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original authors' reputations.
Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the
026v003
416
026v003
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all.
The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and modification follow.
GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND
MODIFICATION
0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below, refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program" means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law: that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it, either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you".
Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the
Program (independent of having been made by running the Program).
Whether that is true depends on what the Program does.
1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License along with the Program.
You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee.
2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices
stating that you changed the files and the date of any change.
b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in
whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any
part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third
parties under the terms of this License.
c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively
when run, you must cause it, when started running for such
interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an
417
026v003
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a
notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide
a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under
these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this
License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but
does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on
the Program is not required to print an announcement.)
These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program, and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it.
Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or collective works based on the Program.
In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under the scope of this License.
3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it, under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of
Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following:
a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable
source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections
1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or,
b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three
years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your
cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete
machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be
distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium
customarily used for software interchange; or,
c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer
to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is
allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you
received the program in object code or executable form with such
an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.)
The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a
418
026v003
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
special exception, the source code distributed need not include anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component itself accompanies the executable.
If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the source code from the same place counts as distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not compelled to copy the source along with the object code.
4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License.
However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance.
5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the
Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying the Program or works based on it.
6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the
Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein.
You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to this License.
7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to refrain entirely from distribution of the Program.
If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances.
419
026v003
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the integrity of the free software distribution system, which is implemented by public license practices. Many people have made generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed through that system in reliance on consistent application of that system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot impose that choice.
This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a consequence of the rest of this License.
8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the original copyright holder who places the Program under this License may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates the limitation as if written in the body of this License.
9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns.
Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions either of that version or of any later version published by the Free
Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free
Software
Foundation.
10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free
Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally.
NO WARRANTY
11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO
WARRANTY
FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW.
EXCEPT WHEN
OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR
OTHER PARTIES
420
026v003
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
EITHER EXPRESSED
OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE
ENTIRE RISK AS
TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU.
SHOULD THE
PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL
NECESSARY SERVICING,
REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO
IN WRITING
WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY
AND/OR
REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU
FOR DAMAGES,
INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES ARISING
OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT
NOT LIMITED
TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES
SUSTAINED BY
YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE
WITH ANY OTHER
PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN
ADVISED OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.
To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
<one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
Copyright (C) 19yy <name of author>
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
421
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this when it starts in an interactive mode:
Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) 19yy name of author
Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type
`show w'.
This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.
The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program.
You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names:
Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program
`Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker.
<signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989
Ty Coon, President of Vice
This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Library General
Public License instead of this License.
026v003
422
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Hardware warranty
Cambium’s standard hardware warranty is for one (1) year from date of shipment from Cambium
Networks or a Cambium Point-To-Multipoint Distributor. Cambium Networks warrants that hardware will conform to the relevant published specifications and will be free from material defects in material and workmanship under normal use and service. Cambium Networks shall within this time, at its own option, either repair or replace the defective product within thirty (30) days of receipt of the defective product. Repaired or replaced product will be subject to the original warranty period but not less than thirty (30) days.
026v003
423
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Limit of liability
IN NO EVENT SHALL CAMBIUM NETWORKS BE LIABLE TO YOU OR ANY OTHER PARTY FOR ANY
DIRECT, INDIRECT, GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL, EXEMPLARY OR OTHER
DAMAGE ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PRODUCT (INCLUDING,
WITHOUT LIMITATION, DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF BUSINESS PROFITS, BUSINESS
INTERRUPTION, LOSS OF BUSINESS INFORMATION OR ANY OTHER PECUNIARY LOSS, OR
FROM ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY, EVEN IF CAMBIUM NETWORKS HAS BEEN ADVISED OF
THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. (Some states do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages, so the above exclusion or limitation may not apply to you.)
IN NO CASE SHALL CAMBIUM’S LIABILITY EXCEED THE AMOUNT YOU PAID FOR THE PRODUCT.
026v003
424
MCS7
MCS6
MCS5
MCS4
MCS3
MCS2
MCS1
MCS15
MCS14
MCS13
MCS12
MCS11
MCS10
MCS9
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
System threshold, output power and link loss
The following tables specify the system threshold (dBm), output power (dBm) and maximum link loss (dB) per channel bandwidth and modulation mode:
Table 124 5 GHz threshold, power and link loss – ePMP 2000
Modulation mode
System threshold (dBm) per channel bandwidth
Output power (dBm) Maximum link loss (dB) per channel bandwidth
5
MHz
10
MHz
20
MHz
40
MHz
All bands 5
MHz
10
MHz
20
MHz
40
MHz
-73
-75
-77
-82
-85
-89
-91
-71
-73
-75
-80
-83
-86
-89
-72
-74
-75
-79
-83
-87
-88
-68
-70
-72
-77
-81
-84
-86
-69
-71
-73
-78
-80
-84
-85
-65
-68
-70
-75
-77
-81
-84
-65
-67
-69
-73
-77
-81
-83
-61
-62
-65
-70
-74
-76
-79
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
118
120
122
127
130
124
129
132
136
138
133
136
120
122
115
117
119
124
128
122
126
130
134
135
131
133
119
121
112
115
117
122
124
120
125
127
131
132
128
131
116
118
108
109
112
117
121
116
120
124
128
130
123
126
112
114
026v003
425
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Table 125 5 GHz threshold, power and link loss – ePMP 1000
Modulation mode
System threshold (dBm) per channel bandwidth
Output power (dBm) Maximum link loss (dB) per channel bandwidth
5
MHz
10
MHz
20
MHz
40
MHz
All bands 5
MHz
10
MHz
20
MHz
MCS15
MCS14
MCS13
MCS12
MCS11
MCS10
MCS9
MCS7
MCS6
MCS5
MCS4
MCS3
MCS2
MCS1
-79
-83
-87
-89
-92
-86
-89
-74
-76
-71
-73
-76
-80
-84
-82
-86
-90
-92
-95
-89
-92
-77
-79
-74
-76
-79
-83
-87
-73
-77
-82
-83
-87
-80
-84
-68
-70
-65
-67
-70
-74
-79
-76
-80
-84
-86
-89
-83
-86
-71
-73
-68
-70
-73
-77
-81
126
130
134
136
139
133
136
121
123
118
120
123
127
131
129
133
137
139
142
136
139
124
126
121
123
126
130
134
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
114
117
121
126
40
MH z
112
127
131
115
117
120
124
129
130
134
123
127
131
133
136
130
133
118
120
115
117
120
124
128
026v003
426
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Table 126 2.4 GHz threshold, power and link loss – ePMP 1000
Modulation mode
System threshold (dBm) per channel bandwidth
Output power
(dBm)
5
MHz
10
MHz
20
MHz
40
MHz
MCS15
MCS14
MCS13
MCS12
MCS11
MCS10
MCS9
MCS7
MCS6
MCS5
MCS4
MCS3
MCS2
-79
-80
-84
-68
-70
-65
-67
-70
-74
-73
-77
-82
-83
-81
-83
-86
-71
-73
-68
-70
-73
-77
-76
-80
-84
-86
-84
-86
-89
-74
-76
-71
-73
-76
-80
-79
-83
-87
-89
-87
-89
-92
-77
-79
-74
-76
-79
-83
-82
-86
-90
-92
23
23
23
23
23
All bands
(Example)
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
Maximum link loss (dB) per channel bandwidth
5
MHz
10
MHz
20
MHz
131
133
136
121
123
118
120
123
127
126
130
134
136
134
136
139
124
126
121
123
126
130
129
133
137
139
MCS1 -95 -92 -89 -87 23 142 139
For up-to-date data, please refer to the ePMP Capacity Planner Tool available at https://support.cambiumnetworks.com/files/epmp/
128
130
133
118
120
115
117
120
124
123
127
131
133
136
40
MHz
126
127
131
115
117
112
114
117
121
120
124
129
130
134
026v003
427
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Dynamic transmitter output power
The ePMP system uses dynamic Tx power based on the current modulation at which it is operating to avoid EVM (Error Vector Magnitude) limitation ensuring optimal operation of the system. The following table specifies the system transmitter output power (dBm) per band and modulation mode:
MCS5
MCS6
MCS7
MCS8
MCS9
MCS10
MCS11
MCS12
MCS13
MCS14
MCS15
Table 127 Max Tx power (dBm) per band and modulation
Modulation
Mode
2412-
2472
MHz
4920-
4990
MHz
4990-
5080
MHz
5080-
5150
MHz
MCS0
MCS1
MCS2
30
30
29
15
15
15
19
19
19
27
27
27
MCS3
MCS4
29
28
13
11
17
15
26
24
28
27
27
30
30
29
29
28
28
27
27
11
10
8
15
15
15
13
11
11
10
8
15
14
12
19
19
19
17
15
15
14
12
22
20
18
27
27
26
24
22
20
19
27
23
21
19
30
29
27
25
23
21
19
30
5460-
5725
MHz
30
30
29
27
25
22
20
18
27
27
26
24
22
20
18
27
5150-
5480
MHz
27
27
27
26
24
27
25
23
30
30
30
30
27
25
23
30
5725-
5980
MHz
30
30
30
30
30
026v003
428
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Compliance with safety standards
This section lists the safety specifications against which the ePMP has been tested and certified. It also describes how to keep RF exposure within safe limits.
ELECTRICAL SAFETY COMPLIANCE
The ePMP hardware has been tested for compliance to the electrical safety specifications listed in
Table 128 ePMP safety compliance specifications
Region Standard
USA UL 60950-1, 2 nd Edition
Canada
International
CSA C22.2 No.60950 2 nd Edition
International CB certified and certified to IEC 60950-1:2005
(modified) plus EN60950-1:2006 + A1:2010
ELECTROMAGNETIC COMPATIBILITY (EMC) COMPLIANCE
The ePMP complies with European EMC Specification EN301 489-1 with testing carried out to the detailed requirements of EN301 489-4.
The EMC specification type approvals that have been granted for ePMP are listed under Table 129 .
Table 129 EMC emissions compliance
Region Specification (Type Approvals)
USA
Canada
FCC CFR 47 Part 15 class B
Europe
RSS210, Issue 8
RSS247, Issue 1 (May 2015)
ETSI EN301 489-4
026v003
429
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
HUMAN EXPOSURE TO RADIO FREQUENCY ENERGY
Standards
Relevant standards (USA and EC) applicable when working with RF equipment are:
ANSI IEEE C95.1-1991, IEEE Standard for Safety Levels with Respect to Human Exposure to
Radio Frequency Electromagnetic Fields, 3 kHz to 300 GHz.
Council recommendation of 12 July 1999 on the limitation of exposure of the general public to electromagnetic fields (0 Hz to 300 GHz) (1999/519/EC) and respective national regulations.
Directive 2004/40/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 29 April 2004 on the minimum health and safety requirements regarding the exposure of workers to the risks arising from physical agents (electromagnetic fields) (18th individual Directive within the meaning of Article 16(1) of Directive 89/391/EEC).
US FCC limits for the general population. See the FCC web site http://www.fcc.gov
and the policies, guidelines, and requirements in Part 1 of Title 47 of the Code of Federal Regulations, as well as the guidelines and suggestions for evaluating compliance in FCC OET Bulletin 65.
Health Canada limits for the general population. See the Health Canada web site http://www.hc-sc.gc.ca/ewh-semt/pubs/radiation/99ehd-dhm237/limits-limites_e.html
and
Safety Code 6.
EN 50383:2002 Basic standard for the calculation and measurement of electromagnetic field strength and SAR related to human exposure from radio base Subscriber Modules and fixed terminal Subscriber Modules for wireless telecommunication systems (110 MHz - 40 GHz).
BS EN 50385:2002 Product standard to demonstrate the compliances of radio base Subscriber
Modules and fixed terminal Subscriber Modules for wireless telecommunication systems with the basic restrictions or the reference levels related to human exposure to radio frequency electromagnetic fields (110 MHz – 40 GHz) – general public.
ICNIRP (International Commission on Non-Ionizing Radiation Protection) guidelines for the general public. See the ICNIRP web site http://www.icnirp.de/ and Guidelines for Limiting
Exposure to Time-Varying Electric, Magnetic, and Electromagnetic Fields.
Power density exposure limit
Install the radios for the ePMP family of PMP wireless solutions so as to provide and maintain the minimum separation distances from all persons.
10 W/m
2
for RF energy in the 5 GHz and 2.4 GHz frequency bands.
026v003
430
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Calculation of power density
Peak power density in the far field of a radio frequency point source is calculated as follows:
Note
The following calculation is based on the ANSI IEEE C95.1-1991 method, as that provides a worst case analysis. Details of the assessment to EN50383:2002 can be provided, if required.
S
P
4
.
G d
2
Where: Is:
S
P
G power density in W/m 2 maximum average transmit power capability of the radio, in W total Tx gain as a factor, converted from dB distance from point source, in m d
Rearranging terms to solve for distance yields:
d
P
.
G
4
.
S
Calculated distances and power compliance margins
The calculated minimum separation distances, recommended distances and resulting margins for
each frequency band and antenna combination is shown in Table 134
are conservative distances that include compliance margins. At these and greater separation distances, the power density from the RF field is below generally accepted limits for the general population.
Explanation of terms used Table 130
Tx burst – maximum average transmit power in burst (Watt)
P – maximum average transmit power capability of the radio (Watt)
G – total transmit gain as a factor, converted from dB
S – power density (W/m
2
) d – minimum distance from point source (meters)
R – recommended distances (meters)
C – compliance factor
026v003
431
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
below list the power compliance margins for the following ePMP 2000 devices:
Model Number FCC ID Industry Canada
C058900P132A
Part Number
C058900A132A
C058900L132A
Z8H89FT0020 109W-0020
Table 130 ePMP 2000 Power compliance margins, 5.1 GHz, AP
Conn
Type
PMP
PTP
PMP
PTP
Channel
Bandwidth
5 MHz
40 MHz dBi dBi
Antenna
Connectorized Antenna, 17
Connectorized Antenna, 17
P
(W)
0.02
0.01
G
50
50
S
(W/m 2 ) d
(m)
R
(m)
C
9.011
9.011
0.10 0.3
0.07 0.3
-
-
Table 131 ePMP 2000 Power compliance margins, 5.2 GHz, AP
Conn
Type
PMP
PTP
PMP
PTP
Channel
Bandwidth
5 MHz
40 MHz
Connectorized Antenna, 17 dBi
Connectorized Antenna, 17 dBi
Antenna
P
(W)
0.017
0.014
G
50
50
S
(W/m 2 ) d
(m)
R
(m)
C
9.13
9.13
0.09 0.3
0.08 0.3
-
-
Table 132 ePMP 2000 Power compliance margins, 5.4 GHz, AP
Conn
Type
PMP
PTP
PMP
PTP
Channel
Bandwidth
5 MHz
40 MHz
Connectorized Antenna, 17 dBi
Connectorized Antenna, 17 dBi
Antenna
P
(W)
0.018
0.017
G
50
50
S
(W/m 2 ) d
(m)
R
(m)
C
9.39
9.39
0.09 0.3
0.09 0.3
-
-
026v003
432
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Table 133 ePMP 2000 Power compliance margins, 5.8 GHz, AP
Conn
Type
Channel
Bandwidth
Antenna
P
(W)
G S
(W/m 2 ) d
(m)
R
(m)
C
PMP
PTP 5 MHz
PMP
PTP 40 MHz
Connectorized Antenna, 17 dBi
0.07 50 9.011 0.08 0.3 -
below are the power compliance margins for the following ePMP 1000 devices:
Model Number
C058900P112A
Connectorized Antenna, 17 dBi
Part Number
C058900C112A
0.069 50
FCC ID
Z8H89FT0006
9.011 0.17 0.3 -
Industry Canada
109W-0006
Table 134 ePMP 1000 Power compliance margins, 5.1 GHz, AP
Conn
Type
Channel
Bandwidth
PMP 5/10 MHz
Antenna
P
(W)
G
0.063
2.0
PMP 5/10 MHz
Connectorized Omni, 3 dBi
Connectorized Sector Array,
16 dBi
0.032
39.8
S
(W/m 2 ) d
(m)
R
(m)
C
9.011
0.03
0.1
99.8
9.011
0.10
0.3
89.8
PTP 5/10 MHz
Connectorized Patch Panel
Array, 23 dBi
0.010
199.5
9.011
0.13
0.3
56.7
PTP 5/10 MHz Connectorized Dish, 30 dBi
0.002
1000.0
9.011
0.13
0.3
56.7
0.063
2.0
9.011
0.03
0.1
99.8
PMP 20/40 MHz Connectorized Omni, 3 dBi
PMP 20/40 MHz
Connectorized Sector Array,
16 dBi
PTP 20/40 MHz
Connectorized Patch Panel
Array, 23 dBi
PTP 20/40 MHz Connectorized Dish, 30 dBi
0.100
0.008
39.8
199.5
9.011
9.011
0.19
0.12
0.4
0.3
45.5
64.3
0.001
1000.0
9.011
0.11
0.3
80.9
026v003
433
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Table 135 ePMP 1000 Power compliance margins, 5.2 GHz, AP
Conn
Type
Channel
Bandwidth
PMP 5/10 MHz
PMP
PTP
5/10 MHz
5/10 MHz
Antenna
Connectorized Omni, 3 dBi
Connectorized Sector Array,
16 dBi
Connectorized Patch Panel
Array, 23 dBi
P
(W)
0.032
0.010
G
0.063
2.0
39.8
199.5
S
(W/m 2 ) d
(m)
R
(m)
C
9.130
0.03
0.1
91.1
9.130
9.130
0.10
0.13
0.3
0.3
82.0
51.7
PTP
PTP
5/10 MHz Connectorized Dish, 30 dBi
20/40 MHz Connectorized Dish, 30 dBi
0.002
1000.0
9.130
0.13
0.3
51.7
PMP 20/40 MHz Connectorized Omni, 3 dBi
PMP 20/40 MHz
Connectorized Sector Array,
16 dBi
PTP 20/40 MHz
Connectorized Patch Panel
Array, 23 dBi
0.063
2.0
9.130
0.03
0.1
91.1
0.100
39.8
9.130
0.19
0.4
46.1
0.008
199.5
9.130
0.12
0.3
65.1
0.001
1000.0
9.130
0.10
0.3
82.0
Table 136 ePMP 1000 Power compliance margins, 5.4 GHz, AP
Conn
Type
Channel
Bandwidth
Antenna
PMP 5/10 MHz
PMP 5/10 MHz
PTP
PTP
5/10 MHz
5/10 MHz
Connectorized Omni, 3 dBi
Connectorized Sector Array,
16 dBi
Connectorized Patch Panel
Array, 23 dBi
Connectorized Dish, 30 dBi
PMP 20/40 MHz Connectorized Omni, 3 dBi
PMP 20/40 MHz
Connectorized Sector Array,
16 dBi
PTP 20/40 MHz
Connectorized Patch Panel
Array, 23 dBi
PTP 20/40 MHz Connectorized Dish, 30 dBi
P
(W)
G
0.063
2.0
S
(W/m 2 ) d
(m)
R
(m)
C
9.390
0.03
0.1
93.7
0.032
39.8
9.390
0.10
0.3
84.3
0.010
199.5
9.390
0.13
0.3
53.2
0.002
1000.0
9.390
0.13
0.3
53.2
0.063
2.0
9.390
0.03
0.1
93.7
0.100
39.8
9.390
0.18
0.4
47.4
0.008
199.5
9.390
0.12
0.3
67.0
0.001
1000.0
9.390
0.10
0.3
84.3
026v003
434
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Table 137 ePMP 1000 Power compliance margins, 5.8 GHz, AP
Conn
Type
Channel
Bandwidth
Antenna
PMP 5/10 MHz
PMP 5/10 MHz
PTP
PTP
5/10 MHz
5/10 MHz
Connectorized Omni, 3 dBi
Connectorized Sector Array,
16 dBi
Connectorized Patch Panel
Array, 23 dBi
Connectorized Dish, 30 dBi
PMP 20/40 MHz Connectorized Omni, 3 dBi
PMP 20/40 MHz
Connectorized Sector Array,
16 dBi
PTP 20/40 MHz
Connectorized Patch Panel
Array, 23 dBi
PTP 20/40 MHz Connectorized Dish, 30 dBi
P
(W)
G
0.063
2.0
S
(W/m 2 ) d
(m)
R
(m)
C
9.687
0.03
0.1
96.6
0.032
39.8
9.687
0.10
0.3
87.0
0.010
199.5
9.687
0.13
0.3
54.9
0.002
1000.0
9.687
0.13
0.3
54.9
0.063
2.0
9.687
0.03
0.1
96.6
0.100
39.8
9.687
0.18
0.4
48.9
0.008
199.5
9.687
0.11
0.3
69.1
0.001
1000.0
9.687
0.10
0.3
87.0
026v003
435
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
through Table 142 below are the power compliance margins for the following devices:
Model Number
C058900P122A
Part Number
C058900C122A
FCC ID
Z8H89FT0005
Industry Canada
109W-0005
Table 138 ePMP 1000 Power compliance margins, 5.1 GHz, SM
Conn
Type
Channel
Bandwidth
PMP 5/10 MHz
Antenna
Connectorized Omni, 3 dBi
P
(W)
G
0.063
2.0
PMP 5/10 MHz
PMP 5/10 MHz
PTP
PTP
5/10 MHz
5/10 MHz
Integrated Patch Array, 16 dBi
Connectorized Sector Array,
16 dBi
Integrated Patch Array, 16 dBi
Connectorized Patch Panel
Array, 23 dBi
0.100
0.100
0.100
0.013
39.8
39.8
39.8
199.5
S
(W/m 2 ) d
(m)
R
(m)
C
9.011
0.03
0.1
89.9
9.011
9.011
9.011
9.011
0.19
0.19
0.19
0.15
0.4
0.4
0.4
0.3
45.5
45.5
45.5
40.6
PTP 5/10 MHz Connectorized Dish, 30 dBi
0.001
1000.0
0.063
2.0
9.011
9.011
0.09
0.03
0.2
0.1
45.3
89.9
PMP 20/40 MHz Connectorized Omni, 3 dBi
PMP 20/40 MHz
Integrated Patch Array, 16 dBi
PMP
PTP
PTP
20/40 MHz
20/40 MHz
20/40 MHz
Connectorized Sector Array,
16 dBi
Integrated Patch Array, 16 dBi
Connectorized Patch Panel
Array, 23 dBi
PTP 20/40 MHz Connectorized Dish, 30 dBi
0.032
0.032
0.032
0.005
39.8
39.8
39.8
199.5
9.011
9.011
9.011
9.011
0.11
0.11
0.11
0.09
0.2
0.3
0.2
0.2
36.0
80.9
36.0
45.3
0.001
1000.0
9.011
0.09
0.2
45.3
Caution
For countries that follow FCC regulations, the combined conducted power must be reduced
for the lower edge of the 5.1 GHz band in order, to meet restricted band requirements.
026v003
436
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Table 139 FCC conducted power (combined) for lower edge of 5.1 GHz
Channel Bandwidth Antenna Conducted Power (combined)
5/10 MHz
5/10 MHz
5/10 MHz
Connectorized Omni, 3 dBi
Integrated Patch Array, 16 dBi
Connectorized Sector Array, 16 dBi
18 dBm
7 dBm
7 dBm
5/10 MHz
5/10 MHz
20/40 MHz
20/40 MHz
Connectorized Patch Panel Array, 23 dBi
Connectorized Dish, 30 dBi
Connectorized Omni, 3 dBi
Integrated Patch Array, 16 dBi
0 dBm
-7 dBm
15 dBm
7 dBm
20/40 MHz
20/40 MHz
20/40 MHz
Connectorized Sector Array, 16 dBi
Connectorized Patch Panel Array, 23 dBi
Connectorized Dish, 30 dBi
7 dBm
2 dBm
-5 dBm
Table 140 ePMP 1000 Power compliance margins, 5.2 GHz, SM
Antenna P (W) G S (W/m 2 )
0.020
20.0
9.130
Integrated Patch Array, 13 dBi
Integrated Patch Array, 13 dBi with Reflector Dish, 6 dBi
Connectorized Patch Panel Array,
23 dBi
Connectorized Dish, 30 dBi
0.020
0.020
79.4
199.5
0.020
1000
9.130
9.130
9.130
Table 141 ePMP 1000 Power compliance margins, 5.4 GHz, SM
Antenna P (W) G S (W/m 2 )
0.020
20.0
9.390
Integrated Patch Array, 13 dBi
Integrated Patch Array, 13 dBi with Reflector Dish, 6 dBi
0.020
79.4
9.390
Connectorized Patch Panel Array,
23 dBi
0.020
199.5
9.390
Connectorized Dish, 30 dBi
0.020
1000 9.390
d (m)
0.06
0.12
0.19
0.42
0.12
0.18
0.41
d (m)
0.06
R (m)
0.2
0.3
0.4
1
R (m)
0.2
0.3
1
0.4
C
115.2
65.1
46.1
57.5
C
118.5
67.0
47.4
59.1
026v003
437
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Table 142 ePMP 1000 Power compliance margins, 5.8/5.9 GHz, SM
Antenna
Integrated Patch Array, 13 dBi
Integrated Patch Array, 13 dBi with
Reflector Dish, 6 dBi
P (W) G
0.200
20.0
0.200
79.4
S (W/m 2 ) d (m) R (m)
9.687
9.687
0.18
0.36
0.4
48.9
0.8
C
49.1
Connectorized Patch Panel Array, 23 dBi
0.200
199.5
9.687
0.57
1.2
44.0
Connectorized Dish, 30 dBi
0.200
1000 9.687
1.28
Table 143 ePMP 1000 Power compliance margins, 2.4 GHz, AP (FCC ID:
Z8H89FT0012)
Conn
Type
Channel
Bandwidth
Antenna
P
(W)
G S
(W/m
2
)
2.5
38.1
d
(m)
R
(m)
C
PMP
PMP
20 MHz
40 MHz
Connectorized, 8 dBi Omni
0.631
6.3
5.348
0.24
0.5
42.2
Connectorized, 8 dBi Omni
0.100
6.3
5.348
0.10
0.2
42.6
PMP 20 MHz
Connectorized, 17 dBi Sector
0.079
50.1
5.348
0.24
0.5
42.2
PMP 40 MHz
Connectorized, 17 dBi Sector
0.025
50.1
5.348
0.14
0.3
48.0
PTP 20 MHz
Connectorized, 25 dBi Dish
0.010
316.2
5.348
0.22
0.5
53.1
PTP 40 MHz
Connectorized, 25 dBi Dish
0.006
316.2
5.348
0.17
0.4
53.9
Table 144 ePMP 1000 Power compliance margins, 2.4 GHz, SM (FCC ID:
Z8H89FT0011)
Conn
Type
PMP
PMP
PMP
PMP
PMP
PMP
PMP
Channel
Bandwidth
20 MHz
20 MHz
20 MHz
20 MHz
20 MHz
20 MHz
40 MHz
Antenna
Connectorized, 8 dBi Omni
Integrated, 12 dBi Patch
Integrated 12 dBi Patch with
8 dBi Reflector Dish
Connectorized, 17 dBi Sector
Connectorized, 19 dBi Panel
Connectorized, 25 dBi Dish
Connectorized, 8 dBi Omni
P
(W)
G S
(W/m 2 ) d
(m)
R
(m)
C
0.631
6.3
5.348
0.24
0.5
42.2
0.251
15.8
5.348
0.24
0.5
42.2
0.398
0.079
100.0
50.1
5.348
5.348
0.77
0.24
1.5
0.5
38.0
42.2
0.050
79.4
5.348
0.24
0.5
42.2
0.010
316.2
5.348
0.22
0.5
53.1
0.100
6.3
5.348
0.10
0.2
42.6
026v003
438
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
PMP
PTP
PTP
PTP
PTP
PTP
PMP
PMP
PMP
PMP
PTP
PTP
PTP
PTP
PTP
40 MHz
40 MHz
40 MHz
40 MHz
40 MHz
20 MHz
20 MHz
20 MHz
20 MHz
20 MHz
40 MHz
40 MHz
40 MHz
40 MHz
40 MHz
Integrated, 12 dBi Patch
Integrated 12 dBi Patch with
8 dBi Reflector Dish
Connectorized, 17 dBi Sector
Connectorized, 19 dBi Panel
Connectorized, 25 dBi Dish
Integrated, 12 dBi Patch
Integrated 12 dBi Patch with
8 dBi Reflector Dish
Connectorized, 17 dBi Sector
Connectorized, 19 dBi Panel
Connectorized, 25 dBi Dish
Integrated, 12 dBi Patch
Integrated 12 dBi Patch with
8 dBi Reflector Dish
Connectorized, 17 dBi Sector
Connectorized, 19 dBi Panel
Connectorized, 25 dBi Dish
0.050
0.050
0.025
0.020
0.006
0.398
0.398
0.158
0.050
0.010
0.050
0.050
0.025
0.020
0.006
15.8
100.0
50.1
79.4
316.2
15.8
100.0
50.1
79.4
316.2
15.8
100.0
50.1
79.4
316.2
5.348
5.348
5.348
5.348
5.348
5.348
5.348
5.348
5.348
5.348
5.348
5.348
5.348
5.348
5.348
0.11
0.27
0.14
0.15
0.17
0.31
0.77
0.34
0.24
0.22
0.11
0.27
0.14
0.15
0.17
0.3
0.6
0.3
0.3
0.4
0.7
1.5
0.8
0.5
0.5
0.3
0.6
0.3
0.4
0.4
Note
Gain of antenna in dBi = 10*log (G).
The regulations require that the power used for the calculations is the maximum power in the transmit burst subject to allowance for source-based time-averaging.
At 2.4 GHz, 5.4 GHz and EU 5.8 GHz the products are generally limited to a fixed EIRP which can be achieved with the Integrated Antenna. The calculations above assume that the maximum EIRP allowed by the regulations is being transmitted.
76.1
48.2
48.0
38.1
53.9
52.2
38.0
54.1
42.2
53.1
76.1
48.2
48.0
67.8
53.9
Note
If there are no EIRP limits in the country of deployment, use the distance calculations for FCC
5.8 GHz for all frequency bands.
026v003
439
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
through Table 152 below are the power compliance margins for the following devices:
Model Number
C058900P072A
C058900P062A
Part Number
C058900C072A
C058900C062A
FCC ID
Z8H89FT0015
Z8H89FT0015
Table 145 ePMP 1000 Power compliance margins, 5.1 GHz, AP
Industry Canada
109W-0015
109W-0015
Connection
Type
PMP
Antenna
Modular Array, 17 dBi
P (W)
0.079
G
50.1
S
(W/m
9.011
2 )
d (m) R (m)
0.19
0.4
C
45.5
PMP
PMP
PTP
Modular Dish, 24 dBi
Module Dipole, 2 dBi
Modular Array, 17 dBi
0.016
0.398
0.398
251.2
1.6
50.1
9.011
9.011
9.011
0.19
0.07
0.42
0.4
0.2
1
45.5
71.8
56.7
45.3
71.8
PTP Modular Dish, 24 dBi 0.398
251.2
9.011
0.94
2
PTP Module Dipole, 2 dBi 0.398
1.6
9.011
Table 146 ePMP 1000 Power compliance margins, 5.2 GHz, AP
Channel
Bandwidth
Antenna P (W)
10 MHz Modular Array, 17 dBi 0.010
G
50.1
9.130
0.07
S
(W/m 2 )
d (m) R (m)
0.07
0.2
0.2
C
10 MHz
10 MHz
20/40 MHz Modular Array, 17 dBi 0.019
20/40 MHz
Modular Dish, 24 dBi 0.004
50.1
251.2
9.130
9.130
20/40 MHz
Module Dipole, 2 dBi 0.112
1.6
Table 147 ePMP 1000 Power compliance margins, 5.4 GHz, AP
9.130
Channel
Bandwidth
Antenna P (W)
10 MHz Modular Array, 17 dBi 0.008
G
50.1
9.390
0.09
0.09
0.04
S
(W/m
2
)
d (m) R (m)
0.06
0.2
0.2
0.1
0.2
10 MHz
Modular Dish, 24 dBi 0.002
251.2
Module Dipole, 2 dBi 0.118
1.6
Modular Dish, 24 dBi 0.002
251.2
9.130
9.130
9.390
0.06
0.04
0.06
0.2
0.1
0.2
93.2
94.7
61.3
48.8
49.6
64.8
C
118.2
103.2
026v003
440
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
10 MHz Module Dipole, 2 dBi 0.095
1.6
9.390
0.04
0.1
20/40 MHz Modular Array, 17 dBi 0.010
50.1
9.390
20/40 MHz
Modular Dish, 24 dBi 0.003
251.2
9.390
20/40 MHz
Module Dipole, 2 dBi 0.163
1.6
9.390
Table 148 ePMP 1000 Power compliance margins, 5.8 GHz, AP
Connection
Type
PMP
Antenna P (W)
Modular Array, 17 dBi 0.079
G
50.1
9.687
0.07
0.08
0.05
S
(W/m
2
)
d (m) R (m)
0.18
0.2
0.2
0.1
0.4
PMP
PMP
PTP
PTP
Modular Dish, 24 dBi 0.016
251.2
Module Dipole, 2 dBi 0.398
1.6
Modular Array, 17 dBi 0.501
50.1
Modular Dish, 24 dBi 0.501
251.2
9.687
9.687
9.687
9.687
PTP Module Dipole, 2 dBi 0.501
1.6
9.687
Table 149 ePMP 1000 Power compliance margins, 5.1 GHz, SM
Antenna P (W) G S
(W/m
2
)
d (m) R (m)
0.08
0.18
0.07
0.45
1.02
C
0.4
0.2
1
2
0.2
Modular Array, 17 dBi 0.398
50.1
Modular Dish, 24 dBi 0.398
251.2
9.011
9.011
Module Dipole, 2 dBi 0.398
1.6
9.011
Table 150 Power compliance margins, 5.2 GHz, SM
Channel
Bandwidth
Antenna P (W)
5/10 MHz Modular Array, 17 dBi 0.010
G
50.1
0.42
0.94
0.07
1
2
0.2
56.7
45.3
71.8
S
(W/m
2
)
d (m) R (m)
5/10 MHz Modular Dish, 24 dBi 0.002
251.2
5/10 MHz Module Dipole, 2 dBi 0.118
1.6
20/40 MHz Modular Array, 17 dBi 0.019
20/40 MHz
Modular Dish, 24 dBi 0.004
50.1
251.2
9.130
9.130
9.130
9.130
9.130
0.07
0.06
0.04
0.09
0.09
0.2
0.2
0.1
0.2
0.2
77.9
90.7
69.5
45.7
C
48.9
48.9
77.1
48.4
38.7
61.3
C
93.2
94.7
61.3
48.8
49.6
026v003
441
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
20/40 MHz
Module Dipole, 2 dBi 0.112
1.6
9.130
Table 151 ePMP 1000 Power compliance margins, 5.4 GHz, SM
Channel
Bandwidth
Antenna P (W)
5/10 MHz Modular Array, 17 dBi 0.008
G
50.1
9.390
0.04
S
(W/m
2
)
d (m) R (m)
0.06
0.1
0.2
5/10 MHz Modular Dish, 24 dBi 0.002
251.2
5/10 MHz Module Dipole, 2 dBi 0.095
1.6
9.390
9.390
0.06
0.04
0.2
0.1
20/40 MHz Modular Array, 17 dBi 0.010
20/40 MHz
Modular Dish, 24 dBi 0.003
50.1
251.2
9.390
9.390
20/40 MHz
Module Dipole, 2 dBi 0.163
1.6
9.390
Table 152 ePMP 1000 Power compliance margins, 5.8 GHz, SM
Antenna P (W) G S
(W/m
2
)
d (m) R (m)
0.07
0.08
0.05
Modular Array, 17 dBi 0.501
50.1
9.687
0.45
1
C
48.4
0.2
0.2
0.1
Modular Dish, 24 dBi 0.501
251.2
Module Dipole, 2 dBi 0.501
1.6
9.687
9.687
1.02
0.08
2
0.2
38.7
61.3
64.8
C
118.2
103.2
77.9
90.7
69.5
45.7
026v003
442
Table 154 below is the power compliance margins for the following device
Model Number Part Number FCC ID
C024900P161A C024900C161A
Z8H89FT0019
Table 153 ePMP 1000 Power compliance margins, 2.4 GHz (FCC)
Channel
Bandwidth
40/20/10 MHz
Antenna
Modular Dish, 17 dBi
P (W) G
0.293
50.1
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Industry Canada
109W-0019
S
(W/m 2 )
d (m) R (m)
5.348
0.47
1
C
45.7
40/20/10 MHz
5 MHz
Module Dipole, 2 dBi
Modular Dish, 17 dBi
0.807
0.287
1.6
50.1
5 MHz Module Dipole, 2 dBi 0.802
1.6
Table 154 ePMP 1000 Power compliance margins, 2.4 GHz (IC)
Channel
Bandwidth
40/20/10 MHz
Antenna
Modular Dish, 17 dBi
P (W)
0.293
G
50.1
5.348
0.14
0.3
5.348
0.46
1
5.348
0.14
0.3
S
(W/m 2 )
d (m) R (m)
5.348
0.47
1
47.3
46.6
47.6
C
45.7
40/20/10 MHz
5 MHz
5 MHz
Module Dipole, 2 dBi
Modular Dish, 17 dBi
Module Dipole, 2 dBi
0.807
1.6
0.287
50.1
0.802
1.6
5.348
0.14
0.4
5.348
0.46
1
5.348
0.14
0.3
84.0
46.6
47.6
026v003
443
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Compliance with radio regulations
This section describes how the ePMP complies with the radio regulations that are enforced in various countries.
Caution
Changes or modifications not expressly approved by Cambium Networks could void the user’s authority to operate the system.
TYPE APPROVALS
This system has achieved Type Approval in various countries around the world. This means that the system has been tested against various local technical regulations and found to comply. The frequency bands in which the system operates may be unlicensed and, in these bands, the system can be used provided it does not cause interference. The system is not guaranteed protection against interference from other products and installations.
The radio specification type approvals that have been granted for ePMP frequency variants are
Table 155 ePMP 2000 Radio certifications
Frequency band Region Regulatory approvals
5 GHz USA FCC Part 15 Class B
Canada IC RSS-210 Issue 8, Annex 8 (or latest)
IC RSS247 Issue 1 (May 2015)
Europe ETSI EN302 502 v1.2.1
ETSI EN301 893 v1.7.1
Table 156 ePMP 1000 Radio certifications
Frequency band Region Regulatory approvals
2.4 GHz, 5 GHz USA FCC Part 15 Class B
Canada IC RSS-210 Issue 8, Annex 8 (or latest)
IC RSS247 Issue 1 (May 2015)
Europe ETSI EN302 502 v1.2.1
ETSI EN301 893 v1.7.1
026v003
444
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
FCC AND ETSI COMPLIANCE TESTING
The system has been tested for compliance to both US (FCC) and European (ETSI) specifications. It has been shown to comply with the limits for emitted spurious radiation for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules in the USA and appropriate European ENs. These limits have been designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference. However the equipment can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to other radio communications. There is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. To comply with FCC RF exposure limits for general population or uncontrolled exposure, the antenna(s) used for the ePMP
transmitter must be installed to ensure a separation distance specified in Table 134
from all persons and must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter .
026v003
445
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
OEM Responsibilities to comply with FCC and Industry Canada Regulations
The ePMP Module is certified for integration into products only by OEM integrators under the following conditions:
1. The antennas(s) must be installed such that a minimum separation distance specified in Table
through Table 154 is maintained between the radiator (antenna) and all persons at all
times .
2. The transmitter module must not be co-located or operate in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter. As long as the two conditions above are met, further transmitter testing is not required. However, the OEM integrator is still responsible for testing their endproduct for any additional compliance requirements required with this module installed (for example, digital device emissions, PC peripheral requirements, etc.).
Note
In the event that these conditions cannot be met (for certain configurations or colocation with another transmitter), then the FCC and Industry Canada authorizations are no longer considered valid and the FCC ID cannot be used.
Note
A Class B Digital Device is a device that is marketed for use in a residential environment, notwithstanding use in commercial, business and industrial environments.
Notwithstanding that Cambium Networks has designed (and qualified) the ePMP products to generally meet the Class B requirement to minimize the potential for interference, the ePMP product range is not marketed for use in a residential environment.
End Product Labeling
The ePMP Module is labeled with its own FCC ID and IC Certification Number. If the FCC ID and IC
Certification Number are not visible when the module is installed inside another device, then the outside of the device into which the module is installed must also display a label referring to the enclosed module. In that case, the final end product must be labeled in a visible area with the following:
Table 157 ePMP 2000 Product labeling
Region
Access Point (AP)
Label
“Contains Transmitter Module FCC ID: Z8H89FT0020” or “Contains FCC
ID: Z8H89FT0020”
026v003
446
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Table 158 ePMP 1000 Product labeling
Region
Access Point (AP)
Subscriber Module
(SM)
Access Point (AP) /
Subscriber Module
(SM)
Access Point (AP) /
Subscriber Module
(SM)
Label
“Contains Transmitter Module FCC ID: Z8H89FT0006” or “Contains FCC
ID: Z8H89FT0006”
“Contains Transmitter Module FCC ID: Z8H89FT0005” or “Contains FCC
ID: Z8H89FT0005”
“Contains Transmitter Module FCC ID: Z8H89FT0015” or “Contains FCC
ID: Z8H89FT0015”
“Contains Transmitter Module FCC ID: Z8H89FT0019” or “Contains FCC
ID: Z8H89FT0019”
026v003
447
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
EXAMPLES OF REGULATORY LIMITS
Examples of the regulatory limits that apply in typical regions of operation are in the following tables:
026v003
448
Kyrgyzstan
Kazakhstan
Moldova
Malaysia
Other
Peru
Philippines
Puerto Rico
Russia
Armenia
Argentina
Azerbaijan
Belarus
Ecuador
Georgia
Guam
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Table 159 Regulatory limits – 4.9 GHz
Country
Frequency range
Valid Center
Frequency for
20 MHz Band
Valid Center
Frequency for
40 MHz Band
Valid Center
Frequency for
5/10 MHz Band
4930 to 5165 every 5MHz
4920 to 5150 every 5MHz
Other 4900-5150
4920 to 5155 every 5MHz
Table 160 Regulatory Limits - 5.1 GHz
Conducted Power
15 for 4920 to 4995,
19 for 5000 to 5080,
27 for 5085 to 5165
Country
Frequency range
Valid Center
Frequency for
20 MHz Band
Valid Center
Frequency for
40 MHz Band
Valid Center
Frequency for
5/10 MHz
Band
Conducted
Power
EIRP Power
5150-5250
5150-5250
5150-5250
5150-5250
5150-5250
5150-5250
5150-5250
5150-5250
5150-5250
5150-5250
5150-5250
5150-5250
5150-5250
5150-5250
5150-5250
5150-5250
5170-5230 every 5 MHz
5170-5230 every 5 MHz
5170-5230 every 5 MHz
5170-5230 every 5 MHz
5170-5230 every 5 MHz
5170-5230 every 5 MHz
5190-5230 every 5 MHz
5170-5230 every 5 MHz
5170-5230 every 5 MHz
5170-5230 every 5 MHz
5170-5230 every 5 MHz
5170-5250 every 5 MHz
5170-5230 every 5 MHz
5170-5230 every 5 MHz
5190-5230 every 5 MHz
5170-5230 every 5 MHz
5160-5240 every 5 MHz
5160-5240 every 5 MHz
5160-5240 every 5 MHz
5160-5240 every 5 MHz
5160-5240 every 5 MHz
5160-5240 every 5 MHz
5180-5240 every 5 MHz
5160-5240 every 5 MHz
5160-5240 every 5 MHz
5160-5240 every 5 MHz
5160-5240 every 5 MHz
5160-5250 every 5 MHz
5160-5240 every 5 MHz
5160-5240 every 5 MHz
5180-5240 every 5 MHz
5160-5240 every 5 MHz
5155-5250 every 5 MHz
5155-5250 every 5 MHz
5155-5250 every 5 MHz
5155-5250 every 5 MHz
5155-5250 every 5 MHz
5155-5250 every 5 MHz
5160-5245 every 5 MHz
5155-5250 every 5 MHz
5155-5250 every 5 MHz
5155-5250 every 5 MHz
5155-5250 every 5 MHz
5155-5250 every 5 MHz
5155-5250 every 5 MHz
5155-5250 every 5 MHz
5160-5245 every 5 MHz
5155-5250 every 5 MHz
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
27
20
20
20
20
36 for non PTP AP. 53 for other modes.
36 for non PTP AP. 53 for other modes.
026v003
449
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Country
Frequency range
Valid Center
Frequency for
20 MHz Band
Valid Center
Frequency for
40 MHz Band
Valid Center
Frequency for
5/10 MHz
Band
Conducted
Power
EIRP Power
Tajikistan
Turkmenistan
Ukraine
Uganda
United States
Uzbekistan
Venezuela
U.S. Virgin
Islands
5150-5250
5150-5250
5150-5250
5150-5250
5150-5250
5150-5250
5150-5250
5150-5250
5160-5240 every 5 MHz
5160-5240 every 5 MHz
5160-5240 every 5 MHz
5160-5240 every 5 MHz
5180-5240 every 5 MHz
5160-5240 every 5 MHz
5160-5240 every 5 MHz
5180-5240 every 5 MHz
5170-5230 every 5 MHz
5170-5230 every 5 MHz
5170-5230 every 5 MHz
5170-5230 every 5 MHz
5190-5230 every 5 MHz
5170-5230 every 5 MHz
5170-5230 every 5 MHz
5190-5230 every 5 MHz
5155-5250 every 5 MHz
5155-5250 every 5 MHz
5155-5250 every 5 MHz
5155-5250 every 5 MHz
5160-5245 every 5 MHz
5155-5250 every 5 MHz
5155-5250 every 5 MHz
5160-5245 every 5 MHz
20
20
18
27
20
20
20
20
30
36 for non PTP AP. 53 for other modes.
36 for non PTP AP. 53 for other modes.
Caution
For countries that follow FCC regulations, the combined conducted power must be reduced
according to Table 161 for the lower edge of the 5.1 GHz band in order to meet restricted
band requirements.
026v003
450
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Table 161 Regulatory limits - 5.2 GHz
Country
Armenia
Argentina
Azerbaijan
Belarus
Canada
Frequency range
5250-5350
5250-5350
5250-5350
5250-5350
5250-5350
Valid Center
Frequency for
20 MHz Band
Valid Center
Frequency for
40 MHz Band
Valid Center
Frequency for
5/10 MHz
Band
0F0F0F
2
5270 to 5330 every 5MHz
5260 to 5340 every 5MHz
5260 to 5340 every 5MHz
5260 to 5340 every 5MHz
5280 to 5320 every 5MHz
5270 to 5330 every 5MHz
5270 to 5330 every 5MHz
5270 to 5330 every 5MHz
5255 to 5345 every 5MHz
5255 to 5345 every 5MHz
5255 to 5345 every 5MHz
5255 to 5345 every 5MHz
5280 to 5320 every 5MHz
5290 to 5310 every 5MHz
5280 to 5320 every 5MHz
Chile
Colombia
Ecuador
Georgia
Ghana
Guam
Hong Kong
Kazakhstan
Kenya
Kyrgyzstan
Malaysia
Moldova
Other
Peru
5250-5350
5250-5350
5250-5350
5250-5350
5250-5350
5250-5350
5250-5350
5250-5350
5250-5350
5250-5350
5250-5350
5250-5350
5250-5350
5250-5350
5270 to 5330 every 5MHz
5270 to 5330 every 5MHz
5260 to 5340 every 5MHz
5260 to 5340 every 5MHz
5270 to 5330 every 5MHz
5280 to 5320 every 5MHz
5280 to 5320 every 5MHz
5270 to 5330 every 5MHz
5270 to 5330 every 5MHz
5280 to 5320 every 5MHz
5255 to 5345 every 5MHz
5255 to 5345 every 5MHz
5255 to 5345 every 5MHz
5255 to 5345 every 5MHz
5255 to 5345 every 5MHz
5245 to 5320 every 5MHz
5235 to 5310 every 5MHz
5250 to 5320 every 5MHz
5270 to 5330 every 5MHz
5260 to 5340 every 5MHz
5270 to 5330 every 5MHz
5260 to 5340 every 5MHz
5270 to 5330 every 5MHz
5255 to 5350 every 5MHz
5270 to 5330 every 5MHz
5280 to 5320 every 5MHz
5270 to 5330 every 5MHz
5280 to 5320 every 5MHz
5270 to 5330 every 5MHz
5280 to 5320 every 5MHz
5255 to 5350 every 5MHz
5280 to 5320 every 5MHz
5255 to 5345 every 5MHz
5255 to 5345 every 5MHz
5255 to 5345 every 5MHz
5255 to 5345 every 5MHz
5255 to 5345 every 5MHz
5255 to 5350 every 5MHz
5255 to 5345 every 5MHz
5245 to 5320 every 5MHz
5235 to 5310 every 5MHz
5250 to 5320 every 5MHz
Philippines
Puerto Rico
5250-5350
5250-5350
5260 to 5340 every 5MHz
5280 to 5320 every 5MHz
5270 to 5330 every 5MHz
5290 to 5310 every 5MHz
2
5 MHz Channel bandwidth not available for DFS regions/bands.
5255 to 5345 every 5MHz
5255 to 5345 every 5MHz
Conducted
Power
EIRP Power DFS
18
27
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
12 for 20
MHz,
13 for 40
MHz
18
18
13
13
18
13
30 for 20
MHz and 40
MHz, 27 for
10 MHz, 24 for 5 MHz
30 for 20
MHz and 40
MHz, 27 for
10 MHz, 24 for 5 MHz
30 for 20
MHz and 40
MHz, 27 for
10 MHz, 24 for 5 MHz
No
Yes
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
026v003
451
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Country
Russia
Taiwan
Tajikistan
Thailand
Turkmenistan
U.S. Virgin
Islands
Uganda
Ukraine
United States
Uzbekistan
Venezuela
Frequency range
5250-5350
5250-5350
5250-5350
5250-5350
5250-5350
5250-5350
5250-5350
5250-5350
5250-5350
5250-5350
5250-5350
Valid Center
Frequency for
20 MHz Band
Valid Center
Frequency for
40 MHz Band
Valid Center
Frequency for
5/10 MHz
Band
0F0F0F
2
5260 to 5340 every 5MHz
5270 to 5330 every 5MHz
5260 to 5340 every 5MHz
5270 to 5330 every 5MHz
5280 to 5320 every 5MHz
5270 to 5330 every 5MHz
5255 to 5345 every 5MHz
5255 to 5345 every 5MHz
5255 to 5345 every 5MHz
5245 to 5320 every 5MHz
5235 to 5310 every 5MHz
5250 to 5320 every 5MHz
5260 to 5340 every 5MHz
5260 to 5340 every 5MHz
5270 to 5330 every 5MHz
5260 to 5340 every 5MHz
5260 to 5340 every 5MHz
5260 to 5340 every 5MHz
5270 to 5330 every 5MHz
5270 to 5330 every 5MHz
5280 to 5320 every 5MHz
5270 to 5330 every 5MHz
5270 to 5330 every 5MHz
5270 to 5330 every 5MHz
5255 to 5345 every 5MHz
5255 to 5345 every 5MHz
5255 to 5345 every 5MHz
5255 to 5345 every 5MHz
5255 to 5345 every 5MHz
5255 to 5345 every 5MHz
5280 to 5320 every 5MHz
5290 to 5310 every 5MHz
5280 to 5320 every 5MHz
Conducted
Power
EIRP Power DFS
18
13
18
13
18
18
18
18
18
18
12 for 20
MHz, 13 for 40 MHz
30 for 20
MHz and 40
MHz, 27 for
10 MHz, 24 for 5 MHz
23
30 for 20
MHz and 40
MHz, 27 for
10 MHz, 24 for 5 MHz
No
Yes
No
FCC
No
No
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
No
Table 162 Regulatory limits - 5.3 GHz
Country
Other
Frequency range
Valid Center
Frequency for
20 MHz Band
Valid Center
Frequency for
40 MHz Band
Valid Center
Frequency for
5/10 MHz Band
Conducted
Power
5350-5470
5355 to 5470 every 5MHz
5355 to 5470 every 5MHz
5355 to 5470 every 5MHz
27
EIRP
Power
DFS
No
026v003
452
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Table 163 Regulatory limits - 5.4 GHz
Country
Frequency range
Valid Center
Frequency for
20 MHz Band
Valid Center
Frequency for
40 MHz Band
Valid Center
Frequency for 5/10 MHz
Band
1F1F1F
3
Argentina
Armenia
Australia
Austria
Azerbaijan
Belarus
Belgium
Bosnia and
Herzegovina
Brazil
Bulgaria
Canada
Chile
Colombia
Croatia
Cyprus
Czech Republic
Denmark
Ecuador
5470-5725
5470-5725
5470-5600,
5650-5725
5470-5600,
5650-5725
5470-5725
5470-5725
5470-5600,
5650-5725
5470-5600,
5650-5725
5470-5725
5470-5600,
5650-5725
5470-5600,
5650-5725
5470-5725
5470-5725
5470-5600,
5650-5725
5470-5600,
5650-5725
5470-
5600,5650-
5725
5470-5600,
5650-5725
5470-5725
5480 to 5590 every 5MHz,
5660 to 5715 every 5 MHz
5495 to 5590 every 5MHz,
5660 to 5705 every 5 MHz
5480 to 5715 every 5MHz
5480 to 5715 every 5MHz
5480 to 5590 every 5MHz,
5660 to 5715 every 5 MHz
5480 to 5590 every 5MHz,
5660 to 5715 every 5 MHz
5480 to 5590 every 5MHz,
5660 to 5715 every 5 MHz
5480 to 5590 every 5MHz,
5660 to 5715 every 5 MHz
5480 to 5715 every 5MHz
5480 to 5730 every 5MHz
5480 to 5730 every 5MHz
5480 to 5590 every 5MHz,
5660 to 5715 every 5 MHz
5480 to 5590 every 5MHz,
5660 to 5715 every 5 MHz
5480 to 5730 every 5MHz
5480 to 5730 every 5MHz
5480 to 5590 every 5MHz,
5660 to 5715 every 5 MHz
5480 to 5590 every 5MHz,
5660 to 5715 every 5 MHz
5480 to 5715 every 5MHz
5490 to 5580 every 5MHz,
5670 to 5705 every 5 MHz
5510 to 5580 every 5MHz,
5670 to 5695 every 5 MHz
5490 to 5705 every 5MHz
5490 to 5705 every 5MHz
5490 to 5580 every 5MHz,
5670 to 5705 every 5 MHz
5490 to 5580 every 5MHz,
5670 to 5705 every 5 MHz
5490 to 5580 every 5MHz,
5670 to 5705 every 5 MHz
5490 to 5580 every 5MHz,
5670 to 5705 every 5 MHz
5490 to 5705 every 5MHz
5490 to 5740 every 5MHz
5490 to 5740 every 5MHz
5490 to 5580 every 5MHz,
5670 to 5705 every 5 MHz
5490 to 5580 every 5MHz,
5670 to 5705 every 5 MHz
5490 to 5740 every 5MHz
5490 to 5740 every 5MHz
5490 to 5580 every 5MHz,
5670 to 5705 every 5 MHz
5490 to 5580 every 5MHz,
5670 to 5705 every 5 MHz
5490 to 5705 every 5MHz
3
5 MHz Channel bandwidth not available for DFS regions/bands.
5475 to 5595 every 5MHz,
5655 to 5720 every 5 MHz
5495 to 5595 every 5MHz,
5655 to 5705 every 5 MHz
5475 to 5720 every 5MHz
5475 to 5720 every 5MHz
5475 to 5595 every 5MHz,
5655 to 5720 every 5 MHz
5475 to 5595 every 5MHz,
5655 to 5720 every 5 MHz
5475 to 5595 every 5MHz,
5655 to 5720 every 5 MHz
5475 to 5595 every 5MHz,
5655 to 5720 every 5 MHz
5475 to 5720 every 5MHz
5475 to 5725 every 5MHz
5475 to 5725 every 5MHz
5475 to 5595 every 5MHz,
5655 to 5720 every 5 MHz
5475 to 5595 every 5MHz,
5655 to 5720 every 5 MHz
5475 to 5725 every 5MHz
5475 to 5725 every 5MHz
5475 to 5595 every 5MHz,
5655 to 5720 every 5 MHz
5475 to 5595 every 5MHz,
5655 to 5720 every 5 MHz
5475 to 5720 every 5MHz
Conducte d Power
19
19
15
15
19
19
15
15
16
15
14
16
16
15
15
15
15
16
EIRP Power DFS
30 for 20 MHz and 40 MHz, 27 for 10 MHz, 24 for 5 MHz
30 for 20 MHz and 40MHz, 27 for 10 MHz, 24 for 5 MHz
30 for 20 MHz and 40MHz, 27 for 10 MHz, 24 for 5 MHz
30 for 20 MHz and 40MHz, 27 for 10 MHz, 24 for 5 MHz
30
30 for 20 MHz and 40MHz, 27 for 10 MHz, 24 for 5 MHz
30 for 20 MHz and 40MHz, 27 for 10 MHz, 24 for 5 MHz
30
30
30 for 20 MHz and 40MHz, 27 for 10 MHz, 24 for 5 MHz
30 for 20 MHz and 40MHz, 27 for 10 MHz, 24 for 5 MHz
30 for 20 MHz and 40MHz, 27 for 10 MHz, 24 for 5 MHz
30 for 20M and
40M, 27 for
10M, 24 for 5M
30 for 20 MHz and 40MHz, 27
None
None
ETSI
ETSI
None
None
ETSI
ETSI
FCC
ETSI
FCC
FCC
FCC
ETSI
ETSI
ETSI
ETSI
None
026v003
453
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Country
Finland
France
Generic ETSI
Georgia
Germany
Ghana
Greece
Guam
Hong Kong
Hungary
Ireland
Italy
Kazakhstan
Kenya
Kyrgyzstan
Latvia
Liechtenstein
Frequency range
Valid Center
Frequency for
20 MHz Band
Valid Center
Frequency for
40 MHz Band
Valid Center
Frequency for 5/10 MHz
Band
1F1F1F
3
Conducte d Power
EIRP Power
5470-5600,
5650-5725
5470-5600,
5650-5725
5470-5600,
5650-5725
5470-5725
5470-5600,
5650-5725
5470-5725
5470-5600,
5650-5725
5470-5600,
5650-5725
5470-5725
5470-5600,
5650-5725
5470-5600,
5650-5725
5470-5600,
5650-5725
5470-5725
5470-5725
5470-5725
5470-5600,
5650-5725
5470-5600,
5650-5725
5495 to 5590 every 5MHz,
5660 to 5705 every 5 MHz
5480 to 5715 every 5MHz
5480 to 5590 every 5MHz,
5660 to 5715 every 5 MHz
5480 to 5590 every 5MHz,
5660 to 5715 every 5 MHz
5480 to 5590 every 5MHz,
5660 to 5715 every 5 MHz
5480 to 5730 every 5MHz
5480 to 5590 every 5MHz,
5660 to 5715 every 5 MHz
5480 to 5590 every 5MHz,
5660 to 5715 every 5 MHz
5480 to 5590 every 5MHz,
5660 to 5715 every 5 MHz
5480 to 5730 every 5MHz
5480 to 5590 every 5MHz,
5660 to 5715 every 5 MHz
5480 to 5715 every 5MHz
5480 to 5590 every 5MHz,
5660 to 5715 every 5 MHz
5480 to 5715 every 5MHz
5480 to 5730 every 5MHz
5480 to 5590 every 5MHz,
5660 to 5715 every 5 MHz
5480 to 5590 every 5MHz,
5660 to 5715 every 5 MHz
5510 to 5580 every 5MHz,
5670 to 5695 every 5 MHz
5490 to 5705 every 5MHz
5490 to 5580 every 5MHz,
5670 to 5705 every 5 MHz
5490 to 5580 every 5MHz,
5670 to 5705 every 5 MHz
5490 to 5580 every 5MHz,
5670 to 5705 every 5 MHz
5490 to 5740 every 5MHz
5490 to 5580 every 5MHz,
5670 to 5705 every 5 MHz
5490 to 5580 every 5MHz,
5670 to 5705 every 5 MHz
5490 to 5580 every 5MHz,
5670 to 5705 every 5 MHz
5490 to 5740 every 5MHz
5490 to 5580 every 5MHz,
5670 to 5705 every 5 MHz
5490 to 5705 every 5MHz
5490 to 5580 every 5MHz,
5670 to 5705 every 5 MHz
5490 to 5705 every 5MHz
5490 to 5740 every 5MHz
5490 to 5580 every 5MHz,
5670 to 5705 every 5 MHz
5490 to 5580 every 5MHz,
5670 to 5705 every 5 MHz
5495 to 5595 every 5MHz,
5655 to 5705 every 5 MHz
5475 to 5720 every 5MHz
5475 to 5595 every 5MHz,
5655 to 5720 every 5 MHz
5475 to 5595 every 5MHz,
5655 to 5720 every 5 MHz
5475 to 5595 every 5MHz,
5655 to 5720 every 5 MHz
5475 to 5725 every 5MHz
5475 to 5595 every 5MHz,
5655 to 5720 every 5 MHz
5475 to 5595 every 5MHz,
5655 to 5720 every 5 MHz
5475 to 5595 every 5MHz,
5655 to 5720 every 5 MHz
5475 to 5725 every 5MHz
5475 to 5595 every 5MHz,
5655 to 5720 every 5 MHz
5475 to 5720 every 5MHz
5475 to 5595 every 5MHz,
5655 to 5720 every 5 MHz
5475 to 5720 every 5MHz
5475 to 5725 every 5MHz
5475 to 5595 every 5MHz,
5655 to 5720 every 5 MHz
5475 to 5595 every 5MHz,
5655 to 5720 every 5 MHz
15
15
15
19
15
16
15
14
15
15
15
15
19
16
19
15
15
DFS for 10 MHz, 24 for 5 MHz
30 for 20 MHz and 40MHz, 27 for 10 MHz, 24 for 5 MHz
30 for 20 MHz and 40MHz, 27 for 10 MHz, 24 for 5 MHz
30 for 20 MHz and 40MHz, 27 for 10 MHz, 24 for 5 MHz
30 for 20 MHz and 40MHz, 27 for 10 MHz, 24 for 5 MHz
30
30 for 20 MHz and 40MHz, 27 for 10 MHz, 24 for 5 MHz
30 for 20 MHz and 40MHz, 27 for 10 MHz, 24 for 5 MHz
30
30 for 20 MHz and 40MHz, 27 for 10 MHz, 24 for 5 MHz
30 for 20 MHz and 40MHz, 27 for 10 MHz, 24 for 5 MHz
30 for 20 MHz and 40MHz, 27 for 10 MHz, 24 for 5 MHz
30 for 20 MHz and 40MHz, 27 for 10 MHz, 24 for 5 MHz
30 for 20 MHz and 40MHz, 27 for 10 MHz, 24 for 5 MHz
30 for 20 MHz and 40MHz, 27 for 10 MHz, 24 for 5 MHz
ETSI
ETSI
ETSI
None
ETSI
FCC
ETSI
FCC
FCC
ETSI
ETSI
ETSI
FCC
None
ETSI
ETSI
026v003
454
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Mexico
Moldova
Netherlands
Netherlands
Antilles
Nigeria
Norway
Country
Lithuania
Luxembourg
Macedonia
Malaysia
Malta
Mauritius
Oman
Other
Peru
Philippines
Poland
Portugal
Frequency range
5470-5600,
5650-5725
5470-5600,
5650-5725
5470-5600,
5650-5725
5470-5725
5470-5600,
5650-5725
5470-5725
5470-5600,
5650-5725
5470-5725
5470-5600,
5650-5725
5470-5600,
5650-5725
5470-5725
5470-5600,
5650-5725
5470-5725
5470-5725
5470-5725
5470-5725
5470-5600,
5650-5725
5470-5600,
5650-5725
5495 to 5590 every 5MHz,
5660 to 5705 every 5 MHz
5480 to 5730 every 5MHz
5480 to 5590 every 5MHz,
5660 to 5715 every 5 MHz
5480 to 5590 every 5MHz,
5660 to 5715 every 5 MHz
5480 to 5715 every 5MHz
5480 to 5590 every 5MHz,
5660 to 5715 every 5 MHz
5480 to 5590 every 5MHz,
5660 to 5715 every 5 MHz
5480 to 5590 every 5MHz,
5660 to 5715 every 5 MHz
5480 to 5590 every 5MHz,
5660 to 5715 every 5 MHz
5480 to 5730 every 5MHz
5480 to 5590 every 5MHz,
5660 to 5715 every 5 MHz
5480 to 5715 every 5MHz
Valid Center
Frequency for
20 MHz Band
5490 to 5580 every 5MHz,
5670 to 5705 every 5 MHz
5490 to 5580 every 5MHz,
5670 to 5705 every 5 MHz
5490 to 5580 every 5MHz,
5670 to 5705 every 5 MHz
5490 to 5740 every 5MHz
5490 to 5580 every 5MHz,
5670 to 5705 every 5 MHz
Valid Center
Frequency for
40 MHz Band
Valid Center
Frequency for 5/10 MHz
Band
1F1F1F
3
5475 to 5595 every 5MHz,
5655 to 5720 every 5 MHz
5475 to 5595 every 5MHz,
5655 to 5720 every 5 MHz
5475 to 5595 every 5MHz,
5655 to 5720 every 5 MHz
5475 to 5725 every 5MHz
5475 to 5595 every 5MHz,
5655 to 5720 every 5 MHz
5490 to 5705 every 5MHz
5510 to 5580 every 5MHz,
5670 to 5695 every 5 MHz
5490 to 5740 every 5MHz
5490 to 5580 every 5MHz,
5670 to 5705 every 5 MHz
5490 to 5580 every 5MHz,
5670 to 5705 every 5 MHz
5490 to 5705 every 5MHz
5490 to 5580 every 5MHz,
5670 to 5705 every 5 MHz
5475 to 5720 every 5MHz
5475 to 5595 every 5MHz,
5655 to 5720 every 5 MHz
5475 to 5725 every 5MHz
5475 to 5595 every 5MHz,
5655 to 5720 every 5 MHz
5475 to 5595 every 5MHz,
5655 to 5720 every 5 MHz
5475 to 5720 every 5MHz
5475 to 5595 every 5MHz,
5655 to 5720 every 5 MHz
5480 to 5715 every 5MHz
5475 to 5730 every 5MHz
5480 to 5715 every 5MHz
5480 to 5730 every 5MHz
5480 to 5590 every 5MHz,
5660 to 5715 every 5 MHz
5480 to 5590 every 5MHz,
5660 to 5715 every 5 MHz
5490 to 5705 every 5MHz
5475 to 5740 every 5MHz
5490 to 5705 every 5MHz
5490 to 5740 every 5MHz
5490 to 5580 every 5MHz,
5670 to 5705 every 5 MHz
5490 to 5580 every 5MHz,
5670 to 5705 every 5 MHz
5475 to 5720 every 5MHz
5475 to 5725 every 5MHz
5475 to 5720 every 5MHz
5475 to 5725 every 5MHz
5475 to 5595 every 5MHz,
5655 to 5720 every 5 MHz
5475 to 5595 every 5MHz,
5655 to 5720 every 5 MHz
Conducte d Power
15
15
15
19
15
15
16
19
15
15
15
15
15
30
16
19
15
15
EIRP Power DFS
30 for 20 MHz and 40MHz, 27 for 10 MHz, 24 for 5 MHz
30 for 20 MHz and 40MHz, 27 for 10 MHz, 24 for 5 MHz
30 for 20 MHz and 40MHz, 27 for 10 MHz, 24 for 5 MHz
30 for 20 MHz and 40MHz, 27 for 10 MHz, 24 for 5 MHz
30 for 20 MHz and 40MHz, 27 for 10 MHz, 24 for 5 MHz
30 for 20 MHz and 40MHz, 27 for 10 MHz, 24 for 5 MHz
30 for 20 MHz and 40MHz, 27 for 10 MHz, 24 for 5 MHz
30 for 20 MHz and 40MHz, 27 for 10 MHz, 24 for 5 MHz
36
30 for 20 MHz and 40MHz, 27 for 10 MHz, 24 for 5 MHz
30 for 20 MHz and 40MHz, 27 for 10 MHz, 24 for 5 MHz
30
26
30 for 20 MHz and 40MHz, 27 for 10 MHz, 24 for 5 MHz
30 for 20 MHz and 40MHz, 27 for 10 MHz, 24 for 5 MHz
ETSI
ETSI
ETSI
None
ETSI
ETSI
FCC
None
ETSI
ETSI
None
ETSI
ETSI
None
ETSI
None
ETSI
ETSI
026v003
455
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Country
Puerto Rico
Romania
Russia
Serbia
Slovakia
Slovenia
South Africa
South Korea
Spain
Sweden
Switzerland
Taiwan
Tajikistan
Thailand
Turkey
Turkmenistan
U.S. Virgin
Islands
Uganda
Frequency range
5470-5600,
5650-5725
5470-5600,
5650-5725
5470-5725
5470-5600,
5650-5725
5470-5600,
5650-5725
5470-5600,
5650-5725
5470-5725
5470-5650
5470-5600,
5650-5725
5470-5600,
5650-5725
5470-5600,
5650-5725
5470-5600,
5650-5725
5470-5725
5470-5725
5495 to 5590 every 5MHz,
5660 to 5705 every 5 MHz
5480 to 5590 every 5MHz,
5660 to 5715 every 5 MHz
5480 to 5730 every 5MHz
5480 to 5590 every 5MHz,
5660 to 5715 every 5 MHz
5480 to 5590 every 5MHz,
5660 to 5715 every 5 MHz
5480 to 5590 every 5MHz,
5660 to 5715 every 5 MHz
5480 to 5715 every 5MHz
5480 to 5640 every 5MHz
5480 to 5590 every 5MHz,
5660 to 5715 every 5 MHz
5480 to 5590 every 5MHz,
5660 to 5715 every 5 MHz
5480 to 5590 every 5MHz,
5660 to 5715 every 5 MHz
5495 to 5590 every 5MHz,
5660 to 5705 every 5 MHz
5480 to 5730 every 5MHz
5480 to 5715 every 5MHz
Valid Center
Frequency for
20 MHz Band
Valid Center
Frequency for
40 MHz Band
Valid Center
Frequency for 5/10 MHz
Band
1F1F1F
3
5495 to 5595 every 5MHz,
5655 to 5705 every 5 MHz
5475 to 5595 every 5MHz,
5655 to 5720 every 5 MHz
5475 to 5725 every 5MHz
5475 to 5595 every 5MHz,
5655 to 5720 every 5 MHz
5475 to 5595 every 5MHz,
5655 to 5720 every 5 MHz
5475 to 5595 every 5MHz,
5655 to 5720 every 5 MHz
5475 to 5720 every 5MHz
5475 to 5645 every 5MHz
5475 to 5595 every 5MHz,
5655 to 5720 every 5 MHz
5475 to 5595 every 5MHz,
5655 to 5720 every 5 MHz
5475 to 5595 every 5MHz,
5655 to 5720 every 5 MHz
5495 to 5590 every 5MHz,
5660 to 5705 every 5 MHz
5475 to 5725 every 5MHz
5510 to 5580 every 5MHz,
5670 to 5695 every 5 MHz
5490 to 5580 every 5MHz,
5670 to 5705 every 5 MHz
5490 to 5740 every 5MHz
5490 to 5580 every 5MHz,
5670 to 5705 every 5 MHz
5490 to 5580 every 5MHz,
5670 to 5705 every 5 MHz
5490 to 5580 every 5MHz,
5670 to 5705 every 5 MHz
5490 to 5705 every 5MHz
NA
5490 to 5580 every 5MHz,
5670 to 5705 every 5 MHz
5490 to 5580 every 5MHz,
5670 to 5705 every 5 MHz
5490 to 5580 every 5MHz,
5670 to 5705 every 5 MHz
5510 to 5580 every 5MHz,
5670 to 5695 every 5 MHz
5490 to 5740 every 5MHz
5490 to 5705 every 5MHz
5475 to 5720 every 5MHz
Conducte d Power
14
15
19
15
15
15
15
16
15
15
15
14
19
16
EIRP Power
5470-5725
5470-5725
5470-5600,
5650-5725
5470-5725
5480 to 5715 every 5MHz
5480 to 5730 every 5MHz
5495 to 5590 every 5MHz,
5660 to 5705 every 5 MHz
5480 to 5715 every 5MHz
5490 to 5705 every 5MHz
5490 to 5740 every 5MHz
5510 to 5580 every 5MHz,
5670 to 5695 every 5 MHz
5490 to 5705 every 5MHz
5475 to 5720 every 5MHz
5475 to 5725 every 5MHz
5495 to 5595 every 5MHz,
5655 to 5705 every 5 MHz
5475 to 5720 every 5MHz
15
19
14
30
DFS
30
30 for 20 MHz and 40MHz, 27 for 10 MHz, 24 for 5 MHz
30 for 20 MHz and 40MHz, 27 for 10 MHz, 24 for 5 MHz
30 for 20 MHz and 40MHz, 27 for 10 MHz, 24 for 5 MHz
30 for 20 MHz and 40MHz, 27 for 10 MHz, 24 for 5 MHz
30 for 20 MHz and 40MHz, 27 for 10 MHz, 24 for 5 MHz
30 for 20 MHz and 40MHz, 27 for 10 MHz, 24 for 5 MHz
30 for 20 MHz and 40MHz, 27 for 10 MHz, 24 for 5 MHz
30 for 20 MHz and 40MHz, 27
30 for 20 MHz and 40MHz, 27 for 10 MHz, 24 for 5 MHz
30 for 20 MHz and 40MHz, 27 for 10 MHz, 24 for 5 MHz
30 for 20 MHz and 40MHz, 27 for 10 MHz, 24 for 5 MHz
30 for 20 MHz and 40MHz, 27 for 10 MHz, 24 for 5 MHz
30 for 20 MHz and 40MHz, 27 for 10 MHz, 24 for 5 MHz
30
FCC
ETSI
None
ETSI
ETSI
ETSI
FCC
ETSI
ETSI
ETSI
ETSI
FCC
None
FCC
ETSI
None
FCC
FCC
026v003
456
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Country
Ukraine
United Kingdom
2F2F2F
4
United States
Uzbekistan
Venezuela
Frequency range
Valid Center
Frequency for
20 MHz Band
Valid Center
Frequency for
40 MHz Band
Valid Center
Frequency for 5/10 MHz
Band
1F1F1F
3
Conducte d Power
EIRP Power
5470-5725
5470-5600,
5650-5725
5470-5600,
5650-5725
5470-5725
5470-5725
5480 to 5730 every 5MHz
5480 to 5590 every 5MHz,
5660 to 5715 every 5 MHz
5495 to 5590 every 5MHz,
5660 to 5705 every 5 MHz
5480 to 5730 every 5MHz
5480 to 5730 every 5MHz
5490 to 5740 every 5MHz
5490 to 5580 every 5MHz,
5670 to 5705 every 5 MHz
5510 to 5580 every 5MHz,
5670 to 5695 every 5 MHz
5490 to 5740 every 5MHz
5490 to 5740 every 5MHz
5475 to 5725 every 5MHz
5475 to 5595 every 5MHz,
5655 to 5720 every 5 MHz
5495 to 5595 every 5MHz,
5655 to 5705 every 5 MHz
5475 to 5725 every 5MHz
5475 to 5725 every 5MHz
19
15
14
19
19
DFS for 10 MHz, 24 for 5 MHz
30 for 20 MHz and 40MHz, 27 for 10 MHz, 24 for 5 MHz
30 for 20 MHz and 40MHz, 27 for 10 MHz, 24 for 5 MHz
30
ETSI
FCC
None
None
4
The band 5600 MHz to 5650 MHz is reserved for the use of weather radars.
026v003
457
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Table 164 Regulatory limits - 5.8/5.9 GHz
Country
Argentina
Armenia
Australia
Azerbaijan
Bahrain
Bangladesh
Belarus
Botswana
Brazil
Canada
Chile
China
Colombia
Denmark
Ecuador
Finland
Georgia
Germany
Ghana
Frequency ranges
5725-5850
5725-5980
5725-5850
5725-5980
5725-5850
5725-5825
5725-5980
5725-5875
5725-5850
Valid Center
Frequency for 20 MHz
Band
5735 to 5840 every 5 MHz
5735 to 5970 every 5 MHz
5740 to 5835 every 5 MHz
5735 to 5970 every 5 MHz
5735 to 5840 every 5 MHz
5735 to 5840 every 5 MHz
5735 to 5970 every 5 MHz
5735 to 5865 every 5 MHz
5740 to 5835 every 5 MHz
Valid Center
Frequency for 40 MHz
Band
5745 to 5830 every 5 MHz
5745 to 5960 every 5 MHz
5750 to 5825 every 5 MHz
5745 to 5960 every 5 MHz
5745 to 5830 every 5 MHz
5745 to 5830 every 5 MHz
5745 to 5960 every 5 MHz
5745 to 5855 every 5 MHz
Valid Center
Frequency for 5/10 MHz
Band
3F3F3F
5
5730 to 5845 every 5 MHz
5730 to 5975 every 5 MHz
5730 to 5845 every 5 MHz
5730 to 5975 every 5 MHz
5730 to 5845 every 5 MHz
5730 to 5845 every 5 MHz
5730 to 5975 every 5 MHz
5730 to 5870 every 5 MHz
5750 to 5825 every 5 MHz
5730 to 5845 every 5 MHz
Conducted
Power
23
23
23
23
23
30
23
EIRP Power
36
33
5725-5850
5740 to 5835 every 5 MHz
5750 to 5825 every 5 MHz
5740 to 5835 every 5 MHz
5725-5850
5725-5850
5725-5825
5725-5795,
5815-5875
5725-5850
5725-5795,
5815-5850
5725-5980
5755-5875
5725-5825
5735 to 5840 every 5 MHz
5740 to 5835 every 5 MHz
5735 to 5815 every 5 MHz
5735 to 5785 every 5 MHz,
5825 to 5865 every 5 MHz
5735 to 5840 every 5 MHz
5735 to 5785 every 5 MHz,
5825 to 5840 every 5 MHz
5735 to 5970 every 5 MHz
5765 to 5865 every 5 MHz
5740 to 5810 every 5 MHz
5745 to 5830 every 5 MHz
5750 to 5825 every 5 MHz
5745 to 5805 every 5 MHz
5745 to 5775 every 5
MHz, 5835 to 5855 every 5 MHz
5745 to 5830 every 5 MHz
5745 to 5775 every 5
MHz,
5745 to 5960 every 5 MHz
5775 to 5855 every 5 MHz
5750 to 5800 every 5 MHz
5730 to 5845 every 5 MHz
5730 to 5845 every 5 MHz
5730 to 5820 every 5 MHz
5730 to 5790 every 5 MHz,
5820 to 5870 every 5 MHz
5730 to 5845 every 5 MHz
5730 to 5790 every 5 MHz,
5820 to 5845 every 5 MHz
5730 to 5975 every 5 MHz
5730 to 5870 every 5 MHz
5730 to 5820 every 5 MHz
23
23
23 for PMP AP
PMP, 30 for
PTP and SM mode.
23 36
40
36 for PMP AP.
No limit for other modes.
36 for PMP AP.
No limit for other modes.
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
33
36
36
53
36
36
36
DFS
None
None
None
None
ETSI
None
None
No
None
None
None
None
None
ETSI
None
ETSI
None
ETSI
FCC
5
5 MHz Channel bandwidth not available for DFS regions/bands.
026v003
458
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Greece
Guam
Hong Kong
Iceland
India
Indonesia
Ireland
Kazakhstan
Kenya
Kyrgyzstan
Country
Liechtenstein
Malaysia
Mauritius
Mexico
Moldova
New Zealand
Nigeria
Norway
Oman
Other
Frequency ranges
5725-5795
Valid Center
Frequency for 20 MHz
Band
5735 to 5785 every 5 MHz
Valid Center
Frequency for 40 MHz
Band
Valid Center
Frequency for 5/10 MHz
Band
3F3F3F
5
5745 to 5775 every 5 MHz
5730 to 5790 every 5 MHz
Conducted
Power
EIRP Power
5725-5850
5740 to 5835 every 5 MHz
5750 to 5825 every 5 MHz
5740 to 5835 every 5 MHz
5725-5850
5725-5875
5825-5875
5725-5825
5725-5875
5725-5980
5725-5850
5725-5980
5725-5795,
5815-5875
5725-5875
5725-5850
5725-5850
5725-5980
5725-5875 for PMP,
5725-5825 for PTP
5725-5850
5725-5795,
5815-5850
5725-5850
5725-5980
5735 to 5785 every 5 MHz,
5825 to 5865 every 5 MHz
5740 to 5860 every 5 MHz
5735 to 5840 every 5 MHz
5740 to 5835 every 5 MHz
5735 to 5970 every 5 MHz
5735 to 5865 for PMP,
5735 to 5815 every 5 MHz for PTP
5740 to 5835 every 5 MHz
5735 to 5785 every 5 MHz,
5825 to 5840 every 5 MHz
5735 to 5840 every 5 MHz
5735 to 5970 every 5 MHz
5740 to 5835 every 5 MHz
5735 to 5865 every 5 MHz
5835 to 5865 every 5 MHz
5735 to 5815 every 5 MHz
5740 to 5860 every 5 MHz
5735 to 5970 every 5 MHz
5735 to 5840 every 5 MHz
5735 to 5970 every 5 MHz
5750 to 5825 every 5 MHz
5745 to 5855 every 5 MHz
5845 to 5855 every 5 MHz
NA
5750 to 5850 every 5 MHz
5745 to 5960 every 5 MHz
5745 to 5830 every 5 MHz
5745 to 5960 every 5 MHz
5745 to 5775 every 5
MHz, 5835 to 5855 every 5 MHz
5750 to 5850 every 5 MHz
NA
5750 to 5825 every 5 MHz
5745 to 5960 every 5 MHz
5745 to 5855 for PMP,
5745 to 5805 every 5 MHz for PTP
5750 to 5825 every 5 MHz
5745 to 5775 every 5
MHz,
5745 to 5830 every 5 MHz
5745 to 5960 every 5 MHz
5730 to 5790 every 5 MHz,
5820 to 5870 every 5 MHz
5730 to 5870 every 5 MHz
5730 to 5845 every 5 MHz
5730 to 5845 every 5 MHz
5730 to 5975 every 5 MHz
5730 to 5870 for PMP,
5730 to 5820 every 5 MHz for PTP
5730 to 5845 every 5 MHz
5730 to 5790 every 5 MHz,
5820 to 5845 every 5 MHz
5730 to 5845 every 5 MHz
5730 to 5975 every 5 MHz
5730 to 5845 every 5 MHz
5730 to 5870 every 5 MHz
5830 to 5870 every 5 MHz
5730 to 5820 every 5 MHz
5730 to 5870 every 5 MHz
5730 to 5975 every 5 MHz
5730 to 5845 every 5 MHz
5730 to 5975 every 5 MHz
23
23 for PMP AP
PMP, 30 for
PTP and SM mode.
23
36
36 for PMP AP.
No limit for other modes.
36
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
30
36
36
36
33
36
36
30
36
36
36
36
33
DFS
ETSI
None
None
ETSI
None
None
None
None
None
None
ETSI
None
ETSI
None
None
No
ETSI
ETSI
ETSI
None
026v003
459
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Country
Peru
Philippines
Portugal
Puerto Rico
Russia
Serbia
Seychelles
Singapore
South Africa
South Korea
Spain
Switzerland
Taiwan
Tajikistan
Thailand
Turkmenistan
U.S. Virgin
Islands
Uganda
Ukraine
Frequency ranges
5725-5850
5725-5825
5725-5875
Valid Center
Frequency for 20 MHz
Band
5735 to 5840 every 5 MHz
5740 to 5810 every 5 MHz
5735 to 5865 every 5 MHz
5725-5850
5740 to 5835 every 5 MHz
Valid Center
Frequency for 40 MHz
Band
5745 to 5830 every 5 MHz
5750 to 5800 every 5 MHz
5745 to 5855 every 5 MHz
Valid Center
Frequency for 5/10 MHz
Band
3F3F3F
5
5730 to 5845 every 5 MHz
5730 to 5820 every 5 MHz
5730 to 5870 every 5 MHz
5750 to 5825 every 5 MHz
5740 to 5835 every 5 MHz
5725-5980
5725-5875
5725-5850
5725-5850
5725-5850
5725-5825
5725-5795,
5815-5855
5725-5795,
5815-5875
5735 to 5970 every 5 MHz
5735 to 5865 every 5 MHz
5740 to 5835 every 5 MHz
5740 to 5835 every 5 MHz
5735 to 5840 every 5 MHz
5740 to 5810 every 5 MHz
5735 to 5785 every 5 MHz,
5825 to 5845 every 5 MHz
5735 to 5785 every 5 MHz,
5825 to 5865 every 5 MHz
5725-5850
5740 to 5835 every 5 MHz
5745 to 5960 every 5 MHz
5745 to 5855 every 5 MHz
5750 to 5825 every 5 MHz
5750 to 5825 every 5 MHz
5745 to 5830 every 5 MHz
5750 to 5800 every 5 MHz
5745 to 5775 every 5
MHz, 5835 to 5835 every 5 MHz
5745 to 5775 every 5
MHz, 5835 to 5855 every 5 MHz
5730 to 5975 every 5 MHz
5730 to 5870 every 5 MHz
5730 to 5845 every 5 MHz
5730 to 5845 every 5 MHz
5730 to 5845 every 5 MHz
5730 to 5820 every 5 MHz
5730 to 5790 every 5 MHz,
5820 to 5850 every 5 MHz
5730 to 5790 every 5 MHz,
5820 to 5870 every 5 MHz
5750 to 5825 every 5 MHz
5730 to 5845 every 5 MHz
5725-5980
5725-5850
5725-5980
5735 to 5970 every 5 MHz
5740 to 5835 every 5 MHz
5735 to 5970 every 5 MHz
5745 to 5960 every 5 MHz
5750 to 5825 every 5 MHz
5745 to 5960 every 5 MHz
5730 to 5975 every 5 MHz
5730 to 5845 every 5 MHz
5730 to 5975 every 5 MHz
Conducted
Power
23
23
23
23 for PMP AP
PMP, 30 for
PTP and SM mode.
23
36
36 for PMP AP.
No limit for other modes.
23
23
23
30
23
23
23
23 for PMP AP
PMP, 30 for
PTP and SM mode.
23
36 for PMP AP.
No limit for other modes.
23
EIRP Power
36
30
36
36
30
36
30
36
36
30
5725-5850
5725-5825
5725-5980
5740 to 5835 every 5 MHz
5735 to 5815 every 5 MHz
5735 to 5970 every 5 MHz
5750 to 5825 every 5 MHz
5745 to 5805 every 5 MHz
5745 to 5960 every 5 MHz
5740 to 5835 every 5 MHz
5730 to 5820 every 5 MHz
5730 to 5975 every 5 MHz
23
23 for PMP AP
PMP, 30 for
PTP and SM mode.
30
23
36 for PMP AP.
No limit for other modes.
32 dBm + 2 +
(Configured
Antenna
Gain/3)
DFS
None
No
ETSI
None
None
ETSI
ETSI
ETSI
No
No
ETSI
ETSI
None
None
None
None
None
No
None
026v003
460
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Country
United
Kingdom
Uzbekistan
Venezuela
Vietnam
4F4F4F
6
United States
Frequency ranges
5725-5795,
5815-5850
5725-5850
Valid Center
Frequency for 20 MHz
Band
5735 to 5785 every 5 MHz,
5825 to 5840 every 5 MHz
5740 to 5835 every 5 MHz
Valid Center
Frequency for 40 MHz
Band
5745 to 5775 every 5 MHz
Valid Center
Frequency for 5/10 MHz
Band
3F3F3F
5
5730 to 5790 every 5 MHz,
5820 to 5845 every 5 MHz
5750 to 5825 every 5 MHz
5740 to 5835 every 5 MHz
5725-5980
Conducted
Power
23
EIRP Power
36
23 for PMP AP
PMP, 30 for
PTP and SM mode.
23
36 for PMP AP.
No limit for other modes.
5725-5850
5725-5850
5735 to 5970 every 5 MHz
5735 to 5840 every 5 MHz
5735 to 5840 every 5 MHz
5745 to 5960 every 5 MHz
5745 to 5830 every 5 MHz
5745 to 5830 every 5 MHz
5730 to 5975 every 5 MHz
5730 to 5845 every 5 MHz
5730 to 5845 every 5 MHz
23
23
36
30
DFS
ETSI
None
None
None
None
6
5795 MHz to 5815 MHz band is assigned for Road Transport and Traffic Telematics (RTTT).
026v003
461
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Table 165 Regulatory limits - 2.4 GHz
Country
Armenia
Argentina
Australia
Azerbaijan
Bahrain
Brazil
Belarus
Frequency ranges
2400-2500
2400-2500
2400-2500
2400-2500
2400-2500
2400-2500
2400-2500
Valid Center
Frequency for
20 MHz Band
2412-2472 every 5MHz
2412-2472 every 5MHz
2412-2462 every 5MHz
2412-2472 every 5MHz
2412-2472 every 5MHz
2412-2472 every 5MHz
2412-2472 every 5MHz
Canada
Chile
China
Colombia
Ecuador
Georgia
Ghana
Guam
Hong Kong
Indonesia
India
Kenya
Kyrgyzstan
South Korea
Kazakhstan
Moldova
Mexico
2400-2500
2400-2500
2400-2500
2400-2500
2400-2500
2400-2500
2400-2500
2400-2500
2400-2500
2400-2500
2400-2500
2400-2500
2400-2500
2400-2500
2400-2500
2400-2500
2400-2500
2412-2462 every 5MHz
2412-2472 every 5MHz
2412-2472 every 5MHz
2412-2472 every 5MHz
2412-2472 every 5MHz
2412-2472 every 5MHz
2412-2472 every 5MHz
2412-2462 every 5MHz
2412-2472 every 5MHz
2412-2472 every 5MHz
2412-2472 every 5MHz
2412-2472 every 5MHz
2412-2472 every 5MHz
2412-2472 every 5MHz
2412-2472 every 5MHz
2412-2472 every 5MHz
2412-2472 every 5MHz
2427-2452 every 5MHz
2422-2462 every 5MHz
2422-2462 every 5MHz
2422-2462 every 5MHz
2422-2462 every 5MHz
2422-2462 every 5MHz
2422-2462 every 5MHz
2427-2452 every 5MHz
2422-2462 every 5MHz
2422-2462 every 5MHz
2422-2462 every 5MHz
2422-2462 every 5MHz
2422-2462 every 5MHz
2422-2462 every 5MHz
2422-2462 every 5MHz
2422-2462 every 5MHz
2422-2462 every 5MHz
Valid Center
Frequency for
40 MHz Band
2422-2462 every 5MHz
2422-2462 every 5MHz
2422-2452 every 5MHz
2422-2462 every 5MHz
2422-2462 every 5MHz
2422-2462 every 5MHz
2422-2462 every 5MHz
2407-2477 every 5MHz
2407-2477 every 5MHz
2407-2477 every 5MHz
2407-2477 every 5MHz
2407-2477 every 5MHz
2407-2477 every 5MHz
2407-2477 every 5MHz
2407-2477 every 5MHz
2407-2477 every 5MHz
Valid Center
Frequency for
5/10 MHz Band
2407-2477 every 5MHz
2407-2477 every 5MHz
2407-2477 every 5MHz
2407-2477 every 5MHz
2407-2477 every 5MHz
2407-2477 every 5MHz
2407-2477 every 5MHz
Conducte d Power
27
23
EIRP Power
36
36
36
36
2407-2467 every 5MHz
23
36 for PMP AP.
30 dBm + 6 +
((Configured Antenna
Gain - 6)/3) for other modes.
36
2407-2477 every 5MHz
2407-2477 every 5MHz
2407-2477 every 5MHz
2407-2477 every 5MHz
2407-2477 every 5MHz
2407-2477 every 5MHz
23
23
36
36
36
2407-2467 every 5MHz
36
36 for PMP AP.
30 dBm + 6 +
((Configured Antenna
Gain - 6)/3) for other modes.
36
23
23
27
36
36
36
36
36
026v003
462
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Country
Malaysia
Nigeria
New Zealand
Other
Peru
Philippines
Puerto Rico
Russia
Singapore
Thailand
Tajikistan
Turkmenistan
Taiwan
Ukraine
Uganda
United States
Uzbekistan
Venezuela
U.S. Virgin
Islands
Vietnam
South Africa
CIS Countries
Frequency ranges
2400-2500
2400-2500
2400-2500
2400-2500
2400-2500
2400-2500
Valid Center
Frequency for
20 MHz Band
2412-2472 every 5MHz
2412-2472 every 5MHz
2412-2472 every 5MHz
2412-2472 every 5MHz
2412-2472 every 5MHz
2412-2472 every 5MHz
2400-2500
2400-2500
2400-2500
2400-2500
2400-2500
2400-2500
2400-2500
2400-2500
2400-2500
2400-2500
2400-2500
2400-2500
2400-2500
2400-2500
2400-2500
2400-2500
2412-2462 every 5MHz
2412-2472 every 5MHz
2412-2472 every 5MHz
2412-2472 every 5MHz
2412-2472 every 5MHz
2412-2472 every 5MHz
2412-2472 every 5MHz
2412-2472 every 5MHz
2412-2472 every 5MHz
2412-2462 every 5MHz
2412-2472 every 5MHz
2412-2472 every 5MHz
2412-2462 every 5MHz
2412-2472 every 5MHz
2412-2472 every 5MHz
2412-2472 every 5MHz
2422-2462 every 5MHz
2422-2462 every 5MHz
2422-2462 every 5MHz
2422-2462 every 5MHz
2422-2462 every 5MHz
2422-2462 every 5MHz
2422-2462 every 5MHz
2422-2462 every 5MHz
2427-2452 every 5MHz
Valid Center
Frequency for
40 MHz Band
2422-2462 every 5MHz
2422-2462 every 5MHz
2422-2462 every 5MHz
2422-2462 every 5MHz
2422-2462 every 5MHz
2422-2462 every 5MHz
2427-2452 every 5MHz
2422-2462 every 5MHz
2422-2462 every 5MHz
2427-2452 every 5MHz
2422-2462 every 5MHz
2422-2462 every 5MHz
2422-2462 every 5MHz
2407-2477 every 5MHz
2407-2477 every 5MHz
2407-2477 every 5MHz
2407-2477 every 5MHz
2407-2477 every 5MHz
2407-2477 every 5MHz
2407-2477 every 5MHz
2407-2477 every 5MHz
Valid Center
Frequency for
5/10 MHz Band
2407-2477 every 5MHz
2407-2477 every 5MHz
2407-2477 every 5MHz
2407-2477 every 5MHz
2407-2477 every 5MHz
2407-2477 every 5MHz
Conducte d Power
23
EIRP Power
36
36
36
36
2407-2467 every 5MHz
36
36 for PMP AP.
30 dBm + 6 +
((Configured Antenna
Gain - 6)/3) for other modes.
23
27
27
23
36
20
36
2407-2467 every 5MHz
2407-2477 every 5MHz
2407-2477 every 5MHz
27
27
23
36 for PMP AP.
30 dBm + 6 +
((Configured Antenna
Gain - 6)/3) for other modes.
2407-2467 every 5MHz
23
36
36 for PMP AP.
30 dBm + 6 +
((Configured Antenna
Gain - 6)/3) for other modes.
36
2407-2477 every 5MHz
2407-2477 every 5MHz
2407-2477 every 5MHz
27
36
36
026v003
463
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Notifications
This section contains notifications of compliance with the radio regulations that are enforced in various regions.
2.4 GHZ, 5.4 GHZ REGULATORY COMPLIANCE
The ePMP complies with the regulations that are enforced in the USA, Canada and Europe. The relevant notifications are specified in this section.
2.4 GHz, 5.1 GHz, 5.4 GHz FCC and IC notification
U.S. Federal Communication Commission (FCC) and Industry Canada (IC) Notification.
This device complies with part 15.407 of the US FCC Rules and Regulations and with RSS-210
Issue 8 of Industry Canada. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. In Canada, users must be cautioned to take note that high power radars are allocated as primary users (meaning they have priority) of
5250 – 5350 MHz and 5470 – 5725 MHz and these radars could cause interference and/or damage to license-exempt local area networks (LELAN). To comply with FCC/IC RF exposure limits for general population or uncontrolled exposure, the antenna(s) used for the ePMP transmitter must be
installed at a separation distance specified in Table 159
For the connectorized version of the product and in order to reduce potential radio interference to other users, the antenna type and its gain must be so chosen that the equivalent isotropically radiated power (EIRP) is not more than that permitted by the regulations. The transmitted power must be reduced to achieve this requirement.
This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the US FCC Rules and with RSS-210 of Industry Canada. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation.
This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio-frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with these instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment on and off, the user is encouraged to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures:
Increase the separation between the affected equipment and the unit;
Connect the affected equipment to a power outlet on a different circuit from that which the receiver is connected to;
Consult the dealer and/or experienced radio/TV technician for help.
FCC IDs and Industry Canada Certification Numbers are reproduced on the product label ( Figure 86
026v003
464
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
End Product Labeling
The ePMP Module is labeled with its own FCC ID and IC Certification Number. If the FCC ID and IC
Certification Number are not visible when the module is installed inside another device, then the outside of the device into which the module is installed must also display a label referring to the enclosed module. In that case, the final end product must be labeled in a visible area with the following:
Table 166 ePMP 2000 Product labeing
Region
Access Point (AP)
Label
“Contains Transmitter Module FCC ID: Z8H89FT0020” or “Contains
FCC ID: Z8H89FT0020”
Table 167 ePMP 1000 Product labeing
Region
Access Point (AP)
Label
“Contains Transmitter Module FCC ID: Z8H89FT0006” or “Contains
FCC ID: Z8H89FT0006”
Subscriber Module (SM) “Contains Transmitter Module FCC ID: Z8H89FT0005” or “Contains
FCC ID: Z8H89FT0005”
Access Point (AP) /
Subscriber Module (SM)
“Contains Transmitter Module FCC ID: Z8H89FT0015” or “Contains
FCC ID: Z8H89FT0015”
Access Point (AP) /
Subscriber Module (SM)
“Contains Transmitter Module FCC ID: Z8H89FT0019” or “Contains
FCC ID: Z8H89FT0019”
Figure 86 FCC and IC certifications on 5 GHz product labels
026v003
465
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
026v003
466
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
026v003
467
Figure 87 FCC and IC certifications on 2.4 GHz product labels
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
026v003
468
026v003
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Wherever necessary, the end user is responsible for obtaining any National licenses required to operate this product and these must be obtained before using the product in any particular country. Contact the appropriate national administrations for details on the conditions of use for the bands in question and any exceptions that might apply.
5.4 GHz European Union notification
The ePMP product is a two-way radio transceiver suitable for use in Broadband Wireless Access
System (WAS), Radio Local Area Network (RLAN), or Fixed Wireless Access (FWA) systems. It is a
Class 1 device and uses operating frequencies that are harmonized throughout the EU member states. The operator is responsible for obtaining any national licenses required to operate this product and these must be obtained before using the product in any particular country.
Hereby, Cambium Networks declares that the ePMP product complies with the essential requirements and other relevant provisions of Directive 1999/5/EC. The declaration of conformity may be consulted at the support website.
The European R&TTE directive 1999/5/EC Certification Number is reproduced on the product label
Figure 88 European Union certification on 5.4 GHz product label
469
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
5.8 GHZ REGULATORY COMPLIANCE
This system has achieved Type Approval in various countries around the world. This means that the system has been tested against various local technical regulations and found to comply. The frequency band in which the system operates is “license exempt” and the system is allowed to be used provided it does not cause interference. The licensing authority does not guaranteed protection against interference from other products and installations.
For the connectorized version of the product and in order to reduce potential radio interference to other users, the antenna type and its gain should be so chosen that the Effective Isotropically
Radiated Power (EIRP) is not more than that permitted for successful communication.
U.S. Federal Communication Commission (FCC)
This device complies with part 15 of the US FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the US FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio-frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with these instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment on and off, the user is encouraged to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures:
Increase the separation between the affected equipment and the unit;
Connect the affected equipment to a power outlet on a different circuit from that which the receiver is connected to;
Consult the dealer and/or experienced radio/TV technician for help.
Industry Canada (IC)
This Class B digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES-003.
Cet appareil numérique de la classe B conforme á la norme NMB-003 du Canada.
RSS-GEN issue 3 (7.1.3) Licence-Exempt Radio Apparatus:
This device complies with Industry Canada license-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device.
Le présent appareil est conforme aux CNR d'Industrie Canada applicables aux appareils radio exempts de licence. L'exploitation est autorisée aux deux conditions suivantes : (1) l'appareil ne doit pas produire de brouillage, et (2) l'utilisateur de l'appareil doit accepter tout brouillage radioélectrique subi, même si le brouillage est susceptible d'en compromettre le fonctionnement.
In Canada, high power radars are allocated as primary users (meaning they have priority) of the
5650 – 5850 MHz spectrum. These radars could cause interference or damage to license-exempt local area network (LE-LAN) devices.
026v003
470
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Product labels
FCC IDs and Industry Canada Certification Numbers are reproduced on the product label ( Figure
Figure 89 FCC and IC certifications on 5.8 GHz product label
026v003
471
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Wherever necessary, the end user is responsible for obtaining any National licenses required to operate this product and these must be obtained before using the product in any particular country. Contact the appropriate national administrations for details on the conditions of use for the bands in question and any exceptions that might apply.
5.8 GHz European Union notification
The ePMP is a Class 2 device as it operates on frequencies that are not harmonized across the
EU. Currently the product may only be operated in the UK, Eire (IRL), Germany, Norway and
Denmark. However, the regulatory situation in Europe is changing and the radio spectrum may become available in other countries in future. See www.ero.dk
for further information. The operator is responsible for obtaining any national licenses required to operate this product and these must be obtained before using the product in any particular country.
Caution
This equipment operates as a secondary application, so it has no rights against harmful interference, even if generated by similar equipment, and must not cause harmful interference on systems operating as primary applications.
Hereby, Cambium Networks declares that the ePMP product complies with the essential requirements and other relevant provisions of Directive 1999/5/EC. The declaration of conformity may be consulted at the support website.
026v003
472
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
The European R&TTE directive 1999/5/EC Certification Number is reproduced on the product label
Figure 90 European Union certification on 5.8 GHz product label
5.8 GHz operation in the UK
The ePMP connectorized product has been notified for operation in the UK, and when operated in accordance with instructions for use it is compliant with UK Interface Requirement IR2007. For UK use, installations must conform to the requirements of IR2007 in terms of EIRP spectral density against elevation profile above the local horizon in order to protect Fixed Satellite Services. The frequency range 5795-5815 MHz is assigned to Road Transport & Traffic Telematics (RTTT) in the
U.K. and shall not be used by FWA systems in order to protect RTTT devices. UK Interface
Requirement IR2007 specifies that radiolocation services shall be protected by a Dynamic
Frequency Selection (DFS) mechanism to prevent co-channel operation in the presence of radar signals.
THAILAND NOTIFICATION
This telecommunication equipment conforms to the requirements of the National
Telecommunications Commission.
026v003
473
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Data throughput tables
This section contains tables to support calculation of the data rate capacity that can be provided by ePMP configurations, as follows:
See Data throughput capacity on page 474
DATA THROUGHPUT CAPACITY
The data throughput rates (Mbps) achieved with an AP/SM pair and the link distance (range) is 0
km as shown in Table 168 , Table 169 ,
Table 168 Throughput for ePMP (Flexible Ratio)
MCS
Spatial
Streams
Mod.
Type
Coding
Rate
DL
5 MHz
UL
MCS 15
MCS 14
MCS 13
MCS 12
MCS 11
2
2
2
2
2
64-QAM
64-QAM
64-QAM
16-QAM
16-QAM
5/6
3/4
2/3
3/4
1/2
23
20.8
18.6
13.7
9.27
20.4
20.2
18.8
13.7
9.37
MCS 10
MCS 9
MCS 7
MCS 6
MCS 5
MCS 4
MCS 3
MCS 2
MCS 1
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
QPSK
QPSK
64-QAM
64-QAM
64-QAM
16-QAM
16-QAM
QPSK
QPSK
3/4
1/2
5/6
3/4
2/3
3/4
1/2
3/4
1/2
7.06
4.85
11.5
10.7
9.3
7.08
4.85
3.54
2.56
6.9
4.5
11.6
10.5
9.37
6.69
4.56
3.37
2.25
Table 169 Throughput for ePMP (75/25 Ratio)
MCS
Spatial
Streams
Mod.
Type
Coding
Rate
DL
5 MHz
UL
MCS 15
MCS 14
MCS 13
MCS 12
MCS 11
MCS 10
MCS 9
MCS 7
MCS 6
MCS 5
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
1
1
1
64-QAM
64-QAM
64-QAM
16-QAM
16-QAM
QPSK
QPSK
64-QAM
64-QAM
64-QAM
5/6
3/4
2/3
3/4
1/2
3/4
1/2
5/6
3/4
2/3
18.7
16.5
14.7
10.9
7.04
5.47
3.52
9.36
8.2
7.04
3.64
3.38
3.09
2.21
1.42
1.03
0.619
1.88
1.65
1.55
DL
48.4
43.6
10 MHz
UL
48.4
44.2
38.7
29.1
19.3
38.7
28.7
19.1
14.7
9.64
24.4
22
19.3
14.7
9.67
7.35
5.01
14.5
9.59
24.3
21.8
19.3
14.5
9.64
7.18
4.75
DL
10 MHz
UL
42.2
37.7
32.8
24.6
16.5
12.3
8.2
21.1
18.8
16.4
10.7
9.75
8.97
6.63
4.3
3.2
2.14
5.46
4.88
4.3
DL
20 MHz
UL
95.6
88
88
83.4
79.3
59.6
39.8
76.1
58.1
38.7
30
20.1
49.7
44.6
39.9
30
20.1
15
10.2
29.1
19.4
48.4
43.6
38.7
29.1
19.4
14.4
9.67
DL
20 MHz
UL
87
78.4
69.4
52.1
34.7
25.9
17.2
43.5
39.2
34.7
27
24.1
21
16.1
10.4
7.8
5.16
13.7
11.9
10.6
DL
40 MHz
UL
202
182
135
128
163
123
82.2
116
61.7
61.9
62.1
41.6
103
92.1
82.1
61.9
41.5
31
20.8
57.4
41.1
61.8
61.6
61.6
57.6
41.2
30.8
20.5
DL
40 MHz
UL
178
162
143
108
72.9
54.4
36.3
91.7
82.3
72.9
56
51.6
44.6
34
22.3
16.6
11.1
28.2
25.8
22.3
026v003
474
MCS 4
MCS 3
MCS 2
MCS 1
1
1
1
1
16-QAM
16-QAM
QPSK
QPSK
3/4
1/2
3/4
1/2
7.08
4.85
3.54
2.56
6.69
4.56
3.37
2.25
Table 170 Throughput for ePMP 50/50 Ratio)
MCS
MCS 15
MCS 14
MCS 13
MCS 12
MCS 11
MCS 10
MCS 9
MCS 7
MCS 6
MCS 5
MCS 4
MCS 3
MCS 2
MCS 1
Spatial
Streams
2
2
2
2
1
2
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
Mod.
Type
64-QAM
64-QAM
64-QAM
16-QAM
16-QAM
QPSK
QPSK
64-QAM
64-QAM
64-QAM
16-QAM
16-QAM
QPSK
QPSK
Coding
Rate
5/6
3/4
2/3
3/4
1/2
3/4
1/2
5/6
3/4
2/3
3/4
1/2
3/4
1/2
4.68
4.21
3.12
2
1.55
0.938
6.23
4.09
3.12
1.95
5.26
DL
10.5
5 MHz
UL
11.4
9.35
8.19
10.3
9.17
6.9
4.56
3.38
2.24
5.85
5.33
4.69
3.45
2.26
1.66
1.07
Table 171 Throughput for ePMP (30/70 Ratio)
MCS
MCS 15
MCS 14
MCS 13
MCS 12
MCS 11
MCS 10
MCS 9
MCS 7
MCS 6
MCS 5
MCS 4
MCS 3
Spatial
Streams
2
2
2
2
1
2
2
2
1
1
1
1
Mod.
Type
64-QAM
64-QAM
64-QAM
16-QAM
16-QAM
QPSK
QPSK
64-QAM
64-QAM
64-QAM
16-QAM
16-QAM
Coding
Rate
5/6
3/4
2/3
3/4
1/2
3/4
1/2
5/6
3/4
2/3
3/4
1/2
DL
4.2
5 MHz
UL
18
3.73
3.26
2.33
1.56
1.17
0.778
2.32
15.8
14.3
10.8
7.04
5.34
3.51
9.11
1.95
1.56
1.17
0.778
8.13
7.04
5.34
3.52
14.7
9.67
7.35
5.01
14.5
9.64
7.18
4.75
11.7
10.5
7.82
5.16
3.75
2.35
15.6
10.5
7.84
5.08
12.9
DL
25.9
10 MHz
UL
26.9
23.4
21.1
24.2
21.5
16
10.6
8.01
5.27
13.7
12.2
10.7
8.01
5.3
3.91
2.35
7.8
5.15
3.9
2.35
6.47
DL
12.9
10 MHz
UL
39.6
11.7
10.3
36
32.4
23.9
16
11.7
7.82
19.8
5.86
5.15
3.9
2.35
17.9
16
11.7
7.82
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
30
20.1
15
10.2
29.1
19.4
14.4
9.67
61.9
41.5
31
20.8
57.6
41.2
30.8
20.5
25.8
22.3
16.8
11.1
8.22
5.49
33.6
22.4
16.4
11.1
28.2
DL
20 MHz
UL
56.5 58.4
50.6
44.6
51.8
46.7
34.8
23.1
17.1
11.3
28.7
25.9
23.1
17.1
11.3
8.47
5.63
54.1
47.1
35.2
23.4
17.6
11.8
70.4
46.9
35.2
23.4
58.9
DL
40 MHz
UL
115 114
104
94.2
105
95.7
72.3
47.8
35.9
23.5
60.8
53.7
48
36
23.8
17.9
11.8
18.8
12.5
9.36
6.24
15.7
DL
20 MHz
UL
31.7 82
28.1
25.8
74.2
65.5
49.2
32.8
24.4
16.2
41
14.1
12.5
9.37
6.25
37.3
32.7
24.6
16.3
39.9
26.6
20
12.9
32.9
DL
40 MHz
UL
68.2 134
61.2
54.1
132
131
101
68
51.2
34
86.6
30.6
26.7
20
13.3
77
68
51.2
34.1
026v003
475
MCS 2
MCS 1
1
1
QPSK
QPSK
3/4
1/2
0.469
0.312
2.62
1.75
1.88
1.17
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
5.86
3.9
4.67
3.02
12.1
8.08
9.85
6.48
25.5
17
026v003
476
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
Radio Specifications
EPMP 2000 PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
For up-to-date performance and mechanical specifications for ePMP 2000 products, please visit: http://www.cambiumnetworks.com/products/access/epmp-2000/
EPMP 1000 PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
For up-to-date performance and mechanical specifications for ePMP 1000 products, please visit: http://www.cambiumnetworks.com/products/access/epmp-1000/
026v003
477
Term
LOS
MIMO
MTU nLOS
NTP
OFDM
PC
PMP
QAM
QPSK
RF
RMA
RSSI
RTTT
RX
SAR
SNMP
SM
SW
TDD
TDWR
TX
UNII
URL
EMD
ETH
ETSI
FCC
FEC
GPS
GUI
HTTP
IC
IEEE
IP
LAN
LED
AES
ANSI
AP
CINR
CMM
CNSS
DFS
EIRP
EMC
Glossary
Table 172 Glossary
Definition
Advanced Encryption Standard
American National Standards Institute
Access Point
Carrier to Interference plus Noise Ratio
Cluster Management Module
Cambium Network Services Server
Dynamic Frequency Selection
Equivalent Isotropically Radiated Power
Electromagnetic Compatibility
Electromagnetic Discharge
Ethernet
European Telecommunications Standards Institute
Federal Communications Commission
Forward Error Correction
Global Positioning System
Graphical User Interface
Hypertext Transfer Protocol
Industry Canada
Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers
Internet Protocol
Local Area Network
Light Emitting Diode
Line of Sight
Multiple In Multiple Out
Maximum Transmission Unit
Near Line of Sight
Network Time Protocol
Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing
Personal Computer
Point to Multipoint
Quadrature Amplitude Modulation
Quadrature Phase Shift Keyed
Radio Frequency
Return Merchandise Authorization
Received Signal Strength Indication
Road Transport and Traffic Telematics
Receive
Standard Absorption Rate
Simple Network Management Protocol
Subscriber Module
Software
Time Division Duplex
Terminal Doppler Weather Radar
Transmit
Unlicensed National Information Infrastructure
Uniform Resource Locator
026v003
CAMBIUM NETWORKS
478
advertisement
* Your assessment is very important for improving the workof artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project
Key Features
- High throughput and low latency
- Long-distance and high-capacity connectivity
- Designed for use in rural, suburban, and urban environments
- Ideal for a variety of applications, including video surveillance, data backhaul, and broadband internet access
Related manuals
Frequently Answers and Questions
What is ePMP 1000?
What are the key features of ePMP 1000?
What are the applications of ePMP 1000?
advertisement